[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI286776B - Inspecting device using electron beam and method for making semiconductor devices with such inspection device - Google Patents

Inspecting device using electron beam and method for making semiconductor devices with such inspection device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI286776B
TWI286776B TW90115554A TW90115554A TWI286776B TW I286776 B TWI286776 B TW I286776B TW 90115554 A TW90115554 A TW 90115554A TW 90115554 A TW90115554 A TW 90115554A TW I286776 B TWI286776 B TW I286776B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
sample
wafer
stage
electron
inspection
Prior art date
Application number
TW90115554A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Mamoru Nakasuji
Nobuharu Noji
Tohru Satake
Masahiro Hatakeyama
Toshifumi Kimba
Original Assignee
Ebara Corp
Toshiba Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Ebara Corp, Toshiba Co Ltd filed Critical Ebara Corp
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI286776B publication Critical patent/TWI286776B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Testing Or Measuring Of Semiconductors Or The Like (AREA)
  • Analysing Materials By The Use Of Radiation (AREA)

Abstract

An inspection apparatus using electron beam comprises: an electron-optical device 70 having an electron-optical system for irradiating the object with a primary electron beam from an electron beam source, and a detector for detecting the secondary electron image projected by the electron-optical system; a stage system 50 for holding and moving the object relative to the electron-optical system; a mini-environment chamber 20 for supplying a clean gas to the object to prevent dust from contacting to the object; a working chamber 31 for accommodating the stage device, the working chamber being controllable so as to have a vacuum atmosphere; at least two loading chambers 41, 42 disposed between the mini-environment chamber and the working chamber, adapted to be independently controllable so as to have a vacuum atmosphere; and a loader 60 for transferring the object to the stage system through the loading chambers.

Description

1286776 A7 _ B7 五、發明說明(1 ) 發明所屬技術領域 本發明係關於一種使用電子束檢查形成於檢查對象表 面之圖案缺陷等之檢查設備,更詳言之,係關於一種對檢 查對象照射電子束,然後配合其表面狀態捕捉所變化之二 次電子並形成影像資料,再根據該影像資料,以高通過量 (throughput)之方式檢查形成於檢查對象表面的圖案等,以 檢出半導體製程中之晶圓缺陷之檢查設備,以及利用該檢 查設備製造高良率裝置之裝置製造方法。具體雨言,係關 於一種利用使用有面光束之映射投影方式之檢查設備α及 使用該設備之裝置製造方法。 在半導體製程方面,其設計規則(design rule)已邁向 1 OOnm的時代,在生產型態方面,也由以DRAM為代表的 少品種大量生產轉變為如SOC(Silicon on chip)般之多品種 少量生產。因此,必須增加製程數,並提升各製程的良率, 而使得製程中的缺掐檢查更加重要。本發明係關於一種用 於檢查半導體製程中之各製程後的晶圓的設備,以及使用 有電子束之檢查方法及設備,或使用該設備的裝置製造方 法。 習知之技術及發明所欲解決之課題 隨著半導體設備的高集成化、圖案的細微化,乃更加 要求具高分解能,高通過量的檢查設備。為了檢查1 〇〇nm 設計規則之晶圓基板的缺陷,必須具有lOOnm以下的分解 能,隨著設備高集成化之製程的增加,檢查量也相對增加’ 因此必須要求具有高通過量。此外,隨著設備多層化的增 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------訂--- # 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1 113757 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(2) 加’乃要求檢查設備必須具備可檢出供連接層間配線之貫 通體之接觸不良(電性缺陷)的功能。目前主要使用光式缺 陷檢查設備,在分解能及接觸不良檢查方面,可預料今後 將以使用電子束之缺陷檢查設備來取代光式缺陷檢查設 備,而成為檢查設備的主流。但是,電子束式缺陷檢查設 備也有其缺點,亦即在通過量方面劣於光式檢查設備。 因此’乃要求開發出一種具高分解能、高通過量,且 月b夠檢出電性缺陷之檢查設備。光式分解能一般係以所使 用之光波長的1/2為限,而在實用化可視光之例子中,則 係0·2μπι左右。 另一方面,在使用電子束的方式上,使一般掃瞄型電 子束方式(SEM方式)實用化,其分解能係〇 1μπι,而檢查 時間則係8小時/件(2〇cm晶圓)。此外,電子束方式之最大 特徵係可檢查電氣缺陷(配線的斷線、導通不良、貫通體不 良等)。但由於其檢查速度相當緩慢,故希望開發一種具高 速檢查速度之缺陷檢查設備。 般而§ ’檢查設備價格昂貴,且通過量也較其他製 程設備差,因此目前係使用於重要製程之後,如蝕刻、成 膜、或CMP(化學機械研磨)平坦化處理後等。 以下針對使用電子束之掃瞄(SEM)方式的檢查設備進 行說明。所謂SEM方式檢查設備係將電子束縮小(該電子 徑相當於分解能),對此進行掃瞄,並以線狀照射試料。另 一方面將載物台朝直交於電子束掃瞄方向移動,藉此,可 以電子束照射平面狀觀測區域。電子束的掃瞄幅度一般係 — — — — — — — — — I — ·1111111 ^ <請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)1286776 A7 _ B7 V. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (1) Field of the Invention The present invention relates to an inspection apparatus for inspecting a pattern defect or the like formed on a surface of an inspection object using an electron beam, and more particularly, to irradiate an electron to an inspection object. The beam is then captured with the surface state to capture the changed secondary electrons and form image data, and then the pattern formed on the surface of the inspection object is inspected by high throughput according to the image data to detect the semiconductor process. A wafer defect inspection apparatus, and a device manufacturing method for manufacturing a high yield device using the inspection apparatus. The specific rain is related to an inspection apparatus α using a map projection method using a face beam and a device manufacturing method using the same. In terms of semiconductor manufacturing, its design rule has reached the era of 100 nm. In terms of production type, it has also been transformed from a large-scale production represented by DRAM to a variety of products such as SOC (Silicon on chip). A small amount of production. Therefore, it is necessary to increase the number of processes and increase the yield of each process, so that the defect inspection in the process is more important. The present invention relates to an apparatus for inspecting a wafer after each process in a semiconductor process, and a method and apparatus for inspecting an electron beam, or a device manufacturing method using the same. The problem of the conventional technology and the invention to be solved With the high integration of semiconductor devices and the miniaturization of patterns, inspection equipments with high decomposition energy and high throughput are required. In order to inspect the defects of the wafer substrate of the 1 〇〇nm design rule, it is necessary to have a decomposition energy of 100 nm or less, and as the process of high integration of the device increases, the inspection amount also increases relatively. Therefore, high throughput must be required. In addition, with the increase in the number of layers of equipment (please read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page) ---------------- # 经济部Intelligent Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperatives Print this paper scale applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) 1 113757 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 B7 V. Invention Description (2) Plus' requires inspection equipment must be detectable for connection The function of contact failure (electrical defect) of the through-layer of the interlayer wiring. At present, optical defect inspection equipment is mainly used. In terms of decomposition energy and contact failure inspection, it is expected that the optical defect inspection equipment will be replaced by the defect inspection equipment using electron beams, and it will become the mainstream of inspection equipment. However, the electron beam type defect inspection apparatus also has its drawbacks, that is, it is inferior to the optical inspection apparatus in terms of throughput. Therefore, it is required to develop an inspection device with high decomposition energy, high throughput, and monthly b enough to detect electrical defects. The optical decomposition energy is generally limited to 1/2 of the wavelength of light used, and in the case of practical visible light, it is about 0·2 μπι. On the other hand, in the method of using an electron beam, a general scanning type electron beam method (SEM method) is put into practical use, and the decomposition energy is μ1 μm, and the inspection time is 8 hours/piece (2 〇cm wafer). In addition, the biggest feature of the electron beam method is to check for electrical defects (wire breakage, poor conduction, poor penetration, etc.). However, due to the relatively slow inspection speed, it is desirable to develop a defect inspection device with a high speed inspection speed. General § ' inspection equipment is expensive and has a lower throughput than other process equipment, so it is currently used after important processes such as etching, film formation, or CMP (chemical mechanical polishing) flattening. The following describes an inspection apparatus using an electron beam scanning (SEM) method. The SEM inspection apparatus reduces the electron beam (this electron diameter corresponds to the decomposition energy), scans the sample, and irradiates the sample in a line shape. On the other hand, the stage is moved in the direction of the electron beam scanning, whereby the planar observation area can be irradiated with an electron beam. The scanning range of the electron beam is generally — — — — — — — — — I — · 1111111 ^ <Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.)

H ϋ «1 I el n ϋ I » 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 2 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 312767 A7 五、發明說明(3 ) 數100μπι。利用檢測器(閃爍器(scintillator).光電倍增器 (photomultiplier)(光電倍增管)或半導體式檢測器(ρίΝ二 極管型)等)檢出來自前述已縮小之電子束(又稱一次電子 線)之照射而產生之試料的二次電子。將照射位置的座標與 二次電子量(訊號強度)合成並予以影像化,記億於記億裝 置,或將景々像輪出至CRT(陰極射線管)。以上係SEM(掃瞄 型電子顯微鏡)的原理r從該方式所得的影像來檢出製程甲 半導體(一般為Si)晶圓的缺陷。檢查速度(相當於通過量) 取決於一次電子線的量(電流值卜光束徑及檢測器的回應 速度。光束徑0·1μιη(可視為與分解能相同)、電流值 l〇〇Na、檢測器回應速度100ΜΗζ係目前最高值,此時的 檢查速度係一件20cm徑的晶圓/約8小時的速度。該檢查 速度與光式相比,顯得極為緩慢(1/20以下),是目前最大 的問題(缺點)所在。 此外,在與本發明相關之檢查設借的習知技術上市 面上販售有應用掃瞄電子顯微鏡(SEM)的設備,該設備係 以間隔極小的掃瞄幅度進行已縮小之電子線之掃瞄並利 用二次電子檢測器,隨掃猫而自檢查對象令釋放出來 的二次電子’然後形成隨影像,並與SEM影像相異的 晶片的相同處的二次電子相較,以抽出缺陷者。 此外,在習知技術上,還未有一套 杂 ^ 簽應用電子線的缺陷 檢查設備的整體系統。 然而’應用SEM的缺陷檢查設備,需要較長的檢查時 間。此外’為達到高通過量而將光束電流增大時會因空 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) — — — — — — — — — — · I I----I 訂·-------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(4 ) 間電位效果使光束產生模糊,並導致絕緣體表面之晶圓無 法產生帶電而取得良好SEM影像。 關於考量照射電子線以進行檢查的電子光學設備,與 在清淨狀態下將檢查對象供給至該電子光學設備的照射位 置以進行對準之其他子系統之間的關連性的檢查設備全體 構造方面,至今尚未明確化。而隨著作為檢查對象之晶圓 的大口控化,子系統也被要求必須能夠與之對應。 因此’本發明所欲解決之課題之一在於提供一種檢查 設備’使用運用電子線之電子光學系的同時,謀求該電子 光學系與構成檢查設備之其他構成機器之間的協調,並提 升通過量。 本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種檢查設備, 可在儲存檢查對象之卡匣(cassette)與相關於電子光學 系’將檢查對象定位之載物台裝置之間,改善用以搬送檢 查對象的裝載機及其相關的設備,以有效且精確地對檢查 對象進行檢查。 本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種檢查設備, 可解決在SEM中發生的帶電問題,以對檢查對象進行準確 的檢查。 本發明所欲解決之另一課題,係藉由運用上述檢查設 備進行晶圓等檢查對象之檢查,以提供一種高良率裝置製 造方法。 ---I--------裝----I---訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 此外’以往’伴隨半導體的高密度化及高集成化,高 感度檢查设備對於半導體晶圓製程製造中的半導體晶圓廚H ϋ «1 I el n ϋ I » This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 2 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative print 312767 A7 V. Invention description (3 ) Number 100μπι. Detection of the reduced electron beam (also referred to as a primary electron beam) by a detector (scintillator, photomultiplier (photomultiplier) or semiconductor detector (ρίΝ diode type)) Secondary electrons of the sample produced by irradiation. The coordinates of the irradiation position are combined with the secondary electron quantity (signal intensity) to be imaged, recorded in a billion-dollar device, or the image is taken out to a CRT (cathode ray tube). The principle of the above SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope) is to detect the defects of the process semiconductor semiconductor (generally Si) wafer from the image obtained by this method. The inspection speed (equivalent to the throughput) depends on the amount of the primary electron beam (current value, beam diameter and detector response speed. Beam diameter 0·1μιη (can be regarded as the same as the decomposition energy), current value l〇〇Na, detector The response speed is 100 目前, which is the highest value. The inspection speed is a 20-cm wafer/about 8 hours. The inspection speed is extremely slow (1/20 or less) compared to the light type. The problem (disadvantages) is also present. In addition, a device using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) is commercially available on the market for the inspection and lending related to the present invention, which is performed with a very small scanning amplitude. The reduced electron beam is scanned and the secondary electrons released from the inspection object are scanned with the secondary electron detector' and then formed twice with the same image of the wafer and the SEM image. In addition, in the conventional technology, there is not yet a complete system of defect inspection equipment for applying electronic wires. However, 'application of SEM defect inspection equipment Longer inspection time is required. In addition, the increase in beam current for high throughput will be subject to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public) due to the empty paper size. — — — — — — — — — · I I----I Book·------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employees cooperation cooperation printing A7 B7 V. (4) The effect of the inter-potential causes the beam to be blurred, and the wafer on the surface of the insulator cannot be charged to obtain a good SEM image. The electro-optical device that considers the illumination of the electron beam for inspection, and the object to be inspected in the clean state The overall construction of the inspection apparatus supplied to the illumination position of the electro-optical apparatus for the correlation between other subsystems for alignment has not yet been clarified. With the large-volume control of the wafer to be inspected, the subsystem It is also required to be able to correspond to it. Therefore, one of the problems to be solved by the present invention is to provide an inspection apparatus that uses an electron optical system using an electron beam. Coordination between the electro-optical system and other constituent machines constituting the inspection apparatus, and increasing the throughput. Another object to be solved by the present invention is to provide an inspection apparatus that can store and correlate the inventory of the inspection object. In the electro-optical system, between the stage devices that position the inspection object, the loader for transporting the inspection object and related equipment are improved to effectively and accurately inspect the inspection object. An object of the present invention is to provide an inspection apparatus which can solve the charging problem occurring in the SEM to accurately inspect an inspection object. Another problem to be solved by the present invention is to perform inspection of a wafer or the like by using the inspection apparatus described above. Inspection to provide a high yield device manufacturing method. ---I--------Install----I---订--------- (Please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) In addition, 'Before' with the semiconductor High density and high integration, high sensitivity inspection equipment for semiconductor wafer fabrication in semiconductor wafer manufacturing

1286776 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 A7 五、發明說明(5 ) 案等缺陷檢查也愈顯重要。在用以檢查該缺陷的檢查設備 上,目前係使用記載於日本特開平2-142〇45或日本特開平 5_258703的電子顯微鏡。 例如,記載於日本特開平2_142〇45的電子顯微鏡,係 藉由物鏡,集中自電子搶發出的電子線而對試料進行照 射,並利用二次電子檢測器檢出自試料放出的二次電子。 在該電子顯微鏡中,對試料施加負電壓,並在試料與二次 電子檢測器之間配置電場與磁場正交的ΕχΒ型濾波器。 藉由以上構成,該電子顯微鏡藉由對試料施加負電 壓,使照射在試料上的電子減速而變為高分解能。 另外,藉由對試料施加負電壓,使自試料放出的二次 電子加速,再藉由ExB型濾、器,讓已加速之二次電子偏向 -次電子檢測H之方向’而使二次電子檢測器能夠有效地 檢出二次電子。 在使用上述習知之電子顯微鏡的設備中,來自電子搶 的電子線’係藉由施加有高電壓的物鏡等透鏡系,在照射 試料前加速並高能量化。此外,藉由對試料施加負電壓, 將照射在試料上的電子低速化並作為高分解能。 但是’對物鏡施加高電壓’又對試料施加負電壓,可 能導致物鏡與試料之間產生放電。 且在習知的電子顯微鏡中,即使不對試料施加負電 虔’只要物鏡與試料間的電位差過大,物鏡與試料之間仍 有可能產生放電。 此外’為了對應該試料的放電’若將施加於物鏡的電 I紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21G X 297公髮 T12767 — Ι — — — — — — — — — — — I— ·1111111! - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(6 ) 壓降低,便無法充分將能量傳達給電子,導致分解能降低。 再者,試料為半導體晶圓,該半導體晶圓表面存在有 貫通體,亦即,將半導體晶圓的上層配線及下層配線電性 連接,且在與上下層配線面呈大致垂直的方向存在有配線 圖案。 使用習知之電子顯微鏡檢查附有貫通體之半導體晶圓 缺陷等日守’與土述相同,對物鏡施加高電壓,如丨〇kv的 電壓。此外,此處的半導體晶圓係一種接地晶圓。藉此, 半導體晶圓與物鏡間會形成電場。 在此散態下,特別是在半導體晶圓表面的貫通體附近 會聚集電場而形成高電場。當電子線照射到貫通體聘,貫 通體會釋出大量二次電子,而這些二次電子則藉由貫通體 附近的高電場而加速。加速的二次電子具有相當能量 (>3eV) ’可將電子線照射在半導體晶圓時產生的殘留氣體 離子化。如此’由二次電子將殘留的氣體離子化,而產生 離子化帶電粒子。 該離子化帶電粒子之正離子,藉由貫通體附近的高電 場朝貫通體方向加速,並與貫通體相衝突,而由貫通體再 次釋出二次電子。藉由一連串的正反饋(positive feed back),最後在物鏡與半導體晶圓間產生放電,並由該放電 導致半導體晶圓的圖案等產生破損問題。 因此,本發明所欲解決之另一課題,在於提供一種可 防止對被檢查試料放電之電子搶裝置,及使用該電子槍裝 置之裝置製造方法。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 6 312767 ----------裝-------_丨訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ---—-----B7___________ 五、發明說明(7 ) 此外’如上所述’以往之半導體裝置製造用光罩圖案, 或形成於半導體晶圓上之圖案的缺陷檢查,係藉由以下方 式進行·利用一次電子線照射試料表面時,檢出該試料所 釋出之二次電子,以獲得試料之圖案影像,再將該影像與 基準影像進行比較。該缺陷檢查設備中,設置有用以分離 一次電子與二次電子之Εχβ分離器。 第52圖顯示具有ΕχΒ分離器之映射投影型電子線檢 查设備一例之概略結構。由電子搶72 i釋放之電子線,利 用成形孔徑(未圖示)成形為矩形:並以靜電透鏡722將其 縮小,而在ΕχΒ分離器723的中心位置上形成1.25 mm角的成形光束。該成形光束,利用ΕχΒ分離器723 以垂直方式偏向試料W,再藉由靜電透鏡724縮小為j/5 以照射試料W。由試料w釋出的二次電子,具有可對應試 料W上的圖案資料的強度,藉由靜電透鏡72 4、741將其 擴大,入射至檢測器761。檢測器761中,形成與所入射 之二次電子強度相對應的影像訊號,並藉由與基準影像進 行比較,檢出試料的缺陷。 ΕχΒ分離器723,係在與試料w面的法線(紙面上方) 呈垂直的平面中,形成電場與磁場正交的構造,當電場, 磁場、電子的能量及速度關係符合預定條件時,讓電子直 射,而其他時候則讓電子偏向者。第44圖的檢查設備係設 定為使一次電子直射的形態。 第5 3圖係詳細說明由照射有試料你面之一次電子之 矩形區域所釋出之二次電子的動態。由試料面釋放出來的 — — — — — — — — — — ·1111111 ^ « — — — — — — I— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 7 312767 1286776 A7 _______B7_. 五、發明說明(8 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 二次電子’以靜電透鏡724擴大後,於ExB分離器723的 中心面723a成像。由於Exb分離器723之電場和磁場係 設定為直射二次電子之值,故二次電子依此直射,以靜電 透鏡741-1、741-2、741 _3擴大後,於檢測器761内的標 板 761a 成像。然後,以 MCP(Multi Channel Plate,未圖示) 放大,再藉由閃爍器CCD(Charge Coupled Device)等(未圖 示)形成影像。732、733係設置在二次光學系的口徑調節 器。 第54圖係顯示習知之ΕχΒ分離器的概略構成與所產 生之電場分佈。在二個平行平板電極723-1、723-2上產生 電場’在二個磁場723-3、72 3-4中產生與電場正交的磁場。 在該構成中,磁極723-3、723-4係由金屬形成,因此,形 成接地電位,而電場則朝接地側彎曲。從而,電界分佈情 形如第54圖所示,而平行電場,則只能得到中心之小區 域。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 將該種構造之ExB分離器用於映射投影型電子線檢查 設備等缺陷檢查設備時,在進行高精確度檢查時,因無法 擴大電子線的照射區域,而有導致檢查效率變差的問題。 因此,本發明所欲解決之另一課題,其目的在於提供 一種ExB分離器,可在與試料呈平行的面上,將電場磁場 強度相同且相互正交的區域擴大,並將全體外徑縮小。藉 由將該ExB分離器用於缺陷檢查設備,可減少所獲得之檢 出影像的像差,以有效地執行高精確度的缺陷檢查。 此外’如上所述’以往在使用電子線檢查半導體晶圓 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 xi97公釐^ 8 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(9 ) 或光罩之圖案時,-般係使用一種設備,可將電子線送至 半導體晶圓或光罩等試料表面進行掃猫,對試料進行掃猫 後,檢出由該試料表面所產生之二次帶電粒子,並依照檢 出結果製作影像資料,再藉由對各單元或各晶粒進行比1286776 Employees' Cooperatives Cooperatives A7 V. Inventions (5) Defect inspections such as cases are becoming more and more important. On the inspection apparatus for inspecting the defect, an electron microscope described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 2-142-45 or Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. 5-258703 is used. For example, an electron microscope disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2_142〇45 uses an objective lens to concentrate an electron beam from an electron to irradiate a sample, and detects a secondary electron emitted from the sample by a secondary electron detector. In this electron microscope, a negative voltage is applied to the sample, and a ΕχΒ-type filter in which an electric field and a magnetic field are orthogonal to each other is disposed between the sample and the secondary electron detector. According to the above configuration, the electron microscope applies a negative voltage to the sample to decelerate the electrons irradiated on the sample to become high decomposition energy. In addition, by applying a negative voltage to the sample, the secondary electrons emitted from the sample are accelerated, and the secondary electrons are accelerated by the ExB type filter, so that the accelerated secondary electrons are biased to the direction of the secondary electron detection H. The detector can effectively detect secondary electrons. In the apparatus using the above-described conventional electron microscope, the electron beam from the electron grab is accelerated and energized before the sample is irradiated by a lens system such as an objective lens to which a high voltage is applied. Further, by applying a negative voltage to the sample, the electrons irradiated on the sample are reduced in speed and become high decomposition energy. However, applying a high voltage to the objective lens and applying a negative voltage to the sample may cause a discharge between the objective lens and the sample. Further, in the conventional electron microscope, even if the negative electrode is not applied to the sample, as long as the potential difference between the objective lens and the sample is too large, discharge may occur between the objective lens and the sample. In addition, 'in order to correspond to the discharge of the sample', if the electric I paper size applied to the objective lens is applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21G X 297 public hair T12767 - Ι — — — — — — — — — — I — ·1111111! - (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 B7 V. Invention description (6) If the pressure is reduced, the energy cannot be fully transmitted to the electron, resulting in Further, the sample is a semiconductor wafer having a through-substrate on the surface of the semiconductor wafer, that is, the upper layer wiring and the lower layer wiring of the semiconductor wafer are electrically connected to each other, and are substantially perpendicular to the upper and lower wiring surfaces. There is a wiring pattern in the direction. The semiconductor wafer with the through-hole is inspected by a conventional electron microscope, and the same as the description, a high voltage such as 丨〇kv is applied to the objective lens. In addition, the semiconductor crystal here A circular grounding wafer, whereby an electric field is formed between the semiconductor wafer and the objective lens. In this state of dispersion, especially on the surface of the semiconductor wafer. An electric field is concentrated in the vicinity of the body to form a high electric field. When the electron beam is irradiated to the through body, the through body releases a large amount of secondary electrons, and these secondary electrons are accelerated by a high electric field in the vicinity of the through-body. Accelerated secondary electrons It has a considerable energy (>3eV) 'Ionizes the residual gas generated when the electron beam is irradiated on the semiconductor wafer. Thus 'the secondary electrons ionize the residual gas to produce ionized charged particles. The ionized charged The positive ions of the particles are accelerated in the direction of the through-body by the high electric field in the vicinity of the through-body, and collide with the through-body, and the secondary electrons are again released by the through-body. With a series of positive feed back, finally A discharge is generated between the objective lens and the semiconductor wafer, and the pattern of the semiconductor wafer is damaged by the discharge. Therefore, another object to be solved by the present invention is to provide an electronic smash that can prevent discharge of the sample to be inspected. Device, and device manufacturing method using the same. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ) 6 312767 ---------- Install -------_丨--------- (Please read the phonetic on the back? Please fill out this page) 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 ---------B7___________ V. Description of invention (7) In addition, 'the above-mentioned conventional mask design for semiconductor device manufacturing, or formed on a semiconductor wafer The defect inspection of the pattern is performed by the following method: When the surface of the sample is irradiated with a single electron beam, the secondary electrons emitted from the sample are detected to obtain a pattern image of the sample, and the image is compared with the reference image. In the defect inspection apparatus, a Εχβ separator for separating primary electrons and secondary electrons is provided. Fig. 52 is a view showing an outline of an example of a map projection type electron beam inspection apparatus having a ΕχΒ separator. The electron beam released by the electron grab 72 i is formed into a rectangular shape by a formed aperture (not shown) and reduced by the electrostatic lens 722, and a shaped beam of 1.25 mm angle is formed at the center of the pupil separator 723. The shaped beam is deflected to the sample W in a vertical manner by a helium separator 723, and is further reduced to j/5 by the electrostatic lens 724 to illuminate the sample W. The secondary electrons released from the sample w have an intensity corresponding to the pattern data on the sample W, and are enlarged by the electrostatic lenses 72 4 and 741 to be incident on the detector 761. In the detector 761, an image signal corresponding to the intensity of the incident secondary electrons is formed, and the defect of the sample is detected by comparison with the reference image. The ΕχΒ separator 723 is formed in a plane perpendicular to the normal line (above the paper surface) of the sample w surface, and forms a structure in which the electric field and the magnetic field are orthogonal to each other. When the relationship between the electric field, the magnetic field, and the energy and velocity of the electrons meets predetermined conditions, Direct electrons, while others make electrons biased. The inspection apparatus of Fig. 44 is set to a form in which one electron is directly emitted. Figure 5 is a detailed description of the dynamics of the secondary electrons emitted by the rectangular region of the electron that is irradiated with the sample. Released from the sample surface — — — — — — — — — 1111111 ^ « — — — — — — I — (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) 7 312767 1286776 A7 _______B7_. V. Description of invention (8) (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) The secondary electron is enlarged by the electrostatic lens 724 and separated by ExB. The center plane 723a of the 723 is imaged. Since the electric field and the magnetic field of the Exb separator 723 are set to the values of the direct secondary electrons, the secondary electrons are directly emitted, and the targets in the detector 761 are enlarged by the electrostatic lenses 741-1, 741-2, and 741_3. Plate 761a is imaged. Then, it is enlarged by a MCP (Multi Channel Plate, not shown), and an image is formed by a scintillator CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or the like (not shown). The 732 and 733 are installed in the aperture adjuster of the secondary optics. Fig. 54 is a view showing the schematic configuration of a conventional helium separator and the electric field distribution generated. An electric field is generated on the two parallel plate electrodes 723-1, 723-2 to generate a magnetic field orthogonal to the electric field in the two magnetic fields 723-3, 72 3-4. In this configuration, the magnetic poles 723-3 and 723-4 are formed of metal, and therefore, the ground potential is formed, and the electric field is bent toward the ground side. Thus, the electrical boundary distribution is as shown in Fig. 54, and the parallel electric field can only obtain the central cell domain. When the ExB separator of this type of structure is used to map a defect inspection device such as a projection type electronic wire inspection device, the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, cannot enlarge the irradiation area of the electron beam when performing high-accuracy inspection. There is a problem that causes the inspection efficiency to deteriorate. Therefore, another object of the present invention is to provide an ExB separator which can expand a region in which electric field magnetic field strengths are the same and orthogonal to each other on a surface parallel to the sample, and reduce the overall outer diameter. . By using the ExB separator for the defect inspection apparatus, the aberration of the detected image obtained can be reduced to efficiently perform the high-accuracy defect inspection. In addition, 'as mentioned above' in the past, the use of electronic wire inspection semiconductor wafer paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 xi97 cm ^ 8 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employees consumption cooperatives printed A7 V. Invention When (9) or the pattern of the mask is used, a device is used to send the electron wire to the surface of the sample such as a semiconductor wafer or a photomask to sweep the cat. After the sample is scanned, the surface of the sample is detected. Producing the second charged particles, and making image data according to the detection result, and then comparing each unit or each crystal grain

較,來檢測圖案缺陷P 但是,上述習知之缺陷檢查設備,係藉由照射電子線 使試料表面產生帶電,而由於該帶電所產生之電荷會使影 像貝料失真,故有無法正確檢出缺陷之問題。由於該影像 資料失真,故減少光束電流以減少電荷所引起之失真,如 此來’會產生使二次電子子訊號S/N比變差,而增加檢 出錯誤的發生率之缺點。為了改善S/N比而進行多次掃瞄 並執行平均化處理時,又發生通過量降低之問題。 因此,本發明所欲解決之另一課題,其目的在於提供 種可執行尚彳§賴性缺陷檢查設備以及使用該設備之裝置 製造方法,以防止帶電所引起之影像失真,或是,即使產 生影像失真,也能將失真程度降至最小。 此外’據了解習知之設備,係在基板表面照射帶電粒 子光束而進行掃瞄,以檢出該基板表面所產生之二次帶電 粒子,由該檢出結果作成影像資料後,藉由與各晶粒資料 進行比較,以檢查形成於該基板的影像缺陷。 但是,包括上述公報所記載者,由於習知之該種攝像 裝置之檢查對象,即基板表面電位分佈並不均整,使得所 攝影像之對比不完整,而產生失真的問題。 因此,本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種攝像 — — - ! ! I I ^^ _ !1! (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 1286776 A7 五、發明說明(!0 ) 裝置,可在不降低通過量的情況下,提高缺陷檢出的性能。 此外,本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種攝像 裝置’可將藉由檢出來自檢查對象之二次電子所得之影像 之對比提高,並提昇缺陷檢出性能。 再者,本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種攝像 裝置,可藉由將檢查對象的表面電位分佈予以均一化,將 藉由檢出來自表面之二次電子所得之影像對比提高以減 少失真’並提昇缺陷檢出性能。 生又’本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種裝置製 把方法,其係使用上述攝像裝置,以評估製程令的試料。 以往’藉由檢出對半導體晶圓等試料照射_次電子而 來檢測該試料缺陷的缺陷檢查設備,係In contrast, the conventional defect inspection apparatus is characterized in that the surface of the sample is charged by irradiating an electron beam, and the charge generated by the charging causes distortion of the image material, so that the defect cannot be correctly detected. The problem. Since the image data is distorted, the beam current is reduced to reduce the distortion caused by the electric charge, so that the S/N ratio of the secondary electron sub-signal is deteriorated, and the occurrence rate of the detection error is increased. In order to improve the S/N ratio and perform multiple scans and perform averaging processing, the problem of throughput reduction occurs again. Therefore, another object of the present invention is to provide an apparatus for performing a defect inspection apparatus and a device manufacturing method using the same to prevent image distortion caused by charging, or even to generate Image distortion can also minimize distortion. In addition, it is known that the device is irradiated by irradiating a charged particle beam on the surface of the substrate to detect secondary charged particles generated on the surface of the substrate, and the image is formed by the detection result, and each crystal is The granule data is compared to examine image defects formed on the substrate. However, according to the above-mentioned publication, the object to be inspected by the conventional image pickup apparatus, that is, the surface potential distribution of the substrate is not uniform, so that the contrast of the photographed image is incomplete, and the problem of distortion occurs. Therefore, another object to be solved by the present invention is to provide a camera - - ! ! II ^^ _ !1! (Please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) 1286776 A7 V. Invention Description (!0) The device can improve the performance of defect detection without reducing the throughput. Further, another object to be solved by the present invention is to provide an image pickup device that can obtain the secondary electrons from the inspection object. Further, the contrast of the image is improved, and the defect detection performance is improved. Further, another object of the present invention is to provide an image pickup apparatus which can detect by uniformly homogenizing the surface potential distribution of the inspection object. The contrast of the image obtained from the secondary electrons on the surface is increased to reduce the distortion and improve the defect detection performance. Another problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a device manufacturing method using the above-mentioned image pickup device. Evaluation of the sample of the process order. In the past, the defect inspection equipment for detecting the defect of the sample by detecting the electrons of the semiconductor wafer and the like was detected.

運用在半導體製程等Q 各π:赤日本特開平11-132975號公報係開示有由以下 :所構成之缺陷檢查設備:將電子束照射在試料 子束照射部:將依照試料表面形狀、 夺之1 何質、電位變化雨發 生之—人電子以及反射電子之-次元像及/或二次元像予 以成像之映射投影光學部;根據成 之雷t 很课風像之影像輸出檢出訊號 聲像顯現{ 15接收檢ώ㈣後,將試料表面之電子 ==:示部’·將電子束照射部所照射的電子束 光4二二ί,及對二次電子與反射電子的映射投影 以變換的電子束偏向部。該缺陷檢杳 設備可將-次電子束照射於實存設 定矩形區域内。 炙忒枓晶圓表面的既 本紙張尺度適用中國.標準(CNS)A4規格⑵〇 χ 297公爱 --------lit?--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 312767 1286776 A7 五、發明說明(11 7 時,存設備之試料晶圓較廣區域照射電子束 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 故透過對系由二氧切、氮切等絕緣體所形成, ==料表面照射電子束,以及釋出隨其而產生之來 位之電場,有對面正充電’而產生電 產生。 二人電子線影像造成種種影像障礙之問題 種缺Π!:有鏗於上述情形而成者,其目的在於提供-的Ί 4備以及缺陷檢查方法,可藉由降低試料表面 籍充電’並消除該充電所引起之影像障礙,而達到更高 精確的試料缺陷檢查。 此外,本發明之另-目的在於提供一種半導體製造方 可在半導體裝置的製程中,藉由使用上述缺陷檢查設 備進仃试料缺陷檢查’以達到裝置製品的良率的提昇及避 免缺陷製品出貨。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 此外以往,係在·藉由對半導體晶圓等試料表面照 射電子束等帶電束’在半導體電路等圖案上將該試料表面 予以曝光’或對形成於試料表面上的圖案進行檢查的設 備’或藉由照射帶電束對試料進行高精密加工的設備中, 使用供在真空狀態下高精碟地定位試料之载物台。 在要求該種載物台必須具備高精確度定位功能的情況 下,係採用有利用靜壓轴承非接觸支持載物台的構造。此 時,藉由在靜壓軸承的範圍内’形成用以排出高壓氣體的 差動排氣機構,維持真空室的真空度,使靜壓軸承所供給 的南壓氣體不會直接排出到真空室。 312767 A7In the semiconductor manufacturing process, Q π: 赤 特 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷 缺陷1 What is the quality, the potential change rain occurs - the human electron and the reflected electron - the image of the secondary image and / or the secondary element image is mapped to the projection optics; according to the image of the image of the thunder After the display 15 (received inspection (4), the electrons on the surface of the sample ==: the display portion'· the electron beam light irradiated by the electron beam irradiation unit 4·2, and the mapping projection of the secondary electron and the reflected electron to be transformed Electron beam deflection. The defect inspection device can illuminate the secondary electron beam into the actual rectangular area.既The surface of the wafer is applicable to China. Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2) 297 297 public love -------- lit?--------- (Please read the back first Note: Please fill in this page again) 312767 1286776 A7 V. Inventive Note (11 7 o'clock, the test material of the storage device is irradiated with electron beam in a wider area (please read the note on the back side and then fill in this page) An insulator such as dioxotomy or nitrogen dicing is formed, == the surface of the material illuminates the electron beam, and the electric field generated by it is released, and the opposite side is charged and generates electricity. The two-person electron image causes various images. The problem of obstacles is lacking!: The reason is that the above-mentioned situation is the result of providing the equipment and the defect inspection method, which can reduce the image barrier caused by the charging by reducing the surface charge of the sample. Further, a more accurate sample defect inspection is achieved. In addition, another object of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor manufacturing method in which a defect inspection can be performed by using the above defect inspection device in the process of the semiconductor device to achieve the device article. Yield And the printing of defective products is prohibited. In the past, the surface of the sample was printed on a semiconductor circuit or the like by irradiating a charged beam such as an electron beam on a surface of a sample such as a semiconductor wafer. In a device for exposing 'or inspecting a pattern formed on the surface of a sample' or a device for performing high-precision processing of a sample by irradiating a charged beam, a stage for positioning a sample in a vacuum state is used. In the case where the stage must be equipped with a high-precision positioning function, a configuration in which the stage is supported by a hydrostatic bearing non-contact is used. At this time, it is formed by discharge in the range of the hydrostatic bearing. The differential venting mechanism of the high pressure gas maintains the vacuum of the vacuum chamber so that the south pressure gas supplied from the hydrostatic bearing is not directly discharged to the vacuum chamber. 312767 A7

1286776 五、發明說明(I2 ) 第55圖係習知技術之載物台之一例。該圖之構造中 在構成真空室C的殼體(housing)98中,裝設有用 二 電束以照射試料之帶電束裝置之鏡筒71之前端部,: 電束照射部72。鏡筒内部由真空配管71〇進行直空排々▼ 2真空室C則由真空配管911進行真空排氣。帶;束:鏡 同71之前端部72對放置在下方之晶圓等試料w 射。 丁…、 在試^ Μ利用—般公知的方法,以可拆除的方式保持 在忒枓。94,試料台94則安裝在χγ載物台(以下簡 載物台W的Υ方向可動部95上方。上述γ方向可動部 95中,在與載物台93的X方向可動部的引導面96a呈相 =(第5利圖中所示左右兩面及下面)安裝有複數靜 壓軸承90,藉由該靜壓軸承9〇的作用之 間保持微小空隙的情況下,向Y方向(第55[b=^ 方向)移動。而靜壓軸承9〇周圍又設置有差動排氣機構, 以防f供給至靜壓軸承之高壓氣體漏沒在真空室C内部。 其狀態顯示於第56圖。於靜壓軸承9G之周圍形成溝918、 917’該等溝藉由未圖示之真空配管及真空泵進行經常性真1286776 V. INSTRUCTION OF THE INVENTION (I2) Fig. 55 is an example of a stage of the prior art. In the configuration of the figure, a housing 98 constituting the vacuum chamber C is provided with a front end portion of a barrel 71 of a charged beam device for irradiating a sample with a second electric beam: an electric beam irradiation portion 72. The inside of the lens barrel is evacuated by vacuum piping 71, and the vacuum chamber C is evacuated by vacuum piping 911. Belt: Beam: The same as before 71, the end portion 72 is placed on a sample such as a wafer placed below. Ding..., in the test, using a generally known method to keep it in a detachable way. 94. The sample stage 94 is attached to the χγ stage (the upper side of the 载-direction movable portion 95 of the simple stage W. The γ-direction movable portion 95 is on the guide surface 96a of the movable portion with the X direction of the stage 93. In the phase = (the left and right sides and the lower side shown in Fig. 5), a plurality of hydrostatic bearings 90 are attached, and in the case of maintaining a small gap between the action of the hydrostatic bearing 9 ,, the direction is Y (55th [ The b=^ direction is moved, and a differential exhaust mechanism is provided around the hydrostatic bearing 9〇 to prevent the high-pressure gas supplied to the hydrostatic bearing from being leaked inside the vacuum chamber C. The state thereof is shown in Fig. 56. Grooves 918 and 917' are formed around the hydrostatic bearing 9G. These grooves are frequently performed by vacuum piping and a vacuum pump (not shown).

空排氣。藉此構造’可在真空狀態下以非接觸方式支撐Y 方向可動部95,並可白士从^BV七人μ J自由地朝γ方向移動。該等雙溝918 ☆以圍繞該靜壓軸承之方式,形成於設置有可動部% 之靜壓軸承90的面上。另外,由於靜壓軸承之構造只要是 一般公知者即可,故省略其詳細說明。 第5圖可知,載置有γ方向可動部%的X方向可 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準χ撕公餐) — — — — 1 — — — — — — i I I I II I β .!11! (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(13 ) 動部96,呈開口朝上的凹形形狀, 却·士 及X方向可動部96亦 叹有完全相同的靜壓軸承及溝,並以接卩7 物台Q7 μ —, 接觸方式保持在載 7上,可自由地朝X方向移動。 藉由組合該等Υ方向可動部95 銘叙 /、Χ方向可動部96的 ’可將試料W移動至與鏡筒之前端部,亦即帶電束昭 射心相關之水平向的㈣位置上, 置、 照射帶電束。 狀所希望位置 在組合有上述靜壓轴承與差動排氣機構的載物台上, :靜壓軸承90相對的引導面96a或97a,在载物台移動 時’會在靜壓軸承的高壓氣體中盘處 一 ® Τ,、慝理至内的真空環境中 仃來回運動。此時的引導面,會覆 古两復以下狀態·在接觸 尚壓氣體時吸附氣體,並在真空環蟥腺 冉工衣1見下,將所吸附的氣體 釋出。基於以上狀態’載物台在移動時,會導致處理室。 内之真空度惡化的現象產生’使得由上述帶電束所執行的 曝光1查或加工等處理無法穩定進#,而產生試料受到 污染的問題。 因此,本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種帶電 束裝置’可防止產生真空度惡化現象’並使由上述帶電束 所執行的曝光、檢查或加工等處理得以穩定進行。 此外,本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種帶電 束裝置,具有由靜壓軸承所支撐之非接觸支持機構,與由 差動排氣控制之真空密封機構,可在帶電束照射區域與靜 壓軸承的支持部之間產生壓力差。 本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種帶電束裝 --------------------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1286776 A7Empty exhaust. Thereby, the Y-direction movable portion 95 can be supported in a non-contact manner in a vacuum state, and the white man can freely move in the γ direction from the ^BV seven-person μ J. These double grooves 918 ☆ are formed on the surface of the hydrostatic bearing 90 provided with the movable portion % so as to surround the hydrostatic bearing. Further, since the structure of the hydrostatic bearing is generally known, the detailed description thereof will be omitted. As can be seen from Fig. 5, the X direction in which the movable portion in the γ direction is placed can be applied to the Chinese national standard for the paper scale. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperatives Printed 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperatives Printed A7 V. Invention Description (13) The concave shape, the singularity and the X-direction movable part 96 also sighs the same static bearing and groove, and is held on the load 7 by the contact table Q7 μ —, which can be freely facing the X Move in direction. By combining the Υ-direction movable portion 95, the 可-direction movable portion 96 can move the sample W to the horizontal position (four) of the front end of the lens barrel, that is, the charged beam illuminating center. Set and illuminate the charged beam. The desired position is on the stage on which the hydrostatic bearing and the differential exhaust mechanism are combined, and the opposite guiding surface 96a or 97a of the hydrostatic bearing 90 is 'high pressure in the hydrostatic bearing when the stage moves. At the middle of the gas, a ®, 慝 至 的 的 的 的 真空 真空 真空 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 At this time, the guide surface will be covered with two or more conditions. The gas is adsorbed when it is in contact with the pressurized gas, and the adsorbed gas is released in the vacuum ring. Based on the above state, the stage will cause the processing chamber when it is moving. The phenomenon in which the degree of vacuum inside is deteriorated produces a problem that the processing such as the exposure 1 inspection or processing performed by the above-described charged beam cannot be stabilized, and the sample is contaminated. Accordingly, another object to be solved by the present invention is to provide a charged beam device which can prevent the occurrence of a degree of deterioration in vacuum degree and to stably perform processing such as exposure, inspection or processing performed by the above-described charged beam. In addition, another object to be solved by the present invention is to provide a charged beam device having a non-contact support mechanism supported by a hydrostatic bearing and a vacuum sealing mechanism controlled by a differential exhaust gas, which can be in a charged beam irradiation region and A pressure difference is generated between the support portions of the hydrostatic bearing. Another object to be solved by the present invention is to provide a charged bundle--------------------^--------- (please read the back Note: Please fill out this page again) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1286776 A7

五、發明說明(W ) 置,可減低由面對靜壓軸承的構件表面所釋放出來的氣 體。 本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種使用上述帶 電束裝置以檢查試料表面的缺陷檢查設備,或是在試料表 面描繪圖案的曝光裝置。 本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種使用上述帶 電束裝置以製作半導體設備之半導體製造方法。 此外’如第55圖所示,由於在組合上述以往之靜壓軸 承與差動排氣機構的載物台上設有差動排氣機構,故與大 氣中所使用的靜壓轴承式載物台相比,其構造上顯得大而 複雜,以致作為載物台之信賴性降低,而造成成本提高的 問題。 因此,本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種無χγ 載物台的差動排氣機構’且構造簡單輕巧的帶電束裝置。 本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種帶電束裝 置’其中設置有一種差動排氣機構,可在收容有χγ載物 台的殼體内進行真空排氣,同時亦可在該試料面上的帶電 束所照射的區域中進行排氣。 本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種使用上述帶 電束裝置以檢查試料表面的缺陷檢查設備,或在試料表面 描繪圖案的曝光裝置。 本發明所欲解決之另一課題在於提供一種使用上述帶 電束裝置以製作半導體裝置之半導體製造方法, 如上所述,以往’在半導體製造過程中,常利用一種 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)5. Inventive Note (W), which reduces the gas released by the surface of the component facing the hydrostatic bearing. Another object of the present invention is to provide a defect inspection apparatus for inspecting a surface of a sample using the above-described charged beam device, or an exposure apparatus for drawing a pattern on a surface of a sample. Another object of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor manufacturing method using the above-described charged beam device to fabricate a semiconductor device. Further, as shown in Fig. 55, since the differential exhaust mechanism is provided on the stage in which the above-described conventional hydrostatic bearing and differential exhaust mechanism are combined, the hydrostatic bearing type used in the atmosphere is used. Compared with Taiwan, its structure is large and complicated, so that the reliability of the stage is reduced, which causes a problem of cost increase. Accordingly, another object of the present invention is to provide a charged ray apparatus having a simple ventilating mechanism of a χ-free stage and having a simple and lightweight structure. Another object to be solved by the present invention is to provide a charged beam device in which a differential exhaust mechanism is provided, which can perform vacuum evacuation in a housing in which a χγ stage is accommodated, and can also be used in the sample surface. Exhaust is performed in the area irradiated by the charged beam. Another object to be solved by the present invention is to provide a defect inspection apparatus for inspecting a surface of a sample using the above-described charged beam device, or an exposure apparatus for drawing a pattern on a surface of a sample. Another object to be solved by the present invention is to provide a semiconductor manufacturing method for fabricating a semiconductor device using the above-described charged beam device. As described above, conventionally, in the semiconductor manufacturing process, one type is often used (please read the precautions on the back side first) Fill in this page)

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 14 312767 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1286776 五、發明說明(b 7檢u ’可藉由檢出在半導體晶圓等試料上照射一 -人:子而產生的二次電子,以檢查該試料缺陷。該缺陷檢 查-又備,具有應用影像辨識技術以達成缺陷檢查的自動化 及效率化的技術。該技術藉由電膘,對藉由檢測二次電子 所獲得之試料表面被檢查區域的圖案影像資料與,事先記 憶之試料表面基準影像資料進行匹配運算,並根據該運算 結果自動判斷有無試料缺陷。 目前,特別在半導體製造領域中,隨著圖案的高精細 化,對於檢出細微缺陷的要求也愈益提高。在如此狀態下, 在運用上述影像辨識技術的缺陷檢查設備方面也要求具 備有更高一層的辨識精確度。 但疋在以往的技術上,在試料表面的被檢查區域中照 射一次電子線而獲得之二次電子線影像與,事先準備之基 準影像之間會產生位差,而有缺陷檢查精確度降低的間 題。當該位差為一次電子線照射區域脫離晶圓,或部分檢 查圖案未包含在一此電子線的檢查影像内時,將產生極大 的問題,而無法單純以在檢測影像内將匹配區域予以最適 化的技術來解決的。該問題尤其對於高精密度的圖案檢查 無疑是一大致命缺點9 因此,本發明所欲解決之另一課題,其目的在於提供 一種缺陷檢查設備,可防止被檢查影像與基準影像之間的 位差所引起的缺陷檢查精確度的降低。 本發明之另一目的在於提供一種半導體製造方法,可 在半導體裝置製造過程中,藉由使用上述缺陷檢查設備進 --------------------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 15 312767This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 14 312767 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing 1286776 V. Invention description (b 7 inspection u 'can be detected in semiconductor crystal The secondary electrons generated by one-person:sub-particle are irradiated on a sample such as a circle to inspect the defect of the sample. The defect inspection-reparation technique has a technique of applying image recognition technology to achieve automation and efficiency of defect inspection. The pattern image data of the surface to be inspected on the surface of the sample obtained by detecting the secondary electrons and the reference image data of the sample surface which is previously memorized are matched by the electric cymbal, and the presence or absence of the sample defect is automatically determined based on the calculation result. Especially in the field of semiconductor manufacturing, as the pattern is highly refined, the requirements for detecting fine defects are also increasing. Under such a state, a defect inspection apparatus using the above image recognition technology is also required to have a higher level. Identification accuracy. However, in the past technology, the electricity is irradiated once in the inspection area of the sample surface. The secondary electron beam image obtained by the line and the reference image prepared in advance may have a difference between the defect and the accuracy of the defect inspection. When the difference is one time, the electron beam irradiation area is separated from the wafer, or part When the inspection pattern is not included in the inspection image of the electronic wire, it will cause great problems, and it cannot be solved simply by the technique of optimizing the matching region in the detection image. This problem is especially true for high-precision patterns. The inspection is undoubtedly a fatal flaw. 9 Therefore, another object of the present invention is to provide a defect inspection apparatus capable of preventing the defect inspection accuracy caused by the difference between the image to be inspected and the reference image. Another object of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor manufacturing method which can be used in the manufacturing process of a semiconductor device by using the above defect inspection device. -^--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) 15 312767

仃試料缺陷檢查,以提昇裝置製品的良率,並称止缺陷製 品的出貨。 1286776 五、發明說明(l6 ) 本發明’基本上係一種運用使用電子線之所謂映射投 影方式者,作為SEM方式在檢查速度方面之缺點的提昇方 法〇以下針對該映射投影方式進行說明。 映射投影方式係以一次電子線對試料之觀測區域進行 一次照射(不進行全面掃瞄,而只照射預定面積),藉由透 鏡系,一次將來自照射區域的二次電子形成為電子線影像 而予以成像。並藉由二次元CCD(固體攝像元件)或TDI_ CCD(線狀影像感應器)將該成像之影像資訊變換為電訊 號’以輸出至CRT上或儲存至記億裝置。由該影像資訊中 檢出試料晶圓的缺陷(製程中途的半導體(Si)晶圓)。在CcD 方面,載物台的移動方向係短軸方向(長軸方向亦可),移 動方式則為步進重複方式。而在TDI-CCD的載物台移動方 面,係朝累積方向做連續移動◊由於TDI_CCD可連續取得 影像’故需連續進行缺陷檢查時多使用TDI-CCD。分解能 係取決於成像光學系(二次光學系)的倍率及精度,在實施 例中可獲得0·05μηι的分解能。在本例中,當分解能為 〇·1μιη,電子線照射條件為在200μιηχ50μιη區域_為 1 ·6μΑ,而檢查時間為每20cm的晶圓約1小時左右時,可 獲得SEM方式的8倍效果。此處所使用的TDI-CCD狀,熊 為2048像素(pixel)X512段,而線速率為3,3pS(線頻率 300kHz)- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) · 11 11 111 訂·1111111- 缝濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作衽印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 16 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(Π 本例_的照射面積係配合TDI-CCD狀態,但也可依照 照射對象物來變更照射面積。 本映射方式之問題在於:(1)由於是一次照射電子線, 因此容易在試料照射表面上產生充電,(2)由於依照本方式 所獲得的電子線電流係有所限制(約1·6μΑ左右),故會妨 礙檢查速度的提昇。 因此’為解決上述以往之課題,本發明之第一發明在 將帶電粒子或電磁波之其中一者作為檢查對象進行照射, 並在檢查該檢查對象之檢查設備中,具備:檢查可控制在 真玉氡體中的檢查對象的工作室(working chamber);使帶 電粒子或電磁波之任一者產生為光束之光束產生機構;對 將該光束保持在前述工作室内的檢查對象進行指引照射, 並檢&由檢查對象產生的二次帶電粒子,以引導至影像處 理系的電子光學系;藉由該二次帶電粒子形成影像的影像 處理系;根據該影像處理系的輸出,顯示及/或記憶檢查對 象之狀態資訊的資訊處理系;及對應前述光束以可相對移 動方式保持檢查對象之載物台裝置。 本發明之第二發明於第一發明之檢測設備_,具備 有:將檢查對象保全,並將其搬出入工作室之搬出入機構。 本發明之第三發明於本申請第二發明的檢查設備中, 其中’前述搬出入機構具備有以下各裝置:將清淨氣體導 入前遂檢查對象中,以防止灰塵附著於前述檢查對象的小 型環境裝置;設置在前述小塑環境裝置及前述工作室之 間’各自獨立’同時可在真空氣體_進行控制之至少一對 in----- — - -裝· — - -1 丨訂----I---- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇x297公髮 η 312767 1286776 A7仃 Sample defect inspection to improve the yield of the device and to terminate the shipment of the defective product. 1286776 V. EMBODIMENT OF THE INVENTION (16) The present invention is basically a method for improving the shortcomings of the inspection speed by using a so-called mapping projection method using an electron beam, and the mapping projection method will be described below. The mapping projection method is to irradiate the observation area of the sample with a single electron line (without performing a full scan and irradiating only a predetermined area), and the secondary electrons from the irradiation area are formed into an electron beam image by the lens system at a time. Imaged. The imaged image information is converted into an electrical signal by a secondary CCD (solid-state imaging device) or a TDI_CCD (linear image sensor) for output to the CRT or to the device. The defect of the sample wafer (semiconductor (Si) wafer in the middle of the process) is detected from the image information. In terms of CcD, the moving direction of the stage is the short axis direction (the long axis direction is also possible), and the moving mode is the step repeat mode. On the other hand, in the movement of the stage of the TDI-CCD, the continuous movement is performed in the cumulative direction. Since the TDI_CCD can continuously acquire images, the TDI-CCD is often used for continuous defect inspection. The decomposition energy depends on the magnification and precision of the imaging optical system (secondary optical system), and the decomposition energy of 0·05 μη is obtained in the embodiment. In this example, when the decomposition energy is 〇·1μηη, the electron beam irradiation condition is in the range of 200 μm χ 50 μm _1·6 μΑ, and the inspection time is about 1 hour per 20 cm wafer, the SEM method 8 times effect can be obtained. The TDI-CCD used here, the bear is 2048 pixels (pixel) X512 segment, and the line rate is 3,3pS (line frequency 300kHz) - (please read the back note before filling this page) · 11 11 111 ·1111111- Sewing Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperation 衽 printed paper size applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 16 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 V. EMBODIMENT OF THE INVENTION (Π The irradiation area of this example is the TDI-CCD state, but the irradiation area can be changed according to the object to be irradiated. The problem of this mapping method is that: (1) Since the electron beam is irradiated once, it is easy to sample. (2) Since the electron beam current system obtained according to the present embodiment is limited (about 1.6 μm or so), the inspection speed is hindered. Therefore, the present invention has been made to solve the above conventional problems. According to a first aspect of the invention, the charged object or the electromagnetic wave is irradiated as an inspection object, and in the inspection device for inspecting the inspection object, the inspection includes: the inspection can be controlled in the real jade a working chamber of the object to be inspected; a beam generating mechanism that generates either a charged particle or an electromagnetic wave as a beam; guides the object to be inspected by holding the beam in the working chamber, and detects & The secondary charged particles generated by the inspection object are guided to the electron optical system of the image processing system; the image processing system for forming images by the secondary charged particles; and the display object is displayed and/or memorized according to the output of the image processing system The information processing system of the state information; and the stage device that holds the inspection object in a relatively movable manner with respect to the light beam. The second invention of the present invention is the detection device of the first invention, comprising: maintaining the inspection object, and According to a third aspect of the present invention, in the inspection apparatus of the second aspect of the present invention, the loading and unloading mechanism includes the following means: introducing a clean gas into the front inspection object, a small environmental device for preventing dust from adhering to the aforementioned inspection object; installed in the aforementioned small plastic environment device and the foregoing work The chambers are 'independent' at the same time at least one pair of in-----------------I---- in the vacuum gas _ control (please read the back first) Note on this page. This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇x297 public η 312767 1286776 A7)

五、發明說明(IS ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 的加載室,具備有可在前述小型環境設備及前述工作室之 間搬送前述檢查對象的搬送裝置,及可在前述其中一個加 載至及前述載物台裝置之間搬送前述檢查對象之另一搬送 裝置之載置裝置,而前述工作室與加載室係由震動遮斷設 備所支撐。 本發明之第四發明於本申請第一發明檢查設備_,具 備有·可將前述檢查對象供給至前述工作室内之前述載物 〇裝置上之載置裝置,對配置在前述工作室内的前述檢查 對象照射帶電粒子,以減少前述檢查對象帶電不均的預先 充電裝置;以及對前述檢查對象施加電位的電位施加機 構。 本發明之第五發明於第三發明之檢查設備中,具備 有·前述載置裝置各自獨立,且可進行氣體控制之第1加 載室及第2加載室;在第1加載室内外間搬送前述檢查對 象的第1搬送裝置;設置在前述第2裝載室中,用以在前 述第1加載室内與前述載物台裝置之間搬送前述檢查對象 的第2搬送裝置。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本發明之第六發明在第一'第二及第三檢查設備中, 具備有:為決定對應前逑電子光學系之前述檢查對象之位 置,而觀察前述檢查對象表面以控制定位(aligninent)之校 準控制裝置;及檢出前逑載物台裝置上之前述檢查對象座 標之雷射干涉測距裝置,藉由前述校準控制裝置,可利用 存在於檢查對象中的圖案來決定檢查對象的座標。 本發明之第七發明在第一、第二或第三檢查設備中, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 18 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(19 ) 其中’前述檢查對象的定位係包含· T已3 •在則述小型環境空間 内所進行之概略定位,·及在侖冰# 1 # 汉隹則述載物台裝置上進行的ΧΥ 方向定位及旋轉方向的定位。 本發明之第八發明,係一種根據第一、第二、第三發 明之任-項的檢查設備,其中,前述電子光學系具備有: 利用電场與磁場正交位場,將U ^ \ … 乂位嘈將别逑一次帶電粒子偏向至前 述檢出器方向的ΕχΒ偏向器;配置在前述減速電場型物鏡 與前述被檢查試料之間,對前述光束之照射光軸呈大致軸 對稱形狀,可控制前述被檢查試料之前述電子線照射面中 的電場強度的電極。 本發明之弟九項發明’係一種根據第一、第二、第二 發明之任一項的檢查設備,該設備係ΕχΒ分離器,可入射 帶電粒子及,與帶電粒子呈大致反向行進之二次帶電粒 子’使前述帶電粒子或二次帶電粒子進行選擇性偏向,其 中,用以產生電場之電極,係由三對以上的非磁性導電體 電極所構成,並以形成圓筒的方式而配置。 本發明之第十項發明,係一種根據第一、第二、第三 發明之任一項的檢查設備,其中,該設備具備有可事先藉 由帶電粒子照射檢查前之被檢查區域的帶電粒子照射部。 本發明第十一項發明,係一種根據第一、第二 '第三 發明之任一項的檢查設備,其中,該設備具備有將前述檢 查對象中所帶電之電荷均一化或降低之機構。 本發明第十二項發明,係一種根據第一、第二、第二 發明之任一項的檢查設備,其中,前述設備在前述檢測機 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 19 312767 -----------^11 裝·-------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) l286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(20 ) 構檢出前述二次帶電粒子像的期間内,會對前述試料供給 較前述帶電粒子能量為低的電子^ 本發明第十二項發明,係一種根據第一、第二、第= 發明之任一項的檢查設備,其中,前述載物台為χγ載^ 台’該χγ载物台收容在工作室内,並藉由靜壓轴承在工 作室中以非接觸方式支撐, 收容該載物台的工作室進行真空排氣, 在該帶電粒子束设備的該試料面上,照射帶電粒子束 的部分的周圍,則設置有對照射試料面上的帶電粒子束之 區域進行排氣的差動排氣機構。 本發明第十四項發明,係一種根據第一、第二、第三 發明之任一項的檢查設備,其中,前述設備具備一種裝置, 可將試料載置在ΧΥ載物台,並在真空狀態下將該試料移 動至任意位置,以對試料面照射帶電粒子束, 該ΧΥ載物台中裝設有由靜壓轴承支撐的非接觸型支 持機構,以及藉由差動排氣控制的真空密封機構, 該試料面上的帶電粒子束所照射之位置與,該χγ载 物台的靜壓軸承支持部之間,設有使導電變小的裝置, 帶電粒子束照射區域與靜壓轴承支持部之間會產生壓 力差。 本發明之第十五項發明,係一種根據第一、第二、第 三發明之任一項的檢查設備,其中,該設備包含有:可分 別在刪述試料上取得部分重疊且相互位移的複數被檢查區 域影像的影像取得機構;記憶基準影像的記憶機構;藉由 丨丨—丨丨_丨丨_丨丨^i------訂·----1— (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁)5. The loading chamber of the invention description (IS) (please read the precautions on the back side and fill out this page), and the conveying device capable of transporting the inspection object between the small environmental equipment and the working chamber, and One of the loading devices is loaded between the transfer device and the other transfer device, and the transfer chamber is supported by the vibration interrupting device. According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, in an inspection apparatus according to the first aspect of the present invention, the apparatus for supplying the inspection object to the loading device of the working chamber is provided, and the inspection is disposed in the working chamber. The object irradiates the charged particles to reduce the charging unevenness of the inspection target, and a potential applying mechanism that applies a potential to the inspection target. According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, in the inspection apparatus of the third aspect of the present invention, the first loading chamber and the second loading chamber which are independent of each other and capable of gas control are provided, and the inspection is carried out between the first loading chamber and the outside. The first conveying device of the object is placed in the second loading chamber to transport the second conveying device to be inspected between the first loading chamber and the stage device. The sixth invention of the present invention is printed in the first 'second and third inspection apparatuses of the first and second inspection apparatuses of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and the position of the inspection target corresponding to the front electronic optical system is observed. a calibration control device for inspecting an object surface to control alignment; and a laser interference distance measuring device for detecting the coordinates of the inspection object on the front stage device, wherein the calibration control device can be utilized for the inspection object The pattern in the to determine the coordinates of the object to be inspected. According to the seventh invention of the present invention, in the first, second or third inspection apparatus, the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). 18 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office employee consumption cooperative System A7 V. Inventive Note (19) where 'the positioning of the aforementioned inspection object includes · T has 3 • The general positioning performed in the small environmental space described, and the in the case of Lun Bing # 1 # 汉隹Positioning in the 方向 direction and positioning in the direction of rotation on the station. An eighth aspect of the invention is the inspection apparatus according to any of the first, second, and third inventions, wherein the electronic optical system is provided with: U ^ \ using an electric field and a magnetic field orthogonal to the potential field The 嘈 position 嘈 嘈 嘈 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; An electrode capable of controlling the electric field intensity in the aforementioned electron beam irradiation surface of the sample to be inspected. The invention of claim 9 is the inspection apparatus according to any one of the first, second or second invention, which is a separator which is capable of incident on charged particles and which is substantially opposite to the charged particles. The secondary charged particles ' selectively bias the charged particles or the secondary charged particles, wherein the electrode for generating an electric field is composed of three or more pairs of non-magnetic conductor electrodes, and is formed into a cylinder. Configuration. According to a tenth aspect of the invention, the apparatus of any one of the first, second or third invention, wherein the apparatus is provided with charged particles which are pre-inspected by the charged particles before the inspection Irradiation section. According to an eleventh aspect of the invention, the apparatus of any one of the first or second invention, wherein the apparatus is provided with means for homogenizing or reducing the charge charged in the inspection object. According to a twelfth aspect of the invention, the apparatus of any one of the first, second, or second invention, wherein the apparatus is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210) in the paper size of the detecting machine. X 297 mm) 19 312767 -----------^11 Packing·-------Booking--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill in the form) Page 158 l286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Employees' Cooperatives Printed A7 V. Inventive Note (20) During the detection of the secondary charged particle image, the sample is supplied with an electron lower than the charged particle energy. According to a twelfth aspect of the invention, the inspection apparatus of any one of the first, second, or the invention, wherein the stage is a χγ carrier, the χγ stage is housed in a work chamber, and The static pressure bearing is supported in a non-contact manner in the working chamber, and the working chamber accommodating the stage is vacuum-exhausted, and the portion of the charged particle beam device that irradiates the charged particle beam is irradiated around the portion of the charged particle beam device. Providing an exhaust region of the charged particle beam on the surface of the irradiated sample A differential exhaust mechanism. The invention according to any one of the first, second or third invention, wherein the apparatus is provided with a device for placing a sample on a load stage and in a vacuum The sample is moved to an arbitrary position to irradiate the sample surface with a charged particle beam, which is provided with a non-contact type support mechanism supported by a hydrostatic bearing, and a vacuum seal controlled by differential exhaust gas. The mechanism is provided with a device for irradiating the charged particle beam on the sample surface and a device for reducing the electric conduction between the static pressure bearing support portion of the χγ stage, the charged particle beam irradiation region and the hydrostatic bearing support portion. There will be a pressure difference between them. A fifteenth invention according to any one of the first, second or third invention, wherein the apparatus comprises: partially overlapping and mutually displaced on the delineated sample An image acquisition mechanism for a plurality of images of an area to be inspected; a memory mechanism for memorizing the reference image; by 丨丨_丨丨_丨丨_丨丨^i------booking----1- (please read first Phonetic on the back? Please fill out this page again)

1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(21 ) 比幸乂月;!述〜像取得機構所獲得的多數被檢查區域影像,與 則述口己隐機構所記憶的前述基準影像,以判斷前述試料缺 陷的缺陷判斷機構。 、 本發明之第十六項發明於裝置製造方法中,係使用第 乃至第十五項發明之檢查設備,檢出製程中途或其後的 晶圓缺陷。 根據本發明第1至第1 6項之發明,可獲得以下效果。 (1) 可獲得使用有帶電粒子之映射投影方式的檢查設 備的全體構成,並可利用高通過量處理檢查對象。 (2) 可在小型環境空間内,對檢查對象施加清淨氣體 Τ防止灰塵的附著,並藉由設置用以觀察清淨度的感應 器 面L視空間内的灰塵一面對檢查對象進行檢查。 (3) 由於藉由震動防止裝置一體支撐加載室及工作 至,故可在不受外部環境的影響下,進行對載物台裝置的 檢查對象供給與檢查。 (4&gt;因叹置有充電裝置,即使是由絕緣體製成的晶圓 也不易受帶電影響。 本發明之第十七項之發明,其中,具備以下構件:將 π電粒子照射於被檢查試料之光束產生設備;使前述帶電 粒子減速,同時將由帶電粒子照射於前述被檢查試料而產 生的二次帶電粒子予以加速之減速電場型物鏡;檢出前述 二次帶電粒子之檢測器;藉由電場與磁場正交的位場,將 前述二次帶電粒子偏向至前述檢測器方向的ΕχΒ偏向器,· 及配置於㈤述減速電場型物鏡與前述被檢查試料之間,對 ------------裝--------訂--------- 〈請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 V. Invention description (21) than lucky month; The image of the plurality of areas to be inspected obtained by the image acquisition means and the reference image stored by the image-receiving mechanism are used to determine the defect determination means for the sample defect. According to a sixteenth aspect of the invention, in the device manufacturing method, the inspection apparatus of the invention of the first to fifteenth invention is used to detect a wafer defect in the middle of the process or thereafter. According to the inventions of the first to the sixteenth aspects of the invention, the following effects can be obtained. (1) The overall configuration of an inspection device using a map projection method with charged particles can be obtained, and the object can be inspected by high throughput processing. (2) It is possible to apply clean gas to the inspection object in a small environmental space, to prevent dust from adhering, and to inspect the object to be inspected by the dust in the space of the sensor surface L for observing the cleanness. (3) Since the shock chamber is integrally supported by the shock absorbing device and operates, the supply and inspection of the inspection target device can be performed without being affected by the external environment. (4) The wafer according to the seventeenth aspect of the invention is characterized in that the π-electrode is irradiated onto the sample to be inspected. a beam generating device; a decelerating electric field type objective lens that decelerates the charged particles while accelerating the secondary charged particles generated by the charged particles irradiated to the sample to be inspected; and detects a detector of the secondary charged particles; a potential field orthogonal to the magnetic field, the ΕχΒ deflector that deflects the secondary charged particles to the detector direction, and is disposed between (5) the decelerating electric field type objective lens and the sample to be inspected, ------Install--------Book--------- <Please read the notes on the back and fill in this page)

1286776 五、發明說明(22) 前f帶電粒子之照射光轴呈大致轴對稱形狀,並可控制位 於前述被檢查試料之前述帶電粒子照射面之電場強度的電 極。 面 本發明之第十八項發明在第十七項發明的檢査設備 中,係藉由前述被檢查試料的種類,對用以控制前述電場 強度而供給至前述電極的電壓進行控制。 本發明之第十九項發明在第十七項發明的檢查設備 中,前述被檢查試料係一種半導體晶,而用以控制前述 電場強度而供給至前述電極的電壓,係依據前述半導體晶 圓疋否具有貫通體而進行控制。 訂 本發明之第二十項發明,係使用第十七項至第十九項 發明之任一項檢查設備之裝置製造方法,其中,在裝置製 造途中,使用前述檢查設備,以檢查作為前述被檢查試料 之半導體晶圓的缺陷。 # 根據本發明第十七項至第二十項發明,可獲得以下效 果。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 由於被檢查試料與物鏡之間具備有電極,該電極對應 f電粒子之照射軸而呈現大致軸對稱形狀,可控制位於前 述被檢查試料之前述帶電粒子照射面之電場強度,因此, 可控制被檢查試料與物鏡之間的電場。 因被檢查試料與物鏡之間具備有··對應帶電粒子之照 射軸而呈現大致軸對稱形狀,並可減弱位於前述被檢查試 料之前述帶電粒子照射面之電場強度的電極,因此,可消 除被檢查試料與物鏡之間的放電。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐) 22 312767 1286776 A7 五、發明說明(23 ) 因為在降低對物鏡的印加電壓上,未做任何變更,因 此可有效地讓二次帶電粒子通過物鏡,而可提高檢測效 率’並獲得S/N比良好之訊號。 &lt;請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 可根據被檢查試料種類,控制用以減弱位於前述被檢 查試料之前述帶電粒子照#面之電場強度的電壓。 例如,當被檢查試料為一種容易在物鏡之間進行放電 的被檢查試料時,可藉由變化電極之電壓,削弱被檢查試 料之帶電粒子照射面之電場強度,來防止放電產生。 可視半導體晶圓之貧通體的有無,變更供給至電極的 電壓亦即,可變更用以削弱位於半導體晶圓之電子線照 射面的電場強度的電壓。 例如,當被檢查試料為一種容易在物鏡之間進行放電 的被檢查試料時,可藉由變化電極之電壓,射弱被檢查試 料之帶電粒子照射面之電場強度,來防止放電,特別是貫 通體或貫通體周邊的放電的產生。 因可防止貫通體與物鏡之間的放電,故不會產生半導 體晶圓圖案等的放電損壞。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 由於供給至電極的電壓較供給至被檢查試料的電荷為 低,故可減弱被檢查試料之帶電粒子照射面之電場強度, 而防止對被檢查試料的放電。 此外,因將供給至電極的電壓形成為負電位,並將被 檢查試料予以接地,故可減弱被檢查試料之帶電粒子照射 面之電場強度,並防止被檢查試料的放電。 本發明之第一十一項發明,係一種入射有第1帶電粒 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 23 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(24 ) 子線,及與第i帶電粒線 _ ^ ^ 、、泉呈反向行進的第2帶電粒子線, 可將刖述第1帶電叙早妗结 、友及第2帶電粒子線選擇性偏向的 ExB分離器,其中, ^ 用以產生電場的電極,禆由一 + &amp; _ &amp; 係由二對以上的非磁性導電體 電極所構成,並呈大致圓筒狀配置。 本發明之第二十二項發1286776 V. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (22) The irradiation optical axis of the front f charged particles has a substantially axisymmetric shape, and can control an electrode having an electric field intensity at the surface of the charged particle irradiated surface of the sample to be inspected. According to a seventeenth aspect of the invention, in the inspection apparatus of the seventeenth aspect of the invention, the voltage supplied to the electrode for controlling the electric field intensity is controlled by the type of the sample to be inspected. According to a seventeenth aspect of the present invention, in the inspection apparatus of the seventeenth aspect, the sample to be inspected is a semiconductor crystal, and a voltage for supplying the electric field intensity to the electrode is based on the semiconductor wafer. No control is provided with a through body. According to a twentieth aspect of the invention, the device manufacturing method of the inspection apparatus according to any one of the seventeenth to nineteenth invention, wherein the inspection apparatus is used to inspect the Check the defects of the semiconductor wafer of the sample. # According to the seventeenth to twentieth inventions of the present invention, the following effects can be obtained. Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, there is an electrode between the sample to be inspected and the objective lens. The electrode has a substantially axisymmetric shape corresponding to the illumination axis of the ferroelectric particle, and can control the above-mentioned charged particle irradiation of the sample to be inspected. The electric field strength of the surface, therefore, controls the electric field between the sample being inspected and the objective lens. Since the sample to be inspected and the objective lens are provided with a substantially axisymmetric shape corresponding to the irradiation axis of the charged particles, and the electrode located on the surface of the charged particle irradiation surface of the sample to be inspected can be weakened, the electrode can be eliminated. Check the discharge between the sample and the objective lens. This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 mm). 22 312767 1286776 A7 V. Invention description (23) Because the reduction of the applied voltage of the objective lens is not changed, it can effectively make the second The charged particles pass through the objective lens, which improves the detection efficiency' and obtains a signal with a good S/N ratio. &lt;Please read the precautions on the back side and fill in this page.) The voltage for weakening the electric field strength of the charged particle surface # in the above-mentioned sample to be inspected can be controlled according to the type of sample to be inspected. For example, when the sample to be inspected is an object to be inspected which is easily discharged between the objective lenses, the electric field intensity of the charged particle irradiation surface of the test sample can be weakened by changing the voltage of the electrode to prevent discharge. The voltage supplied to the electrode can be changed depending on the presence or absence of the poor semiconductor of the semiconductor wafer, that is, the voltage for weakening the electric field intensity of the electron beam irradiation surface of the semiconductor wafer can be changed. For example, when the sample to be inspected is an object to be inspected which is easily discharged between the objective lenses, the electric field strength of the charged particle irradiation surface of the sample to be inspected can be weakened by changing the voltage of the electrode to prevent discharge, in particular, The generation of discharge around the body or through body. Since discharge between the through body and the objective lens can be prevented, discharge damage such as a semiconductor wafer pattern is not generated. The Ministry of Economic Affairs' Intellectual Property Office employee consumption cooperative prints that the voltage supplied to the electrode is lower than the charge supplied to the sample to be inspected, so that the electric field strength of the charged particle irradiation surface of the sample to be inspected can be weakened, and the discharge of the sample to be inspected can be prevented. . Further, since the voltage supplied to the electrode is formed to a negative potential and the sample to be inspected is grounded, the electric field intensity of the charged particle irradiation surface of the sample to be inspected can be weakened, and the discharge of the sample to be inspected can be prevented. The eleventh invention of the present invention is a type of paper with a first charged particle size applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). 23 312767 1286776 Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (24) The sub-line, and the second charged particle line that runs in the opposite direction to the i-th charged particle line _ ^ ^, and the spring, can be described as the first electrification A second charged particle line selectively biased ExB separator, wherein: ^ is used to generate an electric field, and 禆 is composed of two + or more non-magnetic conductor electrodes and is substantially circular Cylindrical configuration. The twenty-second item of the invention

赞月係第二十一項發明之ExB 7刀離器’其中,將產生磁場的平行平板磁極,配置在由前 述二對以上的非磁性導電體電極所構成的圓筒外側,並在 前述平行平板電極之對面周邊部形成突起。The Moon is the ExB 7 knife cutter of the twenty-first invention, in which a parallel plate magnetic pole that generates a magnetic field is disposed outside the cylinder composed of the two or more pairs of non-magnetic conductor electrodes, and is parallel to the foregoing A protrusion is formed on the opposite peripheral portion of the plate electrode.

、本發明之第二十三項發明,係第二十二項發明之ExB 分離器’其中’所產生之磁場磁力線通路中,前述平行平 板磁極間以外的通路的大部分,係呈與前述三對以上的非 磁性導電體電極所構成的圓筒同輛的圓筒形狀。 本發明之第二十四項發明,係第二十二及第二十三項 發明之ExB分離器,其中, 刖述平行平板磁極係一種永久磁鐵。 本發明之第二十五項發明,係使用有第二十一至第二 十四項發明之任一項的ExB分離器之檢查設備,其中, 前述第1帶電粒子線或第2帶電粒子線之任一方係一 種照射被檢查試料之一次帶電粒子線,而另一方則係藉由 前述-次帶電粒子線之照射而自前述試料產生之二次^電 粒子線。 根據本發明第二十-至第二十五項發明可得到下列作 用效果。 312767 ___________^--------- ^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 A7 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 ____Β7__ 五、發明說明(25 ) 光軸周圍的電場與磁場可將相同的區域擴大擷取,即 使將帶電粒子的照射範圍擴大,同樣可將透過ΕχΒ分離器 的像差變為正確值。 此外’因為在形成磁場的磁極周邊部設置突起的同 時,亦在產生用電極外侧設置該磁極,故不僅可產生相同 磁場’還可縮小磁極所引起之電場的變形^再者,由於係 使用永久磁鐵以產生磁場,故可將ΕχΒ分離器整體收納在 真空中。又藉由將電場產生用電極以及磁路形成用磁通迴 路形成以光轴為中心軸的同軸圓筒狀,可將ΕχΒ分離器全 體小型化。 本發明之第二十六項之發明,於具有帶電粒子照射 部、透鏡系、偏向器、ΕΧΒ濾波器(維納濾波器)及二次帶 電粒子檢測器,且藉由前述透鏡系 '偏向器、ΕχΒ濾波器, 將帶電粒子由前述帶電粒子照射部照射到試料被檢查區 域,再藉由前述透鏡系、偏向器、ΕχΒ濾波器在前述二次 帶電粒子檢測器中,將由試料產生的二次帶電粒子予以成 像’並將該電性訊號形成為影像來進行檢查的映射投影型 電子線檢查設備中,具備有帶電粒子照射部,可藉由帶電 粒子照射檢查前之被檢查區域。 本發明之第二十七項發明在第二十六項發明的裝置 中,前述帶電粒子係一種電子、正或負離子、或電漿。 本發明之第二十八項發明在第二十六項或第二十七項 發明之裝置t,前述帶電粒子的能量係在1〇〇eV以下。 本發明之第二十九項發明在第二十六項或第二十七項 本紙張尺度適用中關家標準(CNS)A4規格⑵G χ 297公髮) 312767 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------訂---- # 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(26 發明之设備中,前述帶電粒子的能量係在3〇ev以下。 本發明之第三十項發明在裝置製造方法中,係使用第 —十六項或第二十九項發明之任一項之檢查設備,來檢查 設備製造途中之圖案。 根據本發明第26項至第30項之發明可得到下列作用 效果。 由於可藉由帶電粒子照射檢測前的處理,避免產生帶 電所造成之檢測影像失真,或即使有失真也僅是些微失 真,故可正確測量缺陷◊ 此外,由於可以流通以往在使用上發生問題大量電流 雨對載物台進行掃瞄,因此可大量檢出二次電手,並獲得 具有良好S/N比的檢測出號,而提昇檢測缺陷的信賴性。 再者,由於S/N比很大,故即使提早對載物台進行掃 猫,也可製作良好的影像資料,並增加檢查之通過量。 本發明之第三十一項發明,於將光束產生裝置所放出 之帶電粒子對對象進行照射,並以檢測器檢出由對象中釋 放出來的二次帶電粒子,以進行前述對象之影像資訊的收 集、對象之缺陷檢查等的攝像裝置中,具備有將前述對象 所帶電之電荷予以均一化或減低化機構。 本發明之第三十二項發明在第三十一項發明的攝像裝 置中,前述機構係配置在前述光束產生裝置與前述對象之 間’並具備有可控制前述帶電電荷的電極。 本發明之第三十三項發明在前述第三十一項發明妁攝 像裝置中’前述機構係設計為在計測時間的空檔時間内進 -------丨-丨-裝----1--丨訂-------— (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度欄甲國國家標準(CNS)A4 A格⑽X 297公餐) 26 312767 1286776 A7 五、發明說明(27 ) 行動作。 本發明之第三十四項發明在前述第三十一項發明的攝 像裝置中,具備有:至少一個以上之將多數帶電粒 ---------S 裝--- rtt先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ^ “、、射 於前述對象之一次光學系;至少一個以上之將前述對象所 放出的電子引導至一個以上的檢測器的二次光學系 ^ 丁不 刖逃 複數一次帶電粒子束,藉由前述二次光學系的距離分解 能,相互照射在分離的位置上。 本發明之第三十五項發明於裝置製造方法中,係包含 有使用第三十一項至第三十四項發明之攝像裝置,以檢出 製程中途或完成後的晶圓缺陷的製程。 根據本發明第3 1項至第3 5項之發明,可獲得以下效 果。 (1) 可在無須依據檢查對象的狀態的情況下,減低因帶 電而產生的影像失真。 (2) 因利用以往之計測時間的空檔時間來執行帶電均 化及抵銷’因此對於通過量不會產生任何影響。 (3) 因可進行即時處理,故無須事後處理時間、儲存記 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 憶等。 ° (4) 可以高速進行高精密度的影像觀測及缺陷檢出。 本發明之第三十六項發明係、包含可將一二欠帶電粒 子照射在試料的帶電粒子照射機構;藉由一次帶電粒子之 照射將由試料放出的二次帶電粒子形成為映射投影而成像 之映射投影機構,·將藉*映射投影機構成像之影像當作試 料電子影像而檢出之檢測機構’·及根據檢測機構所檢出之According to a twenty-third aspect of the present invention, in the magnetic field line path of the magnetic field generated by the ExB separator of the twenty-second invention, most of the paths other than the parallel plate magnetic poles are the same as the foregoing three The cylinder formed of the above non-magnetic conductor electrode has the same cylindrical shape. According to a twenty-fourth aspect of the present invention, there is provided an ExB separator according to the twenty-second and twenty-third aspects of the invention, wherein the parallel plate magnetic pole is a permanent magnet. According to a twenty-fifth aspect of the invention, the apparatus for an ExB separator according to any one of the twenty-first to twenty-fourth invention, wherein the first charged particle beam or the second charged particle beam Either one is a primary charged particle beam that illuminates the sample to be inspected, and the other is a secondary electro-chemical particle line generated from the sample by irradiation of the aforementioned-sub-charged particle beam. According to the twenty-first to twenty-fifth inventions of the present invention, the following effects can be obtained. 312767 ___________^--------- ^--------- (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) 1286776 A7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative print ____Β7__ five (Invention) (25) The electric field and the magnetic field around the optical axis can expand and extract the same region. Even if the irradiation range of the charged particles is expanded, the aberration transmitted through the ΕχΒ separator can be changed to the correct value. In addition, since the magnetic pole is provided outside the generating electrode while the protrusion is provided in the peripheral portion of the magnetic pole forming the magnetic field, not only the same magnetic field can be generated but also the deformation of the electric field caused by the magnetic pole can be reduced. Since the magnet generates a magnetic field, the entire separator can be housed in a vacuum. Further, by forming the electric field generating electrode and the magnetic path forming magnetic flux path into a coaxial cylindrical shape having the optical axis as the central axis, the ΕχΒ separator can be downsized as a whole. According to a twenty-sixth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a charged particle irradiation unit, a lens system, a deflector, a ΕΧΒ filter (Wiener filter), and a secondary charged particle detector, and the lens system is deflected by the lens system And a ΕχΒ filter, the charged particles are irradiated to the sample inspection region by the charged particle irradiation unit, and the second secondary charged particle detector is used in the secondary charged particle detector by the lens system, the deflector, and the ΕχΒ filter. The mapped projection type electron beam inspection apparatus in which the charged particles are imaged and the electrical signal is formed as an image is provided with a charged particle irradiation unit, and the inspected region before the inspection can be irradiated by the charged particles. According to a twenty-seventh aspect of the invention, in the device of the twenty-sixth aspect, the charged particles are an electron, a positive or negative ion, or a plasma. According to a twenty-seventh aspect of the invention, in the device t of the twenty-sixth or twenty-seventh aspect, the energy of the charged particles is 1 〇〇 eV or less. The twenty-ninth invention of the present invention is in the twenty-sixth or twenty-seventh item of the paper scale application (CNS) A4 specification (2) G χ 297 cc) 312767 (please read the note on the back first) Fill in this page) 装--------订---- # 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 V. Invention description (26 invention equipment, the energy of the aforementioned charged particles is 3 According to a thirtieth aspect of the invention, in the apparatus manufacturing method, the inspection apparatus according to any one of the sixteenth or twenty-ninth invention is used to inspect a pattern in the course of manufacturing the apparatus. According to the invention of items 26 to 30, the following effects can be obtained. Since the treatment before the detection of the charged particles can be avoided, the detected image distortion caused by the charging can be avoided, or even if there is distortion, it is only slightly distorted. Correct measurement of defects ◊ In addition, since the stage can be circulated in the past, a large amount of current rain is applied to scan the stage, so that the secondary hands can be detected in a large amount and a detection number with a good S/N ratio is obtained. Promotion The reliability of the defect is measured. Furthermore, since the S/N ratio is large, good image data can be produced and the throughput of the inspection can be increased even if the stage is scanned early. According to the invention, the charged particles emitted from the light beam generating device are irradiated to the object, and the secondary charged particles released from the object are detected by the detector to collect the image information of the object, the defect inspection of the object, and the like. According to a thirty-second aspect of the invention, in the imaging device of the thirtieth aspect of the invention, the device is disposed in the light beam. The apparatus of the present invention is provided with an electrode capable of controlling the charged charge. The thirty-third invention of the present invention is in the thirteenth aspect of the invention, wherein the mechanism is designed to measure time. In the free time, enter -------丨-丨-装----1--丨-------- (Please read the phonetic on the back? Please fill in this page again) Scale bar country national standard (CNS) A4 A grid ⑽X 297 well meal) 26 312767 1286776 A7 V. Description of the Invention (27) for action. According to a thirty-fourth aspect of the present invention, in the image pickup device of the thirtieth aspect of the present invention, at least one of the plurality of charged particles----S---rtt is read first Precautions on the back side Fill in this page) ^ ", an optical system that strikes the aforementioned object; at least one of the secondary optics that directs the electrons emitted by the object to more than one detector The plurality of charged particle beams are irradiated to each other at a separated position by the distance decomposition energy of the secondary optical system. The thirty-fifth invention of the present invention includes the use of the thirty-first item to According to a thirty-fourth aspect of the invention, in the image pickup apparatus of the invention, in the process of detecting a wafer defect in the middle of the process or after the completion of the process, the following effects can be obtained according to the inventions of the third to third aspects of the invention (1) It is not necessary to reduce the image distortion caused by charging without depending on the state of the object to be inspected. (2) The charging equalization and offset are performed by using the neutral time of the previous measurement time', so there is no influence on the throughput. . (3) Since it can be processed on the spot, it is not necessary to process the time afterwards, and it is stored in the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Intellectual Property Office, and the employee's consumption cooperatives. * (4) High-precision image observation and defect detection can be performed at high speed. According to a thirty-sixth aspect of the invention, there is provided a charged particle irradiation mechanism capable of irradiating one or two undercharged particles on a sample; and the secondary charged particles emitted from the sample are formed into a mapped projection and formed by a projection projection by irradiation of the primary charged particles; The organization, the detection mechanism that will be detected by using the image formed by the mapping projection mechanism as the sample electronic image', and detected by the detection mechanism

312767 本紐尺度適用中關家標準(CNS)A4規格⑵G X 297公 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(28 ) 電子影像’判斷試料缺陷之缺陷判斷機構,至少檢測機構 在檢出電子影像的期間内,將具有較所照射之一次帶電粒 子能量為低的電子供給至試料。 在第三十七項發明中,係由帶電粒子照射機構將一次 帶電粒子照射至試料,而由映射投影機構藉由一次帶電粒 子的照射將試料所放射出來的二次帶電粒子形成為映射投 影,並在檢測機構中成像。放出二次帶電粒子的試料在正 電位中進行充電。檢測機構將成像之影像當作電子影像檢 出,缺陷判斷機構則根據所檢出之電子影像判斷該試料之 缺陷。在該情況下,至少由檢測機構在電子影像檢出期間 内,將較所照射之一次帶電粒子能量為低的電子供給至試 料。該低能量電子,藉由二次電子之釋出,對正充電之試 料進行電性中和。如此,二次帶電粒子藉由試料之正電位, 在不文實質影響情況下成像,而檢測機構則可檢出已減輕 影像障礙之電子影像。 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 制 -----------裝— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 關於較一次帶電粒子能量為低的電子,例如最好為使 用uv光電子者。…光電子係指,將含有紫外線㈣)的 光線照射到金屬等物質後,再根據光電效果所放出的電 子。此外’帶電粒子照射機構係指個別之低能量電子產生 機構’例如可使用電子搶以產生較一次帶電粒子能量為低 的電子。 另外,藉由一次帶電粒子之照射而由試料釋出的電子 中除了藉由一次帶電粒子之衝突,自表面釋出試料内部電 子而產生的二次帶電粒子之外,還包含有㈣料表面反射 I本紙張尺度適用中國.職7 1286776 A7 ____B7_ _____ 五、發明說明(29 ) 一次帶電粒子而產生之反射電子。當然,由本發明檢測機 構檢出之電子影像中,也包含該反射電子所產生之助益。 本發明之第三十七項發明係包含下列機構:可將一次 帶電粒子照射在試料的帶電粒子照射機構;藉由一次帶電 粒子之照射將由試料釋出的二次帶電粒子形成為映射投影 而成像之映射投影機構;將藉由映射投影機構而成像之影 像當作試料電子影像檢出之檢測機構;根據檢測機構所檢 出之電子影像判斷試料缺陷之缺陷判斷機構;及可將UV 光電子供給至該試料之uv光電子供給機構。 在第三十七項之發明中,只要UV光電子供給機構(或 在UV光電子供給中)能夠達到減輕本發明之影像障礙之效 果,便可在任何時間,任何期間内將低能量電子供給至試 料。例如,可在執行一次帶電粒子照射前或二次帶電粒子 成像月j 4疋一次帶電粒子成像後,於電子影像檢出前的 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 -時間内開始uv光電子的供給。此外,亦可如第圖 所不’至少在二次帶電粒子檢出期間内持續供給UV光電 一或P使在電子影像檢出俞或檢出中,只要試料充分 行電中和,亦可將UV光電子予以停止。 ::明之第三十八項發明’係一種檢查試料缺陷的缺 其中,包含有:將—次帶電粒子照射在前述 试科的照射製兹.Mi J ^ 述試料藉山 次帶電粒子之照射,將由前 η兹的二次帶電粒子形成為映射投影而成像之映射 :^程;將藉由前述映射投影機構而 ^檢出之檢測製程;根據檢測製程所檢312767 This New Zealand standard applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2) G X 297 1286776 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (28) Electronic image 'determination of defects in the sample defect, at least the detection mechanism during the detection of the electronic image The electrons having a lower energy than the primary charged particles are supplied to the sample. In the thirty-seventh aspect of the invention, the primary charged particles are irradiated to the sample by the charged particle irradiation means, and the secondary charged particles emitted from the sample are formed into a map projection by the mapping projection mechanism by the irradiation of the primary charged particles. And imaging in the detection mechanism. The sample from which the secondary charged particles were discharged was charged at a positive potential. The detecting mechanism detects the imaged image as an electronic image, and the defect determining mechanism judges the defect of the sample based on the detected electronic image. In this case, at least the detection means supplies electrons having a lower energy of the primary charged particles to the sample during the electronic image detection period. The low-energy electrons are electrically neutralized by the positively charged sample by the release of secondary electrons. In this way, the secondary charged particles are imaged by the positive potential of the sample, and the detection mechanism can detect the electronic image that has reduced the image barrier. Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Staff and Consumer Cooperatives Printed ------------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill in this page) About the electrons with lower energy of the charged particles, for example, the best For the use of uv optoelectronics. ...photoelectron refers to an electron that emits light according to the photoelectric effect after it is irradiated with light such as metal (IV). Further, the 'charged particle irradiation mechanism means an individual low-energy electron generating mechanism', for example, electrons can be used to generate electrons having a lower energy than the primary charged particles. In addition, in the electrons released from the sample by the irradiation of the primary charged particles, in addition to the secondary charged particles generated by the internal electrons released from the surface by the collision of the primary charged particles, the surface reflection of the (four) material is also included. I This paper scale applies to China. Job 7 1286776 A7 ____B7_ _____ V. Description of invention (29) Reflected electrons generated by charged particles at one time. Of course, the electronic image detected by the detecting mechanism of the present invention also includes the benefit generated by the reflected electron. The thirty-seventh invention of the present invention comprises the following mechanism: a charged particle irradiation mechanism that irradiates a primary charged particle to a sample; and the secondary charged particle released from the sample is formed into a map projection by the irradiation of the primary charged particle. a mapping projection mechanism; the image formed by the mapping projection mechanism is used as a detecting mechanism for detecting the electronic image of the sample; the defect determining mechanism for determining the defect of the sample according to the electronic image detected by the detecting mechanism; and the UV photoelectron can be supplied to The uv photoelectron supply mechanism of the sample. In the invention of the thirty-seventh aspect, as long as the UV photoelectron supply mechanism (or in the supply of UV photoelectrons) can achieve the effect of alleviating the image disorder of the present invention, low-energy electrons can be supplied to the sample at any time and any period of time. . For example, before performing a charged particle irradiation or secondary charged particle imaging, a charged particle imaging is performed, and before the electronic image is detected, the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Intellectual Property Bureau, the employee consumption cooperative, prints the time - the uv photoelectron is started. supply. In addition, as shown in the figure, the UV photocell or P may be continuously supplied during the detection of the secondary charged particles for detection or detection in the electronic image, and the sample may be fully neutralized as long as the sample is fully neutralized. The UV photoelectron is stopped. :: The thirty-eighth invention of Ming's is a kind of defect in the inspection of sample defects, including: irradiation of the sub-charged particles in the above-mentioned trials. Mi J ^ The sample is irradiated by charged particles of the mountain. Forming a map formed by the second n-charged particles of the front ηz as a map projection: a process detected by the aforementioned mapping projection mechanism; and detecting according to the detection process

規格⑵。χ 297 公&quot;I 29 -----------^ —— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 312767 1286776 A7 ___B7 五、發明說明(3G) 述電子影像,判斷前述試料缺陷之缺陷判斷製程,至少前 述檢測製程在檢出電子影像的期間内,將具有較前述一次 帶電粒子能量為低的電子供給至前述試料。 本發明之第三十九項發明,係一種檢查試料缺陷的缺 陷檢查方法,其中,包含有:將一次帶電粒子照射在前述 試料的照射製程;藉由前述一次帶電粒子照射,將由前述 試料释出的二次帶電粒子形成為映射投影而成像之映射投 影製程;將藉由前述映射投影機構而成像之影像當作試料 電子影像來檢出之檢測製程;及根據前逑檢測製程所檢出 之前述電子影像,判斷前述試料缺陷之缺陷判斷製程,此 外’還包括有將UV光電子供給至前述試料之uv光電子 供給製程。 本發明之第四十項發明在半導體製造方法_,係包 含:使用第三十六項或第三十七項發明之檢查設備,以進 行半導體裝置製造上所必須之試料缺陷檢查的製程。 根據本發明之第36項至第40項發明,可獲得以下作 用效果。 由於將較一次帶電粒子能量為低的電子供給至試料, 故可隨著二次帶電粒子的釋出’減低試料表面的正充電並 消除隨著充電造成之二次帶電電子的影像障礙,而獲得可 更高精密度檢查試料缺陷的優良效果。 此外,在裝置製造方法上’若使用上述缺陷檢查設備 進行試料之缺欠檢查,可獲得提高製品的良率及避免缺陷 製品的出貨之優良效果。 •裝--- (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) ·. 4 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 30 312767 1286776 鎚濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作、社印製 A7 五 '發明說明(31 y 本發明之第四十一項發明於一種在χγ載物台上載置 試料並在真空狀態下將該試料移動至任意位置,以將帶 電粒子束照射到試料面上的設備中,其中,該χγ載物台 上,裝&amp;有由靜壓軸承所支撐的非接觸支持機構,及由差 動排氣所控制的真空密封機構; 於該試料面上的帶電粒子束所照射處,及該ΧΥ載物 台之靜f軸承支持部之間,設有使電導變小的分隔牆; 在f電粒子束照射區域及靜壓軸承支持部之間會產生 壓力差。 本發明之第四十二項發明在第四十一項發明的帶電粒 備中其中,岫述分隔牆係内藏有差動排氣構造。 本發明之第四十三項發明於第四十一項及第四十二 發明的π電粒子束設備中,其中,前述分隔牆係擁有冷陷 波(cold trap)功能。 7日 本發明之第四十四項發明於第四十一項乃至第四十三 項發明之其中一項的帶電粒子束設備中,其中,前述分^ 牆係裝設在冑電粒子束設備料及靜屢軸承附近二處。 本發明之第四十五項發明於第四十一項乃至第四 項發明之其中-項的帶電粒子束設備中,纟中,供給至= 述XY載物台的靜壓軸承的氣體係氮氣或非活性氣體。月J 本發明之第四十六項發明在第四十一項乃至 項發明之其中一項的帶電粒子束設備中,其中&quot; 處ί ’可減低釋出於前述χγ載物台的,至少 軸承相對的構件表面上的氣體。 /、靜壓 ----------I 裝— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂: # 氏張尺度適用中咖家標準(CNS)A4規格⑽χ 297公爱 31 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(32 ) 本發明之第四十七項發明,其中,係使用第四十一項 乃至第四十六項發明之任一項設備,以構成檢查半導體晶 圓表面之缺陷之晶圓缺陷檢查設備。 本發明之第四十八項發明,係使用第四十一項乃至第 四十六項發明之任一項設備,以構成在半導體晶圓表面或 光柵(reticle)上描繪半導體裝置之電路圖案的曝光裝置。 本發明之第四十九項發明於半導體製造方法中,其 中,使用第四十一項乃至第四十八項發明之設備,來製造 半導體。 根據本發明之第41項至第49項發明可獲得以下效 果。 (1) 載物台裝置可在真空狀態中發揮高精密度定位功 能,而帶電粒子束照射位置的壓力亦不易上昇。換言之, 可以尚精密度進行用以照射試料之帶電粒子束所執行之處 理。 (2) 由靜壓抽承支持部所釋出之氣體幾乎無法經由分 隔裝置而通過帶電粒子束照射區域。藉此可使帶電粒子束 照射位置的真空度更加穩定。 (3) 因所釋出之氣體不易通過帶電粒子束照射區域, 因此容易保持帶電粒子束照射區域的真空度。 •Γ 4 ) 亩(Λ? r*-* ^ w 1至T ’係藉由小型電導區而分割為帶電粒子 束照射室、靜壓起jβ 承至及中間室等三室。而各室之壓力, 依低壓貭序77別為帶電粒子束照射室、中間室、及靜壓 袖承至巾構成真空排氣系。中間室的壓力變動可藉由$ 本紙張尺度適” _家彳格⑵〇 X 297 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項存填寫本頁) 裝 # 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(33 / 隔設備控制地更低,帶電粒子束照射室的屋力變動則藉由 另一分隔裝置而更降低,同時亦可將I力變動降低到不會 產生實質問題的程度。 (5) 在移動載物台時可抑制壓力的上昇。 (6) 在移動載物台時可將麼力的上昇抑制到更低程 度。 ⑺因具備高精密度載物台的定位功能,因此可獲得 使f電粒子束照射區域真空度穩定的檢查設備,進而提供 -種具高檢查性能,同時不會造成試料污染的檢查設備。 (8) 因具備高精密度載物台的定位功能,因此可獲得 使帶電粒子束照射區域真空度穩定的曝光裝置,進而提供 種〃间曝光精確度,同時不會造成試料污染的曝光裝 置。 (9) 可利用具高精確度載物台之定位功能,且使帶電 粒子束,、、、射區域真空度穩定的設備製造半導體,以形成微 細的半導體電路。 本發月之第五十項發明係一種檢查試料缺陷的檢查設 備及方法,其中,包含以下機構: 可刀別取仔在前述試料上進行部分重疊並相互位移之 複數被檢查區域影像之影像取得機構; 圯憶基準影像的記憶機構; ^藉由比較經前述影像取得機構取得之複數被檢查區域 影像與’記憶於前述記憶機構中的基準影像,以判斷前述 试料缺陷的缺陷判斷機構。 丨 ί!ί! ·裝·— I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂Specifications (2). 297 297 public &quot;I 29 -----------^ —— (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) 312767 1286776 A7 ___B7 V. Invention Description (3G) Electronic image, judge In the defect determination process of the sample defect, at least the detection process supplies electrons having a lower energy than the primary charged particles to the sample during the detection of the electronic image. According to a thirty-ninth aspect of the present invention, a defect inspection method for inspecting a sample defect includes: irradiating a primary charged particle to an irradiation process of the sample; and releasing the sample by the primary charged particle irradiation; The secondary charged particles are formed into a mapping projection process for mapping projection; the detection process is performed by using the image formed by the mapping projection mechanism as a sample electronic image; and the foregoing detection according to the front detection process The electronic image is used to determine the defect determination process of the sample defect, and further includes a uv photoelectron supply process for supplying UV photoelectrons to the sample. The fortieth invention of the present invention, in the semiconductor manufacturing method, comprises: using the inspection apparatus of the thirty-sixth or thirty-seventh invention to perform a process for checking a defect of a sample necessary for the manufacture of a semiconductor device. According to the 36th to 40th inventions of the present invention, the following effects can be obtained. Since the electrons having a lower energy of the charged particles are supplied to the sample, the release of the secondary charged particles can reduce the positive charging of the surface of the sample and eliminate the image barrier of the secondary charged electrons caused by the charging. It can check the excellent effect of sample defects with higher precision. Further, in the device manufacturing method, if the defect inspection device is used to perform the defect inspection of the sample, it is possible to obtain an excellent effect of improving the yield of the product and avoiding the shipment of the defective product. • Pack--- (Please read the phonetic notes on the back first and then fill out this page) ·. 4 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed This paper scale applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 30 312767 1286776 Hammers Department Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperation, social printing A7 five 'invention description (31 y The forty-first invention of the invention is placed on a χγ stage and placed under vacuum and will be under vacuum The sample is moved to an arbitrary position to irradiate a charged particle beam onto a device on the surface of the sample, wherein the χγ stage has a non-contact support mechanism supported by the hydrostatic bearing, and is differentially a vacuum sealing mechanism controlled by the exhaust gas; a partition wall for reducing the conductance between the irradiated portion of the sample on the sample surface and the static f bearing support portion of the crucible stage; A pressure difference is generated between the particle beam irradiation region and the hydrostatic bearing support portion. In the forged particle preparation of the forty-first aspect of the invention, the differential lining is included in the partition wall system. Gas structure. The invention The π-electron particle beam apparatus according to the forty-first and the forty-second invention, wherein the partition wall has a cold trap function. The charged particle beam apparatus of one of the fortieth to forty-third inventions, wherein the said wall system is installed in the vicinity of the electric particle beam equipment material and the static bearing. According to a forty-fifth aspect of the invention, in the charged particle beam apparatus of the fourth aspect or the fourth invention, in the crucible, the gas system supplied to the static pressure bearing of the XY stage is nitrogen gas or In the case of the charged particle beam apparatus of one of the fortieth and even the invention, wherein the &quot; ί ' can be reduced by the aforementioned χγ carrier At least the gas on the surface of the opposite part of the bearing. /, Static pressure -----------I installed - (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) Order: #氏张尺寸Applicable Chinese and Canadian Standards (CNS) A4 Specifications (10) χ 297 Public Love 31 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economics Production Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 V. Invention Description (32) The forty-seventh invention of the present invention, wherein any one of the fortieth to forty-sixth inventions is used to constitute an inspection A wafer defect inspection apparatus for a defect of a surface of a semiconductor wafer. The invention of claim 48, wherein the apparatus of any one of the fortieth to forty-sixth invention is used to form a surface of a semiconductor wafer Or an exposure apparatus for depicting a circuit pattern of a semiconductor device on a reticle. The invention of the forty-ninth aspect of the invention is the semiconductor manufacturing method, wherein the apparatus of the fortieth to forty-eighth invention is used Manufacturing semiconductors. According to the 41st to 49th inventions of the present invention, the following effects can be obtained. (1) The stage device can perform high-precision positioning in a vacuum state, and the pressure at the position where the charged particle beam is irradiated is not easily increased. In other words, the execution of the charged particle beam for illuminating the sample can be performed with precision. (2) The gas released by the static pressure pumping support portion is almost impossible to pass through the charged particle beam irradiation region via the separator. Thereby, the degree of vacuum of the charged particle beam irradiation position can be made more stable. (3) Since the released gas is hard to pass through the charged particle beam irradiation region, it is easy to maintain the vacuum degree of the charged particle beam irradiation region. • Γ 4) Mu (Λ? r*-* ^ w 1 to T ' is divided into a charged particle beam irradiation chamber, a static pressure from the jβ to the intermediate chamber, and the intermediate chamber by a small conductance zone. According to the low-pressure sequence 77, the charged particle beam irradiation chamber, the intermediate chamber, and the static pressure sleeve to the towel constitute a vacuum exhaust system. The pressure change in the intermediate chamber can be adjusted by the paper size _ 彳 ( (2) 〇 X 297 (Please read the note on the back and fill in this page) Pack # 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 V. Invention description (33 / lower control room, charged particle beam irradiation room The force variation is further reduced by another partitioning device, and the I force variation can be reduced to the extent that no substantial problem occurs. (5) The pressure rise can be suppressed when moving the stage. (6) On the move When the stage is used, the rise of the force can be suppressed to a lower level. (7) Since the positioning function of the high-precision stage is provided, it is possible to obtain an inspection apparatus that stabilizes the vacuum degree of the irradiation area of the electric particle beam, and further provides High inspection performance without causing sample contamination (8) Due to the positioning function of the high-precision stage, an exposure device that stabilizes the vacuum of the charged particle beam irradiation area can be obtained, thereby providing the exposure precision between the types of the day without causing sample contamination. (9) It is possible to manufacture a semiconductor by using a positioning function with a high-accuracy stage and a device for stabilizing the charged particle beam, and the area of the shot area to form a fine semiconductor circuit. The fiftyth invention is an inspection apparatus and method for inspecting a defect of a sample, which comprises the following mechanism: an image acquisition mechanism capable of partially overlapping and mutually displacing a plurality of inspection area images on the sample; The memory mechanism of the reference image; ^ by comparing the image of the plurality of inspected regions obtained by the image capturing means with the reference image memorized in the memory means to determine the defect determining means of the sample defect. 丨ί! ·Installation·—I (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page)

312767 1286776 A7 五、發明說明(34 ) 本發明之第五十一項發明係在第五十項發明的檢查設 備與方法中,其中,包含··將一次帶電粒子線分別照射在 前述複數被檢查區域,並由前述試料釋出二次帶電粒子線 之帶電粒子照射機構, 則述衫像取得機構係藉由檢出由前述複數被檢查區域 所釋出的二次帶電粒子線,依次取得該複數被檢查區域影 像。 本發明之第五十二項發明在第五十一項發明之檢查設 備與方法中,其中,前述帶電粒子照射機構備有用以釋出 一次帶電粒子之粒子湄盘# , _ ^ 于源與使一次帶電粒子遍向的偏向機 構, 藉由刖述偏向機構,將由前述粒子源釋出之一次帶電 粒子予以偏向,並藉此將該一次帶電粒子依次照射到前述 複數被檢查區域。 本發明之第五+二I ng + &amp; 卞一項發明在第五十項乃至第五十二項 !明的檢查設備與方法中,包含:將-次帶電粒子照射到 試料的A光子系,及將二次帶電粒子引導至檢 次光學系。 /發明之第五十四項發明在半導體製造方法中,係使 2第五十項乃至第五十三項發明之任—項檢查設備,以檢 一加工中或完成品之晶圓缺陷的製程。 根據本發明之第5〇項至第54項發明,可 用效果。 藉由分別取得在前述試料上進行部分重叠並相互位移 表紙張尺度適用中_家標準(CNS_)A4規格⑵0 x 297公爱一 ’ 34 312767 ------------裝— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1286776 A7 五、發明說明(35 ) 之複數被檢查區域影像,並比較該等被檢查區域影像與基 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 準影像來檢查試料缺陷,彳防止被檢查影像與基準影像的 位差所引起的缺陷檢查精確度的降低。 此外,根據裝置製造方法,若使甩上述缺陷檢查設備 進行試料之缺陷檢查,可獲得提高製品的良率,及避免缺 陷製品出貨之優良效果。 本發明之第五十五項發明在將帶電粒子照射在載置於 載物台上的試料的設備中’其中,該χγ載物台係收容 在=體内,且藉由靜壓軸承以非接觸方式支撐於殼體,對 奋該載物口之喊體施以真空排氣,於對該帶電粒子束設 =該試料面上照射帶電粒子束之部分的周圍,設置有在 ^料面上之帶電粒子照射區域中進行排氣的差動排氣機 ”二至中洩硌的靜壓軸承用高壓氣 體’可先藉由連接在真空窒中的 氣。 ,至中的真空排氣用配管進行排 :藉由在照射帶電粒子束之部位的周圍設置在帶電 廢…- 差動排氣機構,可由真空室内 穩定直空声的目的束*、、、射&amp;域的堡力,藉此’可達 處理二:二=實施對應試料之帶電粒子束 台具相同般中所使用的靜壓軸承式載 所支樓的載物台),可對 ^機構之靜壓軸承 子束之處理。 0上的試料進行穩定的帶電 本發明之第五十六 一 、 在苐五十五項發明之帶電 312767 1286776 A7 五、發明說明(37 ) 本發明之第五十九項發明’係使用第五十五項或第五 十八項發明之設備以製造半導體的半導體製造方法。 -----------^ —— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 藉由具高精確度載物台定位功能,且帶電粒子束昭射 區域真空度穩定的設備製造半導體,可形成微細㈣ 電路。 根據本發明之第55項至第59項發明’可獲得以下 用效果。 (1) 使用與一般空氣中所使用的靜壓軸承式載物台具 相同構造之載物台(由不具差動排氣機構之靜壓轴3承、 所支樓的載物台)’可對載物台上的試料進行穩定的帶電粒 子束之處理。 (2) 可以將對於帶電粒子束照射領域的真空度的影響 控制於最低限度,並穩定帶電粒子束所執行之試料處理。 (3) 可以較低廉的價格提供一種具高精確度之載物台 的定位功能’同時可穩定帶電束照射區域之真空度的檢查 設備。 (4) 可以較低廉的價袼提供一種具高精確度之載物 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 台的定位功能,同時可穩定帶電束照射區域之真空度之曝 光裝置。 (5) 藉由具高精確度載物台定位功能,且帶電粒子束 照射區域真空度穩定的設備來製造半導體,可形成微細的 半導體電路。 本發明之第六十項發明,於一種將帶電粒子或電磁波 之任一項照射至檢查對象,再對該檢查對象進行檢查之檢 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格_(210 X 297公i&quot; 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(38 ) 查方法中,其特徵在於,具備有: 可在真空狀態中進行控制,並檢查檢查對象之工作 室; 將帶電粒子或電磁波之任一項形成為光束而產生之光 束產生機構; 將該光束引導並照射在保持於前述工作室内的檢査對 象以檢出由檢查對象所產生之二次帶電粒子,並引導至 影像處理系的電子光學系; 藉由該二次帶電粒子形成影像之影像處理系; 根據該影像處理系之輸出,顯示及/或記憶檢查對象之 狀態資訊的資訊處理系;及 保持可對應前述光束進行相對移動之檢查對象的載物 台裝置, 藉由檢測檢查對象之位置,將前述光束正確對準檢查 對象上, 將前述光束偏向至所檢測之前述檢查對象所希望的位 置, 利用前述光束’照射前述檢查對象表面之前述所希望 位置, 檢出前述檢查對象所產生之二次帶電粒子, 藉由前述二次帶電粒子形成影像, 根據則述影像處理系之輸出,顯示及/或記憶檢查對象 之狀態資訊。 圖面之簡簞說明 ----------1 裝---- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂·· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國㈣標芈(CNS)A4規格(21〇 X 297公髮) 38 312767 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(39 ) 第1圖為顯示本發明之檢查設備之主要構成要素的立 體圖’其係沿著第2圖之A-A線觀測的圖。 (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 、第2A圖為第1圖所示檢查設備之主要構成要素之俯 視圖’其係沿著第1圖之B-B線觀測的圖。 第2B圖為顯示本發明之基板搬入設備之其他實施例 之概略剖視圖。 第3圖係顯示第i圖之小型環境裝置的剖視圖,其係 沿著C-C線觀測的圖。 第4圖係顯示第!圖之裝載機室圖,其係沿著第2圖 之D-D線觀測的圖。 第5圖為晶圓架之放大圖,〔A〕為侧視圖,〔b〕為沿 著〔A〕之E-E線觀測之剖視圖。 第6圖為顯示主殼體支撐方法之變形例圖。 第7圖為顯示主殼體支撐方法之變形例圖。312767 1286776 A7. The invention according to the fifty-first aspect of the present invention, characterized in that, in the inspection apparatus and method of the fiftyth invention, the primary charged particle beam is separately irradiated in the foregoing plural number to be inspected In the region, the charged particle irradiation mechanism for discharging the secondary charged particle beam from the sample, the shirt image acquisition mechanism sequentially acquires the secondary charged particle beam released from the plurality of inspection regions, and sequentially obtains the plural The image of the area being inspected. According to a fifty-second aspect of the present invention, in the inspection apparatus and method of the fifty-first aspect, the charged particle irradiation mechanism is provided to release a particle of a primary charged particle, a source, and a source The primary biasing mechanism for the charged particles in the primary direction deflects the primary charged particles released by the particle source by arranging the deflecting mechanism, thereby sequentially irradiating the primary charged particles to the plurality of inspected regions. The fifth and second inventions of the present invention are in the fiftyth and fifty-second items. The inspection apparatus and method include: a photon system that irradiates the sub-charged particles to the sample. And directing the secondary charged particles to the inspection optical system. / The fifty-fourth invention of the invention, in the semiconductor manufacturing method, is a process for inspecting a wafer defect in a process or a finished product by using any of the items of the 50th and fifty-third inventions . According to the fifth to the inventions of the present invention, effects can be obtained. By separately obtaining the partial overlap on the above-mentioned samples and shifting the mutual displacement of the paper size, the _ home standard (CNS_) A4 specification (2) 0 x 297 public love one '34 312767 ------------ (Please read the precautions on the back and fill out this page.) Order. Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Cooperatives Print 1286776 A7 V. Invention Description (35) Multiple inspection area images, and compare the images of the inspected areas with Base (please read the precautions on the back and fill out this page) The standard image is used to check the sample defects, and the accuracy of the defect inspection caused by the difference between the image to be inspected and the reference image is reduced. Further, according to the apparatus manufacturing method, if the defect inspection apparatus of the above-mentioned defect inspection apparatus is subjected to defect inspection of the sample, it is possible to obtain an excellent effect of improving the yield of the product and avoiding the shipment of the defective product. According to a fifty-fifth aspect of the invention, in the apparatus for irradiating charged particles on a sample placed on a stage, wherein the χγ stage is housed in the body, and the static pressure bearing is used The contact mode is supported by the casing, and the screaming body of the load port is vacuum-exhausted, and the charged particle beam is disposed around the portion of the sample surface where the charged particle beam is irradiated, and is disposed on the surface of the sample. The differential venting machine for exhausting the charged particle irradiation region "the high-pressure gas for the static pressure bearing of the second to the middle bleed" can be first connected to the vacuum venting gas by the gas connected to the vacuum enthalpy. Rowing: By placing a charged waste...-differential exhaust mechanism around the portion where the charged particle beam is irradiated, it is possible to stabilize the direct beam sound in the vacuum chamber by the target beam*, , and the field &amp; 'reachable treatment two: two = the carrier of the hydrostatic bearing type load-bearing building used in the same type of charged particle beam table for the corresponding sample), and can handle the static pressure bearing beam of the mechanism. The sample on 0 is stably charged. The fifty-sixth one of the present invention In the fifty-fifth invention of the charged 312767 1286776 A7 V. The invention (37) The fifty-ninth invention of the invention 'is a semiconductor using the apparatus of the fifty-fifth or fifty-eighth invention to manufacture a semiconductor Manufacturing method. -----------^ —— (Please read the note on the back and fill in this page) With high precision stage positioning function, and charged particle beam A stable semiconductor device can be used to manufacture a semiconductor, and a fine (four) circuit can be formed. According to the 55th to 59th inventions of the present invention, the following effects can be obtained. (1) Use of a hydrostatic bearing type stage used in general air. The stage with the same structure (the stage of the static pressure shaft 3 without the differential exhaust mechanism and the stage of the branch) can handle the stable charged particle beam on the sample on the stage. The influence of the degree of vacuum on the field of charged particle beam irradiation can be minimized, and the sample processing performed by the charged particle beam can be stabilized. (3) A highly accurate stage positioning can be provided at a relatively low price. Function 'at the same time stable The inspection equipment for the vacuum degree of the electric beam irradiation area. (4) It can provide a high-precision positioning function of the printed platform of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and can stabilize the charged beam irradiation. An exposure device for vacuum in a region. (5) A semiconductor device can be fabricated by a device having a high-precision stage positioning function and a vacuum degree in a charged particle beam irradiation region, thereby forming a fine semiconductor circuit. Ten inventions apply to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification _(210 X 297 public i&quot; 1286776 in a paper that irradiates any object with charged particles or electromagnetic waves to the inspection object and then inspects the inspection object. A7 B7 V. Inventive Description (38) The inspection method is characterized in that: a control chamber that can be controlled in a vacuum state and inspects an inspection object; and any one of charged particles or electromagnetic waves is formed into a light beam a light beam generating mechanism that guides and illuminates the inspection object held in the working chamber to detect the object to be inspected The second charged particle is guided to the electron optical system of the image processing system; the image processing system for forming an image by the secondary charged particle; and the information of the state information of the inspection object is displayed and/or memorized according to the output of the image processing system a processing system; and a stage device that maintains an inspection target that can move relative to the light beam, and detects the position of the inspection object to correctly align the light beam with the inspection target, and deflects the light beam to the detected inspection object a desired position, by irradiating the desired position of the surface of the inspection target with the light beam, detecting secondary charged particles generated by the inspection target, and forming an image by the secondary charged particles, according to the image processing system Output, display, and/or memorize the status information of the inspection object. Brief description of the picture ----------1 Pack---- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Order ·· Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed this paper The scale applies to China (4) Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇X 297 public hair) 38 312767 1286776 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (39) Fig. 1 is a perspective view showing the main components of the inspection apparatus of the present invention. A view taken along line AA of Figure 2. (Please read the phonetic transcription on the back side and then fill out this page.) Figure 2A is a top view of the main components of the inspection equipment shown in Fig. 1. It is a view taken along line B-B of Fig. 1. Fig. 2B is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another embodiment of the substrate carrying apparatus of the present invention. Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing the small environment device of Fig. i, which is a view taken along line C-C. Figure 4 shows the first! The loader chamber diagram of the figure is a view taken along line D-D of Fig. 2. Fig. 5 is an enlarged view of the wafer holder, [A] is a side view, and [b] is a cross-sectional view taken along the line E-E of [A]. Fig. 6 is a view showing a modification of the main casing supporting method. Fig. 7 is a view showing a modification of the main casing supporting method.

第8圖為顯示第1圖之檢查設備之電子光學裝置的概 略構成模式圖P 第9圖為顯示exb分離器之電子束偏向部構造之剖視 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 圖。 第10圖為沿著第9圖之A-A線觀測之剖視圖。 第11圖為用以說明本發明實施例裝置之全體構成 圖。 第12圖為電極之斜視圖,係顯示電極以軸對稱方式呈 現圓筒狀時之斜視圖。 第13圖為電極之斜視圖,係顯示電極以軸對稱方式呈 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 X 297公釐) 39 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ___B7_____ 五、發明說明(4〇 ) 現圓盤狀時之斜視圖。 第14圖係顯示晶圓與物鏡之間之電壓分佈的曲線 圖。 第15圖係顯示電子線裝置之二次電子檢出動作之流 程圖。 第16圖為本發明之ΕχΒ分離器的剖視圖。 第17圖係顯示本發明之ΕΧΒ分離器的電場分佈圖。 第18圖係顯示本發明之充電裝置一實施形態之重要 部位的概略構成圖。 第19圖係顯示充電裝置之其他實施形態之概略構成 圖。 第20圖係顯示充電裝置之另一實施形態之概略構成 圖。 第21圖係顯示充電裝置之另一實施形態之概略構成 圖。 第22圖係顯示本發明之攝像裝置之一實施形態模式 圖。 第23圖係顯示將第22圖之攝像裝置之對象所帶電之 電荷均一化或低減化之動作時間圖。 第24圖為具備與本發明其他實施形態相關之充電袭 置之缺陷檢查設備的概略構成圖。 第2 5圖為具備與本發明其他實施形態Γ相關之充電裝 置之缺陷檢查設備的概略構成圖。 第26圖為具備與本發明之另一實施形態相關之充電 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝 ιδτ- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 40 312767 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(《) 裝置之缺陷檢查設備的概略構成圖。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 第27圖為顯示與第24圖乃至第26圖之實施形態相關 之缺檢查设備之晶圓檢查流程之流程圖。 第28圖係用以說明與第24圖乃至第26圖之實施形態 相關之缺陷檢查設備之晶圓缺陷檢測方法具體例圖,(A) 顯示圖案缺陷檢出,(B)顯示線寬檢測,(c)顯示電位對比 檢測。 第29圖為電位施加機構之顯示圖。 第30圖為電子束校準機構說明圖,〔a〕為侧視圖,〔b〕 為俯視圖。 第3 1圖為晶圓校準控制裝置之概略說明圖。 第32圖為本發明之帶電束裝置一實施形態之真空室 及XY載物台的顯示圖,〔A〕為前視圖,〔b〕為側視圖。 第33圖為本發明之帶電束裝置之其他實施形態之真 空室及XY載物台的顯示圖。 第34圖為本發明之帶電束裝置之另一實施形態之真 空室及XY載物台的顯示圖。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第35圖’為本發明之帶電束裝置之另一實施形態之真 空室及XY載物台的顯示圖。 第36圖,為本發明之帶電束裝置之另一其他實施形態 之真空室及XY載物台的顯示圖。 第37圖為本發明之帶電束裝置一實施形態之真空室 及XY載物台的顯示圖。 第38圖為第37圖所示設置於設備中之作動排氣機構 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格⑵Q χ撕公爱) 41 312767 ^86776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(42) 之一例的顯示圖。 第39圖為第37圖所示設備之氣體循環配管系統的顯 示圖。 第40圖為顯示裝設在鏡筒中之光學系及檢出系之一 例之概略圖。 第41圖為本發明之變形例之缺陷檢査設備的概略構 成圖。 第42圖為藉由第41圖所示缺陷檢查設備取得之複數 被檢查影像及基準影像例的顯示圖。 第43圖為顯示第41圖所示缺陷檢查設備之晶圓檢杳 的主程序流程圖。 第44圖為第43圖所示複數被檢查影像資料取得製程 (步驟1304)之子程序之詳細流程圖。 第45圖為第43圖所不比較製程(步驟1308)之子程序 之詳細流程圖。 第46圖為第4 1圖所示缺陷檢查設備之檢測器的具體 構成例顯示圖。 第47圖顯示在半導體晶圓表面上,進行部分重疊並栢 互錯位之複數被檢查區域之概念圖。 第48 A圖為本發明其他實施形態之電子線裝置的概略 圖。 第48B圖為顯示利用第48A圖所示實施形態中之複數 一次電子線,對試料進行掃瞄時之樣態之概略俯視圖。 第49A圖為第48A圖之實施形態之更詳細的說明圖。 -----------^--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 42 312767 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(43) 第49B圖為用以說明同一實施形態中一次電子線之照 射方法圖。 第50圖係顯示本發明之半導體設備製造方法之一實 施例之流程圖。 第51(A)、圖為顯示形成第5〇圖所示晶圓製程核 心之縮影步驟製程的流程圖。 第52圖顯示映射投影型電子線檢查設備一例之概略 構成。 第53圖係顯示由矩形區域所釋出之二次電子的動態 圖。 第54圖為以往之ΕχΒ分離器的電場分佈顯示圖。 第55圖為以往之帶電束裝置之真空室及χγ載物台的 顯示圖,〔Α〕為前視圖,〔β〕為側視圖。 第56圖為顯示使用於第1圖之ΧΥ載物台之靜壓軸承 與差動排氣機構之關係圖。 袢符號說明 半導體檢查設僙 -----------^--------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1 半導體檢查設備 10 晶圓匣架 20 小型環境裝置 30 主殼體 40 裝載室 50 載物台裝置 60 裝載機 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 43 312767 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(44) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 70 電子光學裝置 81 預先充電裝置 83 電位施加機構 85 電子束校準機構 87 校準控制裝置 871 光學顯微鏡 晶圓匣架 C 卡匣 W 基板 11 升降載物台 12 升降機構 24 基板搬送箱 501 箱主體 502 基板搬出入門 503 蓋體 505 ULPA濾波器 506 化學過濾器 507 風扇馬達 612 第1搬送裝置 小型環境裝置 21 小型環境空間 22 殼體 23 氣體循環裝置 24 排出裝置 25 預先對準器 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝 訂· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 44 312767 1286776 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(45) 221 222 223 225 231 232 233 234 &gt; 244 241 242 主殼體 2 31 32 33 36 37 321 322 323 325 331 裝載室 W 27 ' 45 ' 46 頂壁 底壁 周壁 出入口 氣體供給裝置 回收導管 導管 導管 吸入導管 風扇 控制裝置 工作室 殼主體 殼體支持裝置 台架 防震裝置 底壁 頂壁 周壁 出入口 框架構造體 晶圓 遮蔽裝置 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝 訂·· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 45 312767 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(46) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣 41 第1裝載室 42 第2裝載室 43 殼主體 47 晶圓架 226 ^ 435、 436 、 437 出入口 271、 451 密封材 272 &gt; 452 &gt; 461 門 273 &gt; 453 驅動裝置 421 底壁 422 頂壁 423 周壁 433 周壁 434 分隔牆 471 基板 472 支柱 473、 474 支持部 載物台裝置 51 固定台 52 Y台 53 X台 54 旋轉台 55 支撐架 521、 531 伺服馬達 522 ^ 532 譯碼器 551 晶圓载置面 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -· I n I i n n i^-rof n n ϋ ϋ ϋ n n &lt; 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 46 312767 1286776 A7 B7 --------------------^---------^9. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(47) 裝載機 01-01 47 61 63 611 612 613 615 616 晶圓的搬送 02-02Fig. 8 is a schematic view showing the configuration of an electro-optical device of the inspection apparatus of Fig. 1. Fig. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the electron beam deflecting portion of the exb separator. Fig. 10 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A of Fig. 9. Figure 11 is a view showing the overall configuration of an apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 12 is a perspective view of the electrode showing a perspective view of the electrode in a cylindrical shape in an axisymmetric manner. Figure 13 is a perspective view of the electrode showing that the electrode is in axisymmetric manner and is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇X 297 mm). 39 312767 1286776 Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 ___B7_____ V. Description of invention (4〇) Oblique view of the current disc shape. Figure 14 is a graph showing the voltage distribution between the wafer and the objective lens. Fig. 15 is a flow chart showing the secondary electron detecting operation of the electronic wire device. Figure 16 is a cross-sectional view of the weir separator of the present invention. Figure 17 is a diagram showing the electric field distribution of the helium separator of the present invention. Fig. 18 is a schematic block diagram showing an important part of an embodiment of the charging device of the present invention. Fig. 19 is a view showing a schematic configuration of another embodiment of the charging device. Fig. 20 is a view showing a schematic configuration of another embodiment of the charging device. Fig. 21 is a view showing a schematic configuration of another embodiment of the charging device. Fig. 22 is a view showing an embodiment of an image pickup apparatus of the present invention. Fig. 23 is a timing chart showing the operation of equalizing or lowering the charge charged by the object of the image pickup apparatus of Fig. 22. Fig. 24 is a schematic block diagram showing a defect inspection apparatus including a charging device according to another embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 25 is a schematic configuration diagram of a defect inspection apparatus including a charging device according to another embodiment of the present invention. Figure 26 is a diagram showing the charging associated with another embodiment of the present invention (please read the back of the page and then fill out this page). ιδτ- This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public) 40 312767 1286776 A7 B7 V. OBJECT DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (") A schematic diagram of the defect inspection equipment of the device. (Please read the precautions on the back and fill out this page.) Figure 27 is a flow chart showing the wafer inspection process for the inspection equipment that is related to the embodiment of Fig. 24 to Fig. 26. Fig. 28 is a view showing a specific example of a wafer defect detecting method for the defect inspection apparatus relating to the embodiment of Figs. 24 to 26, (A) showing pattern defect detection, and (B) displaying line width detection, (c) Display potential comparison detection. Figure 29 is a display diagram of the potential application mechanism. Figure 30 is an explanatory view of the electron beam calibration mechanism, [a] is a side view, and [b] is a plan view. Fig. 3 is a schematic explanatory diagram of the wafer calibration control device. Fig. 32 is a view showing the vacuum chamber and the XY stage of the embodiment of the charged beam device of the present invention, wherein [A] is a front view and [b] is a side view. Figure 33 is a view showing the vacuum chamber and the XY stage of another embodiment of the charged beam device of the present invention. Fig. 34 is a view showing the vacuum chamber and the XY stage of another embodiment of the charged beam apparatus of the present invention. Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Intellectual Property Office, and the Consumer Cooperatives. Fig. 35 is a view showing the vacuum chamber and the XY stage of another embodiment of the charged beam device of the present invention. Fig. 36 is a view showing the vacuum chamber and the XY stage of still another embodiment of the charged beam device of the present invention. Fig. 37 is a view showing the vacuum chamber and the XY stage of the embodiment of the charged beam device of the present invention. Figure 38 is the actuating and exhausting mechanism installed in the equipment shown in Figure 37. The paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2) Q χ tearing public love) 41 312767 ^86776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (42) A diagram showing an example. Fig. 39 is a view showing the gas circulation piping system of the apparatus shown in Fig. 37. Fig. 40 is a schematic view showing an example of an optical system and a detection system installed in the lens barrel. Fig. 41 is a view showing the schematic configuration of a defect inspection apparatus according to a modification of the present invention. Fig. 42 is a view showing an example of a plurality of images to be inspected and a reference image obtained by the defect inspection device shown in Fig. 41; Fig. 43 is a flow chart showing the main routine of the wafer inspection of the defect inspection apparatus shown in Fig. 41. Fig. 44 is a detailed flow chart showing the subroutine of the process of obtaining the plurality of checked image data (step 1304) shown in Fig. 43. Figure 45 is a detailed flow chart of the subroutine of the process (step 1308) of the comparison process of Figure 43. Fig. 46 is a view showing a concrete configuration example of the detector of the defect inspection apparatus shown in Fig. 41. Fig. 47 is a conceptual diagram showing a plurality of inspected regions which are partially overlapped and misaligned on the surface of the semiconductor wafer. Fig. 48A is a schematic view showing an electron beam apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 48B is a schematic plan view showing a state in which a sample is scanned by using a plurality of primary electron lines in the embodiment shown in Fig. 48A. Fig. 49A is a more detailed explanatory diagram of the embodiment of Fig. 48A. -----------^--------Book--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill in this page) This paper scale applies to Chinese national standards. (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 42 312767 1286776 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (43) Fig. 49B is a view for explaining a method of irradiating a primary electron beam in the same embodiment. Fig. 50 is a flow chart showing an embodiment of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device of the present invention. Fig. 51(A) is a flow chart showing the process of forming a microfilm step of the wafer process core shown in Fig. 5. Fig. 52 is a view showing an outline of an example of a map projection type electron beam inspection apparatus. Figure 53 is a dynamic diagram showing the secondary electrons released by the rectangular region. Fig. 54 is a view showing the electric field distribution of the conventional helium separator. Fig. 55 is a view showing the vacuum chamber and the χγ stage of the conventional charged beam device, [Α] is a front view, and [β] is a side view. Fig. 56 is a view showing the relationship between the hydrostatic bearing and the differential exhaust mechanism used in the crucible stage of Fig. 1.袢 Symbol Description Semiconductor Inspection 僙-----------^--------^--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1 Semiconductor inspection equipment 10 Wafer truss 20 Small environmental installation 30 Main housing 40 Loading chamber 50 Stage device 60 Loader This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 43 312767 1286776 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (44) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Print 70 Electro-optical device 81 Pre-charging device 83 Potential application mechanism 85 Electron beam calibration mechanism 87 Calibration control device 871 Optical microscope wafer truss C cassette W substrate 11 lifting stage 12 lifting mechanism 24 substrate transfer box 501 box main body 502 substrate loading and unloading door 503 cover body 505 ULPA filter 506 chemical filter 507 fan motor 612 first conveying device Small environmental device 21 Small environmental space 22 Housing 23 Gas circulation device 24 Discharge device 25 Pre-aligner (please read the notes on the back and fill in this page) Binding · This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 44 312767 1286776 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed V. Inventions (45) 221 222 223 225 231 232 233 234 &gt; 244 241 242 Main housing 2 31 32 33 36 37 321 322 323 325 331 Loading chamber W 27 ' 45 ' 46 Top wall bottom wall Peripheral wall inlet and outlet gas supply recovery conduit conduit Catheter suction duct Fan control device housing shell Main body support device gantry anti-shock device bottom wall top wall peripheral wall entrance and exit frame structure wafer shielding device (please read the back note first and then fill in this page) Binding·· This paper scale applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 45 312767 1286776 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (46) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed Clothing 41 First Load Chamber 42 Second Load Chamber 43 Shell Body 47 Wafer Holder 226 ^ 435 , 436, 437 entrance 271, 451 sealing material 272 &gt; 452 &gt; 461 door 273 &gt; 453 drive unit 421 bottom wall 422 top Wall 423 Peripheral wall 433 Peripheral wall 434 Partition wall 471 Substrate 472 Pillar 473, 474 Support stage device 51 Fixing table 52 Y stage 53 X stage 54 Rotary table 55 Support frame 521, 531 Servo motor 522 ^ 532 Decoder 551 Wafer Mounting surface (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) -· I n I inni^-rof nn ϋ ϋ ϋ nn &lt; This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ) 46 312767 1286776 A7 B7 --------------------^---------^9. (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this section) Page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Employees Consumption Cooperatives Printing V. Inventions (47) Loader 01-01 47 61 63 611 612 613 615 616 Wafer transfer 02-02

A B、C 32a v 32b 33a、33b 3 6b 37b 40b 49b 321a、321b 331a 336b 337b 435 軸線 晶圓接收器 第1搬送裝置 第2搬送裝置 驅動部 多節機械臂 軸 升降機構 把持裝置 旋轉軸線 處理完畢的晶圓 未處理的晶圓 殼主體 殼體支撐裝置 台架 防震裝置 裝載室 懸掛構件 底壁 矩形鋼板 框架構造體 複數縱形框架 孔徑 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 47 312767 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(48) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 632 機械臂 電子光學裝置 CL、PL、TL 靜電透鏡 71 鏡筒 72 一次電子光學系 74 二次電子光學系 76 檢出系 721 電子槍 722 透鏡系 723 ExB分離器 724 物鏡系 725 電極 726 電源 741 透鏡系 761 檢出系 761a 標板 763 影像處理部 ExB裝置(維納濾波器) 42 磁路 711a 、 711b 電子束 712 電子 712a &gt; 712b 二次電子 723 電子光束偏向部 723-1 、 電極 723-2 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 48 312767 1286776 A7 B7AB, C 32a v 32b 33a, 33b 3 6b 37b 40b 49b 321a, 321b 331a 336b 337b 435 Axis wafer receiver first conveying device second conveying device driving unit multi-section manipulator shaft lifting mechanism handling device rotation axis processing completed Wafer unprocessed wafer shell main body support device stand shockproof device load chamber suspension member bottom wall rectangular steel plate frame structure plural vertical frame aperture paper size applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 PCT) 47 312767 1286776 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (48) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 632 Robotic Electron Optical Device CL, PL, TL Electrostatic Lens 71 Lens Tube 72 Primary Electron Optics 74 Secondary Electron Optics Department 76 Detection system 721 Electron gun 722 Lens system 723 ExB separator 724 Objective lens system 725 Electrode 726 Power supply 741 Lens system 761 Detection system 761a Target plate 763 Image processing unit ExB device (Wiener filter) 42 Magnetic circuit 711a, 711b Electronics Beam 712 electron 712a &gt; 712b secondary electron 723 electron beam deflecting portion 723-1, electrode 723-2 (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page.) This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 48 312767 1286776 A7 B7

五、發明說明(49) 723七 723-2a 723a 至 d B e E V 電磁線圈 控制部 磁場 電載量 電場 電子速度 檢測器 723 t ExB型偏向器 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 b 貫通體 映射投影方式之主要功能關係及全體像說明 32 處理室 56 71 - 1 載物台驅動機構 一次縱列 71-2 二次縱列 71a 一次縱列控制裝置 71b 二次縱列控制裝置 724 陰極透鏡 741-1 第2透鏡 741-2 第3透鏡 741 - 3 第4透鏡 780 控制裝置 781 CPU FB 磁場電力 FE 電場電力 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------1—裝--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 49 312767 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(5G) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 NA-2 開口數 NA-3 圖場開口徑 W 試料 電極 721 電子線源 ExB分離器 701 至 708 電極 709 、 710 永久磁鐵 711 磁通迴路 712 突起 713 電極支持用圓筒 714 平行溝 715 導電體 716 光抽 預先充電裝置 W 試料基板 晶圓 13 電源 32 試料室 322 試料室 711 一次電子光束 721 &gt; 722 電子線照射機構 723 ExB偏光器 751 光信號的閃爍器及微通道 板的組合 -----------裝---------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 50 312767 1286776 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 五、發明說明(51 ) 762 7 63 770 771 772 773 774 811 815 816 &gt; 817 818 819 820 821 823 824 825 826 827 &gt; 822 828 829 830 831 832 840V. Invention description (49) 723 7723-2a 723a to d B e EV electromagnetic coil control part magnetic field electric load electric field electronic speed detector 723 t ExB type deflector economic department intellectual property bureau employee consumption cooperative printing b through body Main functional relationship of mapping projection method and overall image description 32 Processing chamber 56 71 - 1 Stage driving mechanism Primary column 71-2 Secondary column 71a Primary column control device 71b Secondary column control device 724 Cathode lens 741 -1 2nd lens 741-2 3rd lens 741 - 3 4th lens 780 Control device 781 CPU FB Magnetic field power FE Electric field power This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) --- -----1—Installation--------Book--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 49 312767 1286776 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (5G ) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumption Cooperative Printed NA-2 Number of openings NA-3 Field opening diameter W Sample electrode 721 Electronic line source ExB separator 701 to 708 Electrode 709, 710 Permanent magnet 711 Magnetic flux circuit 712 Protrusion 713 Electrode Support Cartridge 714 Parallel groove 715 Conductor 716 Light extraction pre-charging device W Sample substrate wafer 13 Power supply 32 Sample chamber 322 Sample chamber 711 Primary electron beam 721 &gt; 722 Electron beam irradiation mechanism 723 ExB polarizer 751 Light signal scintillator and micro Combination of channel board -----------Install---------Set--------- (Please read the note on the back and fill in this page) Paper The scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 50 312767 1286776 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed clothing (please read the note on the back and fill out this page) V. Invention Description (51) 762 7 63 770 771 772 773 774 811 815 816 &gt; 817 818 819 820 821 823 824 825 826 827 &gt; 822 828 829 830 831 832 840

CCD 影像處理裝置 檢測器 多通道板 螢光面 中繼光學系 攝像感應器 帶電粒子照射部 被檢查區域 區域 帶電粒子 帶電粒子線源 偏壓電源 熱燈絲 電子引出電源 引出電極 電子線 屏蔽罩 燈絲電源 陽極 離子CCD image processing device detector multi-channel plate fluorescent surface relay optical system imaging sensor charged particle irradiation part inspection area area charged particles charged particle line source bias power supply hot filament wire electronic power supply lead-out electrode electronic wire shield cover filament power anode ion

Ar氣體 導管 電漿 電荷控制機構 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 51 312767 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(52) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 841 電極 842 切換開關 843、 845 端子 844、 848 電壓發生器 846 電荷檢測器 847 柵極 849 定時信號產生器 1008 記憶區域 1009 缺陷檢出程式 1014 控制部主體 1015 CRT 1016 控制部 1017 二次電子影像 1018 輸入部 1110 光電子放出材 1110b 光電子放出板 lilt UV燈座 1112 透明窗材 1113 電源 1231、 ^ 1232 晶粒影像 1234 實際圖案 1236 實際二次電子之強度信號 1237 或電平 1238 寬度 1239 電極 —---------裝--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 52 312767 1286776 A7 B7 -----------裝--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(53 ) 1240 1241 、 1242 1243 、 1244 電位施加機構 541 763 831 832 833 834 835 電子束校準機構 851 &gt; 852 校準控制裝置 872 &gt; 761 873 、 765 04-04Ar gas conduit plasma charge control mechanism This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 51 312767 1286776 A7 B7 V. Invention description (52) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative print 841 Electrode 842 switch 843, 845 terminal 844, 848 voltage generator 846 charge detector 847 gate 849 timing signal generator 1008 memory area 1009 defect detection program 1014 control unit body 1015 CRT 1016 control unit 1017 secondary electronic image 1018 input Part 1110 Photoelectron discharge material 1110b Photoelectron emission plate lilt UV lamp holder 1112 Transparent window material 1113 Power supply 1231, ^ 1232 Grain image 1234 Actual pattern 1236 Actual secondary electron intensity signal 1237 or level 1238 Width 1239 Electrode ----- -----Install--------Book--------- (Please read the note on the back and fill in this page) This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210 X 297 mm) 52 312767 1286776 A7 B7 -----------Install--------Book--------- (Please read the notes on the back first) Write this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 5, Invention Description (53) 1240 1241, 1242 1243, 1244 Potential Application Mechanism 541 763 831 832 833 834 835 Electron Beam Calibration Mechanism 851 &gt; 852 Calibration Control Device 872 &gt; 761 873 , 765 04-04

載物台裝置變形例 CStage device modification C

W 72 91-1 、 91-2 90、909a、909b ' 911a、 911b、910a、910b 93 &gt; 97 電位障壁 圖案 執道 載置面 影像形成部 電壓施加裝董 充電調查及電壓決定系統 監控器 處理器W 72 91-1 , 91-2 90 , 909a , 909b ' 911a , 911b , 910a , 910b 93 &gt; 97 Potential Barrier Pattern Equivalent Mounting Surface Image Forming Section Voltage Application Packing Charge Survey and Voltage Determination System Monitor Processing Device

CPU 法拉弟杯CPU Faraday Cup

CCD 監控器 光轴 處理室 試料 帶電束照射部 真空排氣通路 靜壓軸承 載物台 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 53 312767 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(54) 94-1 94 94 95 96 96a ^ 97a 98 721 723-2 723-1 730 760 906 907a &gt; 907b 908a ^ 908b 910 &gt; 923 &gt; 919 912 、 914 、 916 913 、 915 917 、 918 ' 925 連接構件 試料台 試料台 Y方向可動部 X方向可動部 引導面 殼體 電子槍 磁鐵 電極 偏向器 帶電束裝置的光學系 台座 Υ方向引導裝置 X方向引導裝置 真空配管 分隔牆 載物台内部的空間 差動排氣溝 -----------裝--------訂—-------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 919、920a、920b、928、排氣口 710 920 圓周溝 921 排氣通路 922 内部空間 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 54 312767 1286776 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 五、發明說明(55) 924 926 927 928 &gt; 710 929 930 931 、 934 、 921 、 922 932 、 933 950 ^ 951 951 、 952 952 、 940 953 954 960 961 、 962 963 970 至 975、920a ' 920b 976 至 980 檢查裝置變形例 w iCCD monitor optical axis processing room sample charged beam irradiation part vacuum exhaust passage static pressure axis carrier table paper size applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 53 312767 1286776 A7 B7 V. Invention description (54 94-1 94 94 95 96 96a ^ 97a 98 721 723-2 723-1 730 760 906 907a &gt; 907b 908a ^ 908b 910 &gt; 923 &gt; 919 912 , 914 , 916 913 , 915 917 , 918 ' 925 Connection Member sample table, sample table, Y-direction movable portion, X-direction movable portion, guide surface, housing, electron gun, magnet electrode deflector, optical system, electric pedestal, direction guide, X-direction guide, vacuum piping, partition, internal space, differential table Air Ditch-----------Install--------Set--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Employees' consumption cooperatives print 919, 920a, 920b, 928, exhaust 710 920 circumferential groove 921 exhaust passage 922 internal space This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 54 312767 1286776 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employees Printed by the cooperative (please read the note on the back and fill out this page) 5. Invention description (55) 924 926 927 928 &gt; 710 929 930 931 , 934 , 921 , 922 932 , 933 950 ^ 951 951 , 952 952 940 953 954 960 961 , 962 963 970 to 975, 920a ' 920b 976 to 980 Inspection device variants wi

Di 56 1011 空間 環狀構件 環狀溝 構件 支撐構件 冷凍機 帶電束照射空間 撓性軟管 線性馬達 閘門 渦輪分子磊 微小縫隙 乾真空磊 壓縮機 過濾器 調節器 高純度非活性氣體供給系 真空配管 加壓側配管 晶圓 影像號碼 距離值 攝像感應器 偏向電極 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 55 312767 1286776 A7 五、發明說明(56 ) 1012 1013 1030 1030a 1032 1032a 1032b 1032k 1034 電子搶(電子線源) 711 711-1 至 711-4 711a 712 713 偏向控制器 基準影像記憶部 晶圓檢查圖案 影像 被檢查區域影像 被檢查區域 矩形區域 被檢查影像區域 晶圓檢查表面 多光束 電子線 一次電子線 二次電子線 視野 724、722-1、722-2、724•透鏡 741-1 、 741-2 ---------------------^---------- {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製Di 56 1011 Space ring member Annular groove member Support member Freezer charged beam irradiation space Flexible hose Linear motor gate Turbo Molecular Lei small gap Dry vacuum Lei compressor Filter regulator High purity Inactive gas supply system Vacuum piping plus Pressure side piping wafer image number distance value Camera sensor deflection electrode This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 55 312767 1286776 A7 V. Invention description (56) 1012 1013 1030 1030a 1032 1032a 1032b 1032k 1034 Electronic grab (electronic line source) 711 711-1 to 711-4 711a 712 713 Deviation controller reference image memory unit Wafer inspection pattern Image inspection area Image inspection area Rectangular area Inspection image area Wafer inspection surface Multi-beam electron line primary electron line secondary electron line field of view 724, 722-1, 722-2, 724 • Lens 741-1, 741-2 ------------------ ---^---------- {Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

724-2 762 765 767 W 物鏡 TDI-CCD 影像顯示部 MCP 試料 發明之最佳實施形態 以下參照圖面,針對本發明之最佳實施形 態,說明將 於表面形成圖案之基板,亦即晶圓當作檢查對象來檢查 之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 31276? 1286776 A7 B7_ — '—·_ 一~—— ___- 一 五、發明說明(57 ) 半導體檢查設備。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 第1圖及第2圖中,以立體圖及俯視圖顯示本實施形 態之半導體檢查設備1之主要構成要素。 本實施形態之半導體檢查設備1,係具備有:用以保 持收容有複數枚晶圓之卡匣之晶圓匣架(cassetu holder)10 ;小型環境(minienvironment)裝置20 ;割分工作 室(working chamber)之主殼體30 ·,配置在小型環境設備20 與主殼體30之間,劃分二個加載室之裝載室(1〇ader housing)40;將晶圓由晶圓匣架1〇裝填到配置於主殼體3〇 内之載物台(stage)裝置50上之裝載機(loader)6〇 ;以及被 裝設在真空殼體中的電子光學設備70,該等裝置係以第1 及第2圖所示位置關係而配置。此外,半導體檢查設備1 還具備有:配置在真空主殼體30內之預先充電裝置 (precharge unit)81 ;對晶圓施加電位之電位施加機構83(如 第29圖所示);電子束校準機構85(如第30圖所示);以 及構成在載物台裝置上進行晶圓定位之校準(alignment)控 制裝置87之光學顯微鏡871。 晶圓匣架 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 晶圓S架10,係用以保持複數個(在本實施形態中為 二個)在以上下方向呈平行排列的複數枚(例如25枚)晶圓 的狀態下所收納之卡匣(eassette)c(例如,如ASIST社所製 之SMIF、FOUP之閉合式卡匣)。在晶圓匣架方面,可任 意選擇設置以下兩種匣架:一為構成上可藉由機器人等搬 送卡£並將其自動裝填至晶圓匣架上的匣架;二為構成 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 57 312767 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(58) (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 上可精由人工方式裝填的開放式匣架。在本實施形態中的 形式係可自動裝填卡匣C,例如,具備有:升降載物台1 ^ ; 及使該升降載物台11上下移動的昇降機構12,卡匣e以 第2A圖中之鍊線圖示的狀態可自動在升降載物台上進行 安裝’並於安裝後,在第2A圖中之實線圖示的狀態,良 動旋轉至小型環境裝置内的第一搬送裝置的轉動軸線。此 外’升降載物台丨丨在第i圖之鍊線圖示的狀態下下降。如 此’不論是使用於自動裝填時之晶圓匣架,或使用於藉由 人工方式裝填時的晶圓匣架’均為公知之構造而可供適當 使用,因此關於其構造及功能,則省略其詳細說明。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在其他實施形態上,如第2B圖所示,將複數3〇〇mm 基板,以收納於固定在箱主體501内側之溝型袋(未記載) 的狀態,進行收容 '搬送、保管等。該基板搬送箱24,係 由:連接於角筒狀箱主體501與基板搬出入門自動開關設 備,藉由機械可開關箱主體501側面之開口部的基板搬出 入門502 ;位於與開口部相反側之位置,並覆蓋用以進行 濾波器類及風扇馬達之裝卸之開口部的蓋體5〇3 ;用以保 持基板w的溝型袋(未圖示);ULPA濾波器5〇5;化學過濾 器5〇6 ;及風扇馬達507等所構成。在該實施形態中,藉 由裝載機60之機器人式第丨搬送裝置612搬出/搬入基 板。 另外,收納於卡匣c中的基板,亦即晶圓,係接受檢 查之晶圓,而該種檢查,係於半導體製程中的晶圓處理過 程後或過程中進行。具體而言,接受成臈製程、CMP、離 本紙張尺度適用中關家標準(CNS)A4規格⑵g χ撕公餐) 58 312767 1286776 A7 五、發明說明(59 ) &lt;請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 子楂入等之基板,即晶圓、表面形成有配線圖案之晶圓、 或未形成有配線圖案之晶圓,係收納在卡匣内。由於收容 在卡匣C中的晶圓以多枚上下方向相隔且平行之方式而排 列配置,故可利用任意位置中的晶圓和後述之第1搬送裝 置來保持,並可上下移動第1搬送裝置之機械臂。 環境裝豊 在第1圖至第3圖中,小型環境設備20,係具備有: 可劃分成由空氣控制之小型環境空間21之殼體22 ;用以 在小型環境空間21内控制空氣,使清靜空氣之氣體進行循 環的氣體循環裝置23 ;將供給至小型環境空間21内之部 分空氟回收並排出之排出裝置24 ;及裝設在小型環境空間 21中,將作為檢查對象之基板,即晶圓大致定位之預先對 準器25。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 殼體22具有:頂壁221 ;底壁222 ;及環繞四周之周 壁223,形成可由外部遮斷小型環境空間21之構造。為了 控制小型環境空間之空氣,如第3圖所示,乃將氣體循環 裝置23裝設在小型環境空間2 j内之頂壁22 i上,而該設 備則具備有:可清淨氣體(在本實施形態令為空氣),並將 清淨空氣通過一個或一個以上的氣體排岀口(未圖示),使 之朝正下方呈層流狀流通之氣體供給設備231 ;配置在小 型環境空間内之底壁222上,用以回收朝底部流通之空氣 之回收導管232,及用以連接回收導管232與氣體供給設 備231,將所回收之空氣送回氣體供給設備2^1之導管 233。在本實施形態中,自殼體22外部將由氣體供給設備 私紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4 f格⑵〇 x 297公爱)_ 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ------ B7_ 五、發明說明(60 ) 231所供給約20%的空氣導入以進行清淨,由外部導入之 氣體比例可任意選擇。氣體供給設備23丨具備有用以製作 清淨空氣之公知構造之HEPA或ULPA濾波器。清淨空氣 之層流狀之下方流向,亦即下游,主要是藉由通過配置在 小型環境空間21中的後述第1搬送裝置所形成之搬送面來 進行流通供給’以防止可能由搬送裝置所引起之塵埃附著 於晶圓。因此,下游之嘴出口無須如圖示般裝設在接近頂 壁之處’只須為在搬送裝置形成之搬送面上方即可。此外, 也無須讓空乳全面流通於小型環境空間。另外,依情況可 利用離子風作為清淨空氣使用,以確保清淨度。又,在小 型環境空間内設置用以觀察清淨度之感應器,在清淨度惡 化時亦可將設備予以停止。在殼體22之周壁223中鄰接晶 圓E架10的部分形成有出入口 225。在出入口 225附近設 置具公知之構造的遮蔽裝置,也可由小型環境裝置側來關 閉出入口 225。在晶圓附近形成之層流下游的流速可設定 為例如0.3至〇.4m/sec。氣體供給裝置也可不設於小型環 境空間内,而設在其外側。 排出裝置24,具備有··以較前述搬送裝置的晶圓搬送 面下方的位置配置在搬送裝置下側的吸入導管241 ;配置 在晶圓22外侧的風扇242 ;及用以連接吸入導管241與風 扇242的導管243。該排出裝置24,將流動於搬送裝置周 圍’可能會經由搬送裝置產生的含灰塵的氣體,藉由吸入 導管241吸引,並經由導管243、244及風扇242而排出至 殼體22外側◊此時,也可排出至設置在殼體22附近的排 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x 297公釐) 60 312767 — — — — — — — — —--^--------^-----I---. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 A7 —---_ — 五、發明說明(61 ) 氣管(未圖示)。 配置在小型環境空間21内的對準器25,利用光學性 或機械性檢出形成於晶圓之定向平面(形成於圓形晶圓外 周的平坦部#,以下稱為定位平面),或形成於晶爵外周緣 之一個或一個以上的V型缺口,即凹槽,並以約土 i度之 精確度預先決定晶圓軸線〇_〇的周圍之旋轉方向的位置。 預先對準器構成用以決定申請專利範圍所記載之發明之檢 查對象座標的機構的一部份,以大致定位檢查對象。該預 先對準器本體只要是公知之構造即可,故省略其構造、動 作說明。 另外’雖未圖示,也可在預先對準器下方同樣設置排 出裝置用之回收導管,將自預先對準器排出之含有灰塵之 空氣排出至外部。 主殼體 在第1圖及第2圖中,劃分與工作室31之主殼體30 具備有殼主體32,該殼主體32,係由配置在台架36上的 震動遮斷設備,即防震裝置37上所裝載之殼體支持裝置 33所支撐。殼體支持裝置33具備有組裝成矩形的框架構 造體331。殼體主體32固定裝設於框架構造體33上,並 具備有:載置在框架構造體上的底壁321;頂壁322;及連 接在底壁321和頂壁322而包園四周之周壁323,自外部 隔離工作室31。在該實施形態中,底壁321係由厚度較厚 的鋼板所構成,以避免因載置於上之載物台裝置等機器的 加重而產生變形,當然亦可為其他構造。在本實施形態中, (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------•訂------ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 61 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(62) 殼主體32及殼體支持裝置33,係以剛構造組成,而藉由 防震裝置37阻隔設置有台架36之地面所產生之震動傳至 該剛構造。在殼主體32的周壁323中,鄰接於後述之裝载 室的周壁上形成有晶圓進岀用之出入口 325。 另外’防震裝置可以是擁有空氣彈簧,磁性軸承之自 動式裝置’也可以是擁有空氣彈簧,磁性轴承之被動式裝 置。由於兩者均為公知之構造,故省略其本身構造與功能 之說明。工作室3丨藉由公知構造之真空裝置(未圖示)保持 在真空氣體中。台架36下方配置有可控制裝置全體動作之 控制裝置2。 裝載室 在第Ϊ圖、第2圖及第4圖中,裝載室40具備有用以 劃分成第1加載室41和第2加載室42之殼主體43。殼主 體43具有:底壁431 ;頂壁432 ;包圍四周之周壁433 ; 及用以區隔第1加載室41與第2加載室42之分隔牆434, 其可自外部將兩加載室隔離。分隔牆434中形成有用以在 兩加載室之間進行晶圓取放之開口,亦即出入口 435 ◊此 外,在鄰接周壁433之小型環境裝置與主殼體之部分,形 成有出入口 436及437。該裝載室40之殼主體43,係載置 在殼體支持裝置33的框架構造體331上,並受其支撐。因 此,地板之震動也不會傳達至該裝載室40。裝載室40之 出入口 436與小型環境裝置之殼體22之出入口 226係整合 在一起,並於其中設置可選擇性阻斷小型環境空間21與第 1加載室41之連通之遮蔽裝置27。遮蔽裝置27,具有: ------------装----------訂---------^9 &lt;靖先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公楚 61 312767 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1286776 五、發明說明(纪 包圍出入口 226及436周圍,與側壁433緊密接觸而固定 之密封材271 ;與密封材271進行協動並藉由έΒ入口防止 空氣流通的門272 ;及可移動該門之驅動裝置273。裝栽室 40之出入口 436與殼體主體32之出入口 325係整合在一 起’並於其中設置可選擇性阻斷第2加載室42與工作室 31之連通之遮蔽裝置45。遮蔽裝置45,具有··包圍出入 口 437及325周園,與侧壁433及323緊密接觸而固定之 德、封材451 ;與密封材451進行協動並藉由出入口防止空 氣流通的門452 ;及可移動該門之驅動裝置453。再者,形 成於分隔牆434的開口中,設置有藉由門461將開α封閉, 並可選擇性阻斷第1及第2裝載室42之連通之遮蔽裝置 46。該等遮蔽裝置27、45及46,可於關閉狀態下對各室 進行氣遂式德·閉。該等遮蔽裝置只要是公知之構造即可, 故省略其構造及動作之詳細說明^另外,小型環境裝置2〇 之殼體22之支持方法與裝載室之支持方法不同,為了防止 藉由小型環境裝置而使來自地面之震動傳達至裝載室 40、主殼體30,最好在殼體22與裝載室40之間配置可以 氣密方式包圍出入口周圍之防震用緩衝材。 第1加載室41申,配設有以上下分隔之水平狀態支撐 複數(在本實施形態中為2枚)晶圓之晶圓架47 〇如第5圖 所示,晶圓架47具備有在矩形基板471之四角以相互間隔 直立狀態而固定之支柱472。各支柱472中,又各自形成 二段支持部473及474,在該支持部上裝载並保持晶圓w 之周圍。然後,後述第1及第2搬送裝置之機械臂前端從 丨丨丨丨丨—丨丨—丨•丨丨-丨丨丨-訂·丨丨丨丨丨丨丨· . (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 63 312767 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1286776 A7 -----------____ 五、發明說明(64 ) ^^ 鄰接支柱之間朝晶圓接近,藉由機械臂把持晶圓。 加載室41及42,藉由未圖示之含有真空泵之公知 造的真空排氣裝置(未圖示),呈現可於高真空狀態下(真空 度為10-5至10_6Pa)受氣體控制的形態。此時,將第!加: 室41作為低真空室而保持在低真空氣體尹,第2加栽室 42則當作高真空室而保持在高真空氣體中,藉此可有效^ 止晶圓之污染藉由採用該構造,收容在裝載室内接受缺 陷檢查之晶圓可迅速被搬送到工作室内。藉由採用該裝栽 室,可同時提升後述多束型電子裝置原理及缺陷檢查的通 過量,並將要求其保管狀態必須是高真空狀態的電子源周 邊的真空度,盡可能地維持在高真空狀態下。 第1及第2加載室41及42,各自與真空排氣配管及 非活性氣體(如乾燥純氮)用輸送(vent)配管(兩者均未圖示) 相連接。藉此,各裝載室内的大氣壓狀態,可藉由非活性 氣體之輸送(注入非活性氣體,以防止非活性氣體以外的氣 氣附著於表面)加以達成。該種進行非活性氣體輸送的裝置 本身為公知之構造,故省略其詳細說明。 另外’在使用電子線的本發明檢查設備中,將當作後 述電子光學系電子源使用之代表性六硼化鑭(LaB6)加熱至 可一次放出熱電子之高溫狀態時,為延長期使用壽命,應 盡可能地避免與氧氣接觸,在將晶圓搬入配置電子光學系 的工作室前’可藉如上所述之氣體控制以確實執行該處 理。 載物台裝詈 I— I 11 ---------^---I----I ί請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(Cns)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 64 312767 1286776 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 A7724-2 762 765 767 W objective lens TDI-CCD image display unit MCP sample material preferred embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings, and a substrate on which a pattern is to be formed, that is, a wafer, will be described. The paper size to be inspected is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public) 31276? 1286776 A7 B7_ — '-·_ one ~—— ___- one five, invention description (57) semiconductor Check the equipment. (Please read the precautions on the back and fill out this page.) In the first and second figures, the main components of the semiconductor inspection equipment 1 of the present embodiment are shown in a perspective view and a plan view. The semiconductor inspection device 1 of the present embodiment includes a cassetu holder 10 for holding a cassette containing a plurality of wafers, a minienvironment device 20, and a cutting studio (working The main housing 30 of the chamber is disposed between the small environment device 20 and the main housing 30, and divides the loading chambers of the two loading chambers 40; the wafer is filled by the wafer truss 1 a loader 6 to a stage device 50 disposed in the main casing 3; and an electro-optical device 70 mounted in the vacuum casing, the devices being the first And the positional relationship shown in Fig. 2 is arranged. Further, the semiconductor inspection apparatus 1 further includes: a precharge unit 81 disposed in the vacuum main casing 30; a potential application mechanism 83 for applying a potential to the wafer (as shown in FIG. 29); electron beam calibration Mechanism 85 (shown in Figure 30); and an optical microscope 871 that forms an alignment control device 87 for wafer positioning on the stage device. Wafer truss Ministry of Economics, Intellectual Property Office, Staff Consumer Cooperative, Printed S-frame 10, which is used to hold a plurality of (two in this embodiment) parallel arrays in the lower direction (for example, 25 pieces) An eassette c stored in a state of a wafer (for example, a closed cassette of SMIF or FOUP manufactured by ASIST). In terms of wafer truss, the following two types of trusses can be arbitrarily selected: one is a truss that can be transported by a robot or the like and automatically loaded onto a wafer truss; Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 57 312767 1286776 A7 B7 V. Invention description (58) (Please read the phonetic note on the back side and then fill out this page) The manual can be loaded manually. Open truss. In the embodiment, the cassette C can be automatically loaded, for example, including a lifting stage 1^; and a lifting mechanism 12 for moving the lifting stage 11 up and down, and the cassette e is in FIG. 2A. The state of the chain line diagram can be automatically mounted on the lifting stage' and after the installation, in the state shown by the solid line in FIG. 2A, the moving is performed to the first conveying device in the small environment device. Rotate the axis. Further, the "lifting stage" is lowered in the state shown by the chain diagram of the i-th figure. Such a 'wafer truss used in automatic loading, or a wafer truss used when manually loaded" is a well-known structure and can be suitably used, and therefore, its structure and function are omitted. Its detailed description. In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 2B, a plurality of 3 mm substrates are housed in a grooved bag (not shown) fixed to the inside of the case main body 501. , carry out the 'transfer, storage, etc. The substrate transfer case 24 is connected to the corner cylindrical case main body 501 and the substrate carry-out automatic switch device, and the substrate is carried out by the opening of the side surface of the mechanical switchable box main body 501; the opening is located on the opposite side of the opening. Position and cover cover 5's for carrying out the opening of the filter and the fan motor; groove type bag (not shown) for holding the substrate w; ULPA filter 5〇5; chemical filter 5〇6; and fan motor 507 and so on. In this embodiment, the robot type second transport device 612 of the loader 60 carries out/loads the substrate. Further, the substrate stored in the cassette c, that is, the wafer, is a wafer to be inspected, and such inspection is performed after or during the wafer processing in the semiconductor manufacturing process. Specifically, accepting the enamel process, CMP, and the paper size standard (CNS) A4 specification (2) g χ tearing public meal) 58 312767 1286776 A7 V. Invention description (59) &lt;Read the phonetic transcription on the back ? In addition, the substrate, that is, the wafer, the wafer on which the wiring pattern is formed on the surface, or the wafer on which the wiring pattern is not formed, is housed in the cassette. Since the wafers accommodated in the cassette C are arranged side by side in a plurality of vertical and horizontal directions, the wafers in any position can be held by the first transfer device described later, and the first transfer can be moved up and down. The robotic arm of the device. Environment Mounting In Figures 1 to 3, the small-sized environmental device 20 is provided with a casing 22 that can be divided into a small environmental space 21 controlled by air; for controlling air in the small environmental space 21, a gas circulation device 23 for circulating a gas of a quiet air; a discharge device 24 for collecting and discharging a part of the empty fluorine supplied into the small-sized environmental space 21; and a substrate to be inspected in the small-sized environmental space 21, that is, a substrate to be inspected A pre-aligner 25 that is substantially positioned by the wafer. The housing of the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the consumer consortium, has a top wall 221, a bottom wall 222, and a peripheral wall 223 surrounding the periphery, forming a structure in which the small environmental space 21 can be interrupted by the outside. In order to control the air in a small environmental space, as shown in Fig. 3, the gas circulation device 23 is installed on the top wall 22 i in the small environmental space 2 j, and the device is provided with: a clean gas (in this case) In the embodiment, the air is supplied to the gas supply device 231 which flows through the one or more gas discharge ports (not shown) so as to flow vertically downward; and is disposed in a small environmental space. On the bottom wall 222, a recovery duct 232 for recovering the air flowing toward the bottom, and a duct 233 for connecting the recovery duct 232 and the gas supply device 231 to return the recovered air to the gas supply device 2^1. In this embodiment, from the outside of the casing 22, the private paper scale of the gas supply equipment is applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 f (2) 〇 x 297 public) _ 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 -- ---- B7_ V. INSTRUCTIONS (60) 231 About 20% of the air is supplied for cleaning, and the proportion of the gas introduced from the outside can be arbitrarily selected. The gas supply device 23A has a HEPA or ULPA filter having a known structure for producing clean air. In the flow direction below the laminar flow of the clean air, that is, downstream, the flow is mainly supplied by the transfer surface formed by the first transfer device, which will be described later, in the small-sized environmental space 21 to prevent the possibility of being caused by the transport device. The dust adheres to the wafer. Therefore, the outlet of the downstream nozzle does not need to be installed as close to the top wall as shown in the figure ’. It is only necessary to be above the conveying surface formed by the conveying device. In addition, there is no need to allow empty milk to be fully circulated in a small environmental space. In addition, ion wind can be used as clean air depending on the situation to ensure cleanliness. In addition, a sensor for observing the cleanness is provided in a small environmental space, and the device can be stopped when the cleanliness is deteriorated. An inlet and outlet 225 is formed in a portion of the peripheral wall 223 of the casing 22 adjacent to the crystal frame E. A shielding device having a known structure is provided near the entrance and exit 225, and the entrance and exit 225 can also be closed by the small environment device side. The flow rate downstream of the laminar flow formed near the wafer can be set, for example, to 0.3 to 0.4 m/sec. The gas supply means may be provided not on the outside of the small environmental space. The discharge device 24 includes a suction duct 241 disposed below the transfer device at a position below the wafer transfer surface of the transfer device, a fan 242 disposed outside the wafer 22, and a suction duct 241 connected thereto. The conduit 243 of the fan 242. The discharge device 24 sucks the dust-containing gas that may flow through the conveyance device around the conveyance device by the suction pipe 241, and discharges it to the outside of the casing 22 via the pipes 243 and 244 and the fan 242. It can also be discharged to the size of the paper placed near the casing 22. The Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x 297 mm) 60 312767 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ---^-----I---. (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1286776 A7 —---_ — V. Description of invention (61) Trachea (not shown). The aligner 25 disposed in the small-sized environment space 21 optically or mechanically detects an orientation plane formed on the wafer (a flat portion # formed on the outer circumference of the circular wafer, hereinafter referred to as a positioning plane), or is formed. One or more V-shaped notches, that is, grooves, on the outer circumference of the granule, and the position of the rotation direction around the wafer axis 〇_〇 is predetermined with an accuracy of about 1 degree. The pre-aligner constitutes a part of a mechanism for determining the coordinates of the inspection object of the invention described in the patent application to substantially locate the inspection object. The pre-aligner body may be any known structure, and its structure and operation description will be omitted. Further, although not shown, a recovery duct for the discharge device may be provided under the pre-aligner to discharge the dust-containing air discharged from the pre-aligner to the outside. In the first and second figures, the main casing 30 divided into the working chamber 31 is provided with a casing main body 32 which is a shock blocking device disposed on the gantry 36, that is, shockproof. Supported by the housing support device 33 mounted on the device 37. The casing supporting device 33 is provided with a frame structure 331 which is assembled in a rectangular shape. The casing main body 32 is fixedly mounted on the frame structure 33, and includes a bottom wall 321 placed on the frame structure, a top wall 322, and a peripheral wall connected to the bottom wall 321 and the top wall 322 to surround the garden. 323, from the external isolation studio 31. In this embodiment, the bottom wall 321 is formed of a steel plate having a relatively large thickness to avoid deformation due to the weighting of a device such as a stage device placed thereon, and may of course have other structures. In this embodiment, (please read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page). Installation--------• ------ Department of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Office, Staff Consumer Cooperative, Printed Paper Size China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) 61 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 B7 V. Invention Description (62) Shell body 32 and housing support device 33, The composition is constructed, and the vibration generated by the anti-shock device 37 blocking the floor provided with the gantry 36 is transmitted to the rigid structure. In the peripheral wall 323 of the case main body 32, an inlet and outlet 325 for wafer insertion is formed on a peripheral wall adjacent to a loading chamber to be described later. Further, the 'anti-shock device may be an automatic device having an air spring, a magnetic bearing' or a passive device having an air spring and a magnetic bearing. Since both are well-known structures, the description of their own construction and function is omitted. The working chamber 3 is held in a vacuum gas by a vacuum device (not shown) of a known construction. Below the gantry 36, a control device 2 that can control the overall operation of the device is disposed. Loading chamber In the second, second and fourth figures, the loading chamber 40 is provided with a casing main body 43 which is divided into a first loading chamber 41 and a second loading chamber 42. The shell body 43 has a bottom wall 431, a top wall 432, a peripheral wall 433 surrounding the periphery, and a partition wall 434 for partitioning the first loading chamber 41 from the second loading chamber 42, which can isolate the two loading chambers from the outside. An opening for the wafer pick-and-place between the two loading chambers, i.e., the inlet and outlet 435, is formed in the partition wall 434, and the inlet and outlet portions 436 and 437 are formed in a portion of the small environmental device adjacent to the peripheral wall 433 and the main casing. The casing main body 43 of the loading chamber 40 is placed on and supported by the frame structure 331 of the casing supporting device 33. Therefore, the vibration of the floor is not transmitted to the loading chamber 40. The inlet and outlet 436 of the loading chamber 40 is integrated with the inlet and outlet 226 of the casing 22 of the small-sized environmental device, and a shielding device 27 is provided therein for selectively blocking the communication between the small environmental space 21 and the first loading chamber 41. The shielding device 27 has: ------------Install----------Book---------^9 &lt;Jingxian reading the back of the note Fill in this page again. This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 χ 297 public Chu 61 312767 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed 1286776 V. Invention description (circumference around the entrances and exits 226 and 436, with a sealing member 271 in which the side wall 433 is in close contact with and fixed; a door 272 that cooperates with the sealing member 271 to prevent air from flowing through the inlet; and a driving device 273 that can move the door. The inlet and outlet 436 and the housing of the loading chamber 40 The inlet and outlet 325 of the main body 32 are integrated together and a shielding device 45 for selectively blocking the communication between the second loading chamber 42 and the working chamber 31 is disposed therein. The shielding device 45 has a surrounding area 437 and 325. a door 452 that is fixed in close contact with the side walls 433 and 323 and a sealing material 451; a door 452 that cooperates with the sealing member 451 to prevent air from flowing through the inlet and outlet; and a driving device 453 that can move the door. In the opening of the partition wall 434, the opening α is closed by the door 461, and is selectively A shielding device 46 that blocks the communication between the first and second loading chambers 42. The shielding devices 27, 45, and 46 can perform air-filling de-closing of the respective chambers in a closed state. The structure and the operation are omitted. In addition, the support method of the housing 22 of the small environment device 2 is different from the support method of the load chamber, in order to prevent the vibration from the ground by the small environment device. It is preferably transmitted to the loading chamber 40 and the main casing 30, and it is preferable to arrange a shock-absorbing cushioning material that can surround the inlet and outlet in an airtight manner between the casing 22 and the loading chamber 40. The first loading chamber 41 is provided with the lower partition. In the horizontal state support plural (two in the present embodiment), the wafer holder 47 of the wafer. As shown in FIG. 5, the wafer holder 47 is provided with the wafer holder 47 fixed at four corners of the rectangular substrate 471 in an upright state. In each of the pillars 472, two support portions 473 and 474 are formed, and the periphery of the wafer w is mounted and held on the support portion. Then, the front end of the arm of the first and second transfer devices will be described later.丨丨丨丨—丨丨— •丨丨-丨丨丨-订·丨丨丨丨丨丨丨· . (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). 63 312767 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1286776 A7 -----------____ V. Invention Description (64) ^^ Adjacent pillars approaching the wafer, controlled by robotic arm The wafer loading chambers 41 and 42 are subjected to a vacuum apparatus (not shown) including a vacuum pump (not shown), and are capable of receiving a gas under a high vacuum (vacuum degree of 10-5 to 10-6 Pa). The form of control. At this time, will be the first! Adding: the chamber 41 is maintained as a low vacuum chamber as a low vacuum chamber, and the second processing chamber 42 is maintained as a high vacuum chamber in a high vacuum gas, thereby effectively preventing contamination of the wafer by employing the The wafer stored in the loading chamber for defect inspection can be quickly transferred to the work chamber. By using the loading chamber, the principle of the multi-beam type electronic device and the throughput of the defect inspection described later can be simultaneously increased, and the degree of vacuum around the electron source in which the storage state must be in a high vacuum state is required to be maintained as high as possible. Under vacuum. Each of the first and second loading chambers 41 and 42 is connected to a vacuum exhaust pipe and an inert gas (e.g., dry pure nitrogen) by a vent pipe (both not shown). Thereby, the atmospheric pressure state in each of the loading chambers can be achieved by the delivery of an inert gas (injecting an inert gas to prevent the gas other than the inert gas from adhering to the surface). Such a device for performing inert gas transport is itself a well-known structure, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. In addition, in the inspection apparatus of the present invention using an electron beam, a representative lanthanum hexaboride (LaB6) used as an electron source of an electron optical system to be described later is heated to a high temperature state in which hot electrons can be emitted at one time, and is an extended life. The contact with oxygen should be avoided as much as possible, and the gas can be controlled by the gas control as described above before the wafer is loaded into the working chamber where the electro-optical system is placed. Stage Mounting I— I 11 ---------^---I----I 请Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) This paper scale applies to Chinese national standards (Cns A4 size (210 X 297 mm) 64 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7

I 訂 請 先 閱 背 面 之 注 意 事 項 S· I裝I Please read the back of the note first S· I

頁I έ 1286776 A7 —— -----— R7___ 五、發明說明(66 ) ~ 明。同樣地,上述雷射干涉測距裝置只要是公知構造者即 可,故省略其構造及動作之詳細說明。 (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) ^可藉由將對應電子束之晶圓旋轉位置或將X、Y位置 輸入至後述訊號檢出系或影像處理系所得之訊號予以基準 化。再者,設置在該支撐架的晶圓夾取機構,可將用以夾 取晶圓之電壓供給至靜電夾取電極,按壓晶圓外周部之三 點(理想上為沿圓周方向以等距相隔),以定位。晶圓爽取 機構,具備有兩個固定之定位針,及一個按壓 &lt; 曲柄銷 (crank pin)。曲柄銷可實現自動夾取及自動釋放,並構成 施加電壓的導通處。 另外,在本實施形態中,雖將第2圖中往左右方向移 動的台當作X台,將朝上下方向移動之台作為Y台,但也 可將該圖中之往左右方向移動的台當作丫台,而將朝上下 方向移動之台作為X台。 裝載機 裝載機60,係具備有:配置在小型環境裝置2〇之殼 體22内的機器人式第1搬送裝置61;及配 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 …的機器人式第2搬送裝置63。 第1搬送裝置61,具有與驅動部611相關,可在軸線 周圍進行旋轉之多節機械臂612。多節機械臂方面, 雖可使用任意構造者,但在本實施形態中,機械臂乃具有 以可相互旋轉之方式組合之三部分。第1搬送裝置61的機 械臂612的一部份,即最接近驅動部611側的第i部分係 藉由裝設在驅動部611内之公知構造的驅動機構 本紙張尺度中關家標格⑽ X 297公釐) 66 312767 1286776 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(67 ) 示)’安裝於可旋轉軸⑴。機械臂612可藉由轴613在軸 線cV〇1周圍進行旋轉,同時,可藉由各部分之間的相對 旋轉,在整體上對應軸線〇1-〇1,朝半徑方向伸縮。在與 機械臂612之軸613相距最遠的第三部分前端,設置有用 以把持公知構造的機械式夾取或靜電式爽取等晶圓之把持 裝置616。驅動部川,可藉由公知構造的昇降機構615 朝上下方向進行移動。 該第1搬送裝置61,其中之機械臂612係朝著保持於 晶圓E架上的兩個卡E c之任一方的方向Μι或M2伸出 機械臂,將-枚收容在卡E e内的晶圓載置到機械臂上, 或藉由裝設在機械臂前端的夾取機構(未圖示)而把持取 出。之後,縮短機械臂(如第2圖所示狀態),使其朝可伸 展至預先對準器25方向M3的位置進行旋轉,並在該位置 上停止運作。接下來,再度伸出機械臂,將保持在機械臂 ^的晶圓放到預先對準器25上。與前述相反,自預先對準 器接收晶圓後’機械臂進一步旋轉,並在可伸展至第2加 載室41的位置(方向M4)停止,以將晶圓放置到第2加載 室41中的晶圓接收器47。另外,以機械式把持晶圓時, 係把持s曰圓之周緣部(距離周緣約5mm的範圍)。其主要 在晶圓上除周緣部之外,係全面形成裝置(電路配線), 若把持該部分,則會造成裝置破壞、缺陷發生。 第2搬送裝置63在構造上,基本上係與第丨搬送裝置 相同。唯有在晶圓架47與載物台裝置的載置面之間進 圓搬送時不同,因此省略詳細說明。 曰日Page I έ 1286776 A7 —— -----—— R7___ V. Description of invention (66) ~ Ming. Similarly, the above-described laser interference distance measuring device may be any known structure, and detailed descriptions of its structure and operation will be omitted. (Please read the phonetic transcription on the back side and then fill out this page) ^ can be benchmarked by inputting the position of the wafer corresponding to the electron beam or by inputting the X and Y positions to the signal detection system or image processing system described later. . Furthermore, the wafer clamping mechanism provided on the support frame can supply the voltage for clamping the wafer to the electrostatic clamping electrode and press the three points of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer (ideally equidistant in the circumferential direction). Separated) to locate. The wafer refreshing mechanism has two fixed positioning pins and one pressing &lt; crank pin. The crank pin enables automatic gripping and automatic release and forms the conduction point for the applied voltage. In the present embodiment, the table moving in the left-right direction in the second drawing is referred to as the X stage, and the stage moving in the vertical direction is referred to as the Y stage. However, the table moving in the left-right direction in the figure may be used. As a platform, the station that moves in the up and down direction is used as the X station. The loader loader 60 includes a robot-type first transport device 61 that is disposed in the casing 22 of the small-sized environment device 2; and a robot-type second transport that is printed by the Ministry of Economy, Intellectual Property Office, and the employee consumption cooperative. Device 63. The first conveying device 61 has a multi-section robot arm 612 that is rotatable around the axis in relation to the driving portion 611. In the case of a multi-section robot arm, any structure can be used. However, in the present embodiment, the robot arm has three parts that are coupled to each other so as to be rotatable. A part of the robot arm 612 of the first conveying device 61, that is, the i-th portion closest to the side of the driving portion 611 is a flag (10) X 297 in the paper scale by a drive mechanism of a known configuration installed in the driving portion 611. 66) 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 B7 V. Invention Description (67) Show) 'Installed on a rotatable shaft (1). The robot arm 612 is rotatable about the axis cV 〇 1 by the shaft 613, and can be expanded and contracted in the radial direction by the relative rotation between the respective portions, corresponding to the axis 〇1-〇1 as a whole. At the front end of the third portion which is farthest from the shaft 613 of the robot arm 612, a gripping device 616 for holding a wafer such as a mechanical grip or a static refresher of a known structure is provided. The drive unit can be moved in the vertical direction by the elevating mechanism 615 having a known structure. In the first conveying device 61, the robot arm 612 extends out of the arm toward the direction Μι or M2 of either of the two cards Ec held on the wafer E frame, and accommodates the card in the card E e The wafer is placed on the arm or gripped by a gripping mechanism (not shown) attached to the front end of the arm. Thereafter, the arm (as shown in Fig. 2) is shortened so as to be rotated toward the position M3 extending in the direction of the pre-aligner 25, and the operation is stopped at this position. Next, the robot arm is again extended, and the wafer held in the robot arm is placed on the pre-aligner 25. Contrary to the foregoing, the mechanical arm is further rotated after receiving the wafer from the pre-aligner, and is stopped at a position (direction M4) extendable to the second loading chamber 41 to place the wafer into the second loading chamber 41. Wafer receiver 47. Further, when the wafer is mechanically held, the peripheral portion of the s曰 circle (a range of about 5 mm from the peripheral edge) is held. It mainly forms a device (circuit wiring) on the wafer except for the peripheral portion, and if the portion is held, device damage and defects occur. The second conveying device 63 is basically the same in structure as the second conveying device. The difference between the wafer holder 47 and the mounting surface of the stage device is different, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted. Next day

^狀度過用中國國家鮮X 29TW 312767 ---------------------ilri---1--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(68 ) 在上述袭載機6〇中,第1及第2搬送裝置61及63, 在保持水平的狀態下進行由保持在晶圓匣架中的卡匣到配 置在工作室31内的載物台裝置50及其反向的晶圓搬送, 搬送裝置的機械臂,只在:進行將晶圓自卡匣取出及插入; 將晶圓載置到晶圓架及從中取出;以及將晶圓載置到载物 台裝置及從中取出時,才進行上下移動。因此,即使是大 型的晶圓’例如直徑30cm的晶圓,亦可順利移動。 晶圓的搬误 接著’依照順序,說明將晶圓由支持於晶圓匣架的卡 S c搬送到配置在工作室31内的載物台裝置5〇的過程。 晶圓匣架10,如前所述分別在以人工方式安裝卡匣之 情況,或在以自動方式安裝卡匣之情況,使用適合各情況 之構造。在本實施形態下,將卡匣c安裝在晶圓匣架 的昇降台11上時,昇降台11會藉由昇降機構12下降,而 使卡匣c與出入口 225整合。 待卡He與出入口 225整合後,設置在卡匣的蓋套(未 圖示)會開啟,或卡匣c與小型環境的出入口 225之間會配 置筒狀覆蓋物,雨將卡匣内及小型環境空間内部,自外部 遮斷。由於該等構造均是公知之構造,故省略其構造與動 作之詳細說明。另外,當小型環境設備20侧裝設有可開關 出入口 225的遮蔽裝置時,該遮蔽裝置會產生動作以打開 出入口 225。 另一方面,第1搬送裝置61的機械臂612,在朝方向 Ml或M2之任一方的狀態下(本說明中為Μι方向)停止, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------1——丨 裝—I—訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(69 ) f出入口打開時,機械臂將伸至前方而將卡匿内所收容的 晶圓取出一枚。另外,機械臂與由卡匣取出的晶圓之上下 方向的位置調整,在本實施形態下,係利用f】搬送裝置 61的驅動部611及機械臂612的上下移動進行但亦可利 用晶圓匣架的昇降台的上下移動或其兩者來進行。 由機械臂612完成晶圓接收後,機械臂收縮,並啟動 遮蔽裝置以關閉出入口(有遮蔽裝置時),其次,機械臂612 繞著軸線01-01的周圍進行旋轉並朝M3的方向伸長。然 後’機械臂#出,將放置在前方或由夾取機構把持的晶圓:、、 載置到預先對準器25上,藉由該預先對準器將旋轉方向的 方向(與晶圓平面呈垂直的中心軸線的圓周方向)定位在既 定範圍内。完成定位後,搬送裝置61在機械臂前方,由預 先對準器25接收晶圓後,將機械臂收縮,呈現機械臂可朝 M4方向伸展的裝態。藉此,遮蔽裝置27的門272產生動 作打開出入口 226及436,而由機械臂伸出將晶圓放置 到第1裝載室41的晶圓架47的上段侧或下段側。另外, 月J所述遮敝裝置打開,並將晶圓交付晶圓架4 7前,形 成於分隔牆的孔徑435,會藉由遮蔽裝置的軺的門461在 氣密狀態下關閉。 上述第1搬送裝置所執行的晶圓搬送過程中,從小型 %垅裝置之喊體上所設置的氣體供給裝置i中,以層流 狀znt通(作為下游)清淨空氣,以防止在搬送途中發生塵埃 附著晶圓表面的情形。搬送裝置周邊一部份空氣(在本實施 形感中,為供給裝置所供給之大約20%的空氣,主要是受 丨丨丨丨丨丨丨丨-丨裝i丨丨丨·丨訂-丨丨丨·丨丨- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 312767 A7 B7 五、發明說明(70 污染之空翕、4丄 由排出裝置24的吸入導管241吸引而排出 _ 剩餘的空氣,則藉由設置在殼體底部的回收導 管23曰2進行回收,並再度回到供給裝置231巾。 導 晶圓藉由第1搬送裝置61載置在裝載室4〇之第1架 =41内的晶圓架47内後,遮蔽裝置27會關閉,並將架 ,二1内予以密閉。藉此’帛1加载室41内填充非活性 氣::將空氣排出,之後,該非活性氣體亦被排出,使該 加載至41内呈真空狀態。該第】加載室^内的真空氣體 只,是低真空即可。加載室41内的真空到達某一程度時, 遮敝裝置會產生動作,使由門461所密閉的出入口 434打 開,由第2搬送裝置63的機械臂⑼向前伸出,利用前 端的把持裝置由晶圓接收器47中取出一枚晶圓(放置在前 端上方或由安裝在前方的夾取裝置所把持)。接收晶圓後, 機械臂收縮,由遮蔽裝置46再度動作,並利用門4 入口 435關閉。在遮蔽裝置46打開前,機械臂㈣會預先 呈現可朝晶81架47之方向N1伸展的形態。此外,如前所 述,在遮蔽裝置46打開前,會以遮蔽裝置45的門452將 出入口 437、325關閉’以氣密狀態阻斷第2加載室42内 與工作室31内的連通,並於第2加載室42内進行真空排 氣。 t遮蔽裝置46將出入口 435關閉時,第2加載室42 内會再度進行真空排氣’利用高真空度將其調整為較第】 裝載室41内之真空度為高。在該期間内,第2搬送乂裝置 61的機械臂朝工作室31内之載物台装置5〇的方向旋轉至 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----I--------------^--------- rtt先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 A7 ____B7_____ 五、發明說明(71 ) 可伸展的位置。另一方面,在工作室31内的載物台裝置 中,Y台52移動至第2圖中的上方,即X台53的中心線 X〇_X〇,與通過第2搬送裝置63的旋轉軸線02_02的X軸 請 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事 項 再 填 寫 本 頁 線大致相同的位置,此外,X台53移動至與第2圖 中最左側位置相接近的位置,並在該狀態下待機。當第2 加載室與工作室的真空狀態呈大致相同時,遮蔽裝置45 之門452會動作並打開出入口 437、325,伸出機械臂,使 保持晶圓的機械臂前端與工作室3 1内的載物台裝置相 接。接著將晶圓放置到載物台裝置50的載置面551上。完 成晶圓載置後,收縮機械臂,並由遮蔽裝置45將出入口 437、325 關閉。 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 以上係針對將卡匣C内之晶圓搬送至載物台裝置上的 動作進行說明。不過載置於載物台裝置並完成處理後,要 將晶圓從載物台裝置送回卡匣C内時,可執行與前述動作 相反的動作。此外,為了將複數晶圓載置到晶圓架47,在 晶圓架與載物台裝置之間利用第2搬送裝置 晶 送時,可同時利用第,搬送裝置,進行卡£與:;= 構之間的晶圓搬送,並有效執行檢查處理。 具體而言,第2搬送裝置的晶圓_ 47巾,有處理完畢 的晶圓A與未處理的晶圓b二種情況, ⑴首先,將未處理的晶圓B移動到載物合裝置5〇, 開始進行處理。 處理完畢的晶圓A由載 同樣地再藉由機械臂將 (2)在該處理中,藉由機械臂將 物台裝置50移動到晶圓架47中,^用过过中国国家鲜X 29TW 312767 ---------------------ilri---1--- (Please read the notes on the back and fill in Page 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 The cassette held in the wafer truss is transported to the stage device 50 disposed in the working chamber 31 and the reverse wafer transfer, and the robot arm of the transfer device is only for taking out the wafer from the cassette and Insertion; loading and unloading the wafer onto and from the wafer holder; and moving the wafer up and down when it is placed on and removed from the stage device. Therefore, even a large wafer, such as a wafer having a diameter of 30 cm, can move smoothly. Wafer Handling Next, the process of transporting the wafer from the card s supported by the wafer truss to the stage device 5 disposed in the working chamber 31 will be described in order. The wafer truss 10 has a configuration suitable for each case as described above in the case where the cassette is manually mounted, or in the case where the cassette is automatically mounted. In the present embodiment, when the cassette c is attached to the elevating table 11 of the wafer truss, the elevating table 11 is lowered by the elevating mechanism 12, and the cassette c is integrated with the inlet and outlet 225. After the card He is integrated with the door 225, the cover (not shown) provided in the cassette will be opened, or a cylindrical cover will be arranged between the cassette c and the entrance and exit 225 of the small environment, and the rain will be inside and small. Inside the environmental space, it is interrupted from the outside. Since these structures are well-known structures, detailed descriptions of their construction and operation are omitted. Further, when the small environment device 20 is provided with a shielding device that can switch the door 225, the shielding device generates an action to open the door 225. On the other hand, the robot arm 612 of the first conveying device 61 is stopped in the direction of either the direction M1 or M2 (in the description of the Μι direction), and the paper size is applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210). X 297 mm) ------1——丨装—I—订--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office staff consumption Cooperatives Print A7 V. Inventions (69) f When the entrance and exit are opened, the arm will extend to the front and take out one of the wafers contained in the card. Further, in the present embodiment, the positional adjustment of the robot arm and the wafer taken out by the cassette is performed by the vertical movement of the drive unit 611 and the robot arm 612 of the transport device 61, but the wafer may be used. The up and down movement of the gantry's lifting platform or both. After wafer reception by the robot arm 612, the arm is retracted and the shutter is actuated to close the doorway (when there is a screening device). Second, the arm 612 is rotated about the axis 01-01 and elongated in the direction of M3. Then, the 'mechanical arm# is out, and the wafer placed in front or held by the gripping mechanism is placed on the pre-aligner 25, and the direction of the rotation direction (with the wafer plane) is carried by the pre-aligner The circumferential direction of the vertical central axis is positioned within a predetermined range. After the positioning is completed, the transporting device 61 is in front of the robot arm, and after receiving the wafer by the pre-aligner 25, the robot arm is contracted to assume a state in which the arm can extend in the M4 direction. Thereby, the door 272 of the shielding device 27 is actuated to open the inlet and outlet ports 226 and 436, and the robot arm is extended to place the wafer on the upper side or the lower side of the wafer holder 47 of the first loading chamber 41. In addition, before the wafer device is opened and the wafer is delivered to the wafer holder 47, the aperture 435 formed in the partition wall is closed in an airtight state by the blind door 461 of the shielding device. In the wafer transfer process performed by the first transfer device, the gas supply device i provided on the shark body of the small-sized 垅 device is cleaned in a laminar znt (downstream) to prevent the middle of the transfer. A situation in which dust adheres to the surface of the wafer. A part of the air around the conveying device (in the present embodiment, about 20% of the air supplied by the feeding device is mainly subjected to 丨丨丨丨丨丨丨丨-丨 丨丨丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨丨丨·丨丨- (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 312767 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (70 Pollution of the air, 4 丄 by the discharge device 24 The suction duct 241 is sucked and discharged. The remaining air is recovered by the recovery duct 23曰2 provided at the bottom of the casing, and is returned to the supply device 231. The wafer is placed by the first conveyor 61. After the inside of the wafer holder 47 in the first frame = 41 of the loading chamber 4, the shielding device 27 is closed, and the inside of the holder 2 is sealed. Thus, the load chamber 41 is filled with an inert gas: : The air is discharged, and then the inert gas is also discharged, so that the loading into the vacuum state in the 41. The vacuum gas in the loading chamber is only a low vacuum. The vacuum in the loading chamber 41 reaches a certain vacuum. At a certain level, the concealer device will generate an action to make the door 461 The sealed inlet and outlet 434 is opened, and is extended forward by the robot arm (9) of the second conveying device 63, and a wafer is taken out from the wafer receiver 47 by the holding device at the front end (placed above the front end or by the front side) After the wafer is received, the arm is contracted, re-operated by the shielding device 46, and closed by the door 4 inlet 435. Before the shielding device 46 is opened, the arm (4) is pre-presented to be able to face the frame 81 47 The direction in which the direction N1 is extended. Further, as described above, before the shielding device 46 is opened, the entrances and exits 437, 325 are closed by the door 452 of the shielding device 45 to block the inside and the second loading chamber 42 in an airtight state. The inside of the chamber 31 communicates with the vacuum in the second loading chamber 42. When the shielding device 46 closes the inlet and outlet 435, the vacuum is again evacuated in the second loading chamber 42. The vacuum degree in the load chamber 41 is high. During this period, the mechanical arm of the second transporting device 61 rotates in the direction of the stage device 5 in the working chamber 31 to the paper scale. (CNS) A4 Specifications 210 X 297 mm) -----I--------------^--------- rtt read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1286776 A7 ____B7_____ V. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION (71) Position that can be stretched. On the other hand, in the stage device in the working chamber 31, the Y stage 52 moves to the upper side in Fig. 2, that is, the center line X of the X stage 53. _X〇, and the X-axis passing through the rotation axis 02_02 of the second conveying device 63, please read the back surface precautions and fill in the same position on the page line, and the X stage 53 moves to the leftmost position in the second figure. Close to the position and stand by in this state. When the vacuum state of the second loading chamber and the working chamber are substantially the same, the door 452 of the shielding device 45 will actuate and open the inlet and outlet 437, 325, and extend the robot arm so that the front end of the robot arm holding the wafer and the working chamber 3 1 The stage devices are connected. The wafer is then placed on the mounting surface 551 of the stage device 50. After the wafer is placed, the robot arm is shrunk and the access ports 437, 325 are closed by the screening device 45. The Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Ministry of Finance, and the Bureau of Employees, and the Consumers' Co., Ltd. Printed the above. The above describes the operation of transporting the wafers in the cassette C to the stage device. However, when the wafer is loaded and returned from the stage device to the cassette C after being placed on the stage device and the processing is completed, the operation opposite to the above operation can be performed. Further, in order to mount the plurality of wafers on the wafer holder 47, when the wafer carrier and the stage device are crystal-transferred by the second transfer device, the first transfer device can be used simultaneously to perform the card and the structure. The wafer is transferred between and the inspection process is effectively performed. Specifically, in the wafer _ 47 of the second transfer device, there are two cases of the processed wafer A and the unprocessed wafer b. (1) First, the unprocessed wafer B is moved to the load carrying device 5 Hey, start processing. The processed wafer A is loaded by the robot arm in the same manner. (2) In this process, the object device 50 is moved into the wafer holder 47 by the robot arm.

312767 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(72) 未處理的晶圓C從晶圓架47中拔出,並利用預先對準器 定位後,移動至加載室41的晶圓架47。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 藉此,可在晶圓架47中,將晶圓B調換為處理中, 而處理完畢的晶圓A則調換為未處理的晶圓C。 此外,藉由利用該種用以進行檢查與評估的裝置的方 法,可同時並列設置複數台載物台裝置50,並在各裝置 中,藉由從晶圓架47移動晶圓,同時對複數牧晶圓進行相 同處理。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第6圖顯示主殼體支撐方法的變形例。在第6圖顯示 之變形例中,係以有厚度之矩形鋼板331a構成殼體支撐裝 置3 3a,而殼主體32a則裝載在該鋼板之上。因此,與前 逑實施形態的底壁相比較,殼主體32a的底壁32 la具有較 薄的構造。第7圖所顯示變形例,以懸掛之方式,藉由殼 體支撐裝置33b的框架構造體336b,來支撐殼體主32b及 裝載室40be固定於框架構造體336b的複數縱形框架337b 下端,固定在殼主體32b之底壁32 lb的四角,並藉由該底 壁支撐周壁及頂壁。防震裝置37b係配置在框架構造體 336b與台架36b之間。此外,裝載室4〇則藉由固定在框 架構造體336的懸掛構件49b而懸掛。在殼主體32b顯示 於第7圖_的變形例中,由於是藉由懸掛方式來支撐,故 了實現主殼體及設置於其中的各種機器全體的低重心化。 在包含上述變形例之主殼體及裝載室的支撐方法上,係採 用來自地面的震動不會傳達至主殼體及裝載室的方法。 在未圖示的其他變形例中,只有主殼體之殼主體由殼 本紙^^適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 X 297公餐) 72 312767 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(73 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 體支撐裝置所支撐,裝載室可利用與鄰接的小型環境裝置 相同的方法祝置在地面上。此外,在其他未圖示的變形例 中’只有主殼體之殼主體,是以懸掛方式支撐在框架構造 體’而裝載室則利用與鄰接的小型環境裝置相同的方法配 置在地面上^ 依照上述實施例,可獲得以下的效果。 (1) 可獲得使用有電子線之映射投影方式的檢查設備 全體構成,並可以高通過量來處理檢查對象。 (2) 藉由在小型環境空間内對檢查對象灌以清淨氣體 來防止塵埃的附著,同時設置觀察清淨度的感應器,以一 面監視空間内的塵埃一面對檢查對象進行檢查。 子光學萦詈 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 電子光學裝置70,具備固定在殼主體32的鏡筒71, 其中’如第8圖之概略圖所示,設置有:具備一次電子光 學系(以下簡稱一次光學系)72與二次電子光學系(以下簡 稱二次光學系)74之電子光學系;及檢出系。一次光學 系72係一種將電子線照射於檢查對象,即晶圓表面的光學 系’其中包含:放出電子線的電子搶721;將由電子搶721 所放出之一次電子線予以集束的靜電透鏡所形成之透鏡系 722 ;維納濾波器,亦即ΕχΒ分離器723 ;及物鏡系724, 該等構件’如第8圖所示,將電子搶放置於最上方,並依 順序配置。構成本實施形態的物鏡系724的透鏡,係減速 電場型物鏡。在該實施形態中,由 電子搶721所放出的一 -人電子線之光軸,與照射到檢查對象,即晶圓W的照射光 巧張尺度適(⑽A4 &amp; 21〇)&lt;297 公餐 5 73-—312767 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1286776 A7 ^^^--^_ —— 五、發明說明(74 ) 相關而呈傾斜狀態。物鏡系724與檢查對象,即晶圓W T間’配置有電極72卜該電極725與一次電子線之照射 、轴相關而呈軸對稱形狀’並藉由電源726進行電壓控 一次電子光學系74,具備有:藉由ΕχΒ偏向器724, 由通過與-次先學系分離之二次電子的靜電透鏡所形成的 透鏡系741。該透鏡系741 ’可作用為擴大二次電子像的擴 大鏡。 檢出系76,係具備有:配置在透鏡系741的結像面的 檢出器761以及影像處理部763。 搶(電子绫瀝〉 使用熱電子線源作為電子線源。電子放出(放射體)材 為LaB6。右有而融點(高溫下之蒸汽壓較低)且功率函數小 的材料,則可使用其他材料。使用前端為圓錐形狀,或削 除圓錐前端的圓錐台形電子搶。圓錐台前端的直徑為ι〇〇 从m左右其他方式上,雖使用有電場放出型的電子線源 或熱電場放出型電子搶,但在本發明的情況下,以較大電 流(1 /ί A左右)照射較寬廣的區域(例如,1〇〇χ25至4〇〇χΐ〇〇 // m2)時,以使用有^aB6的熱電子源為最佳。(sem方式 _,一般係使用熱電場電子線源)。另外,熱電子線源係一 種藉由將電子放出材加熱而放出電子的方式,而熱電場釋 出電子線源,則係藉由對電子釋出材施加高電場,使電子 釋出’再利用將電子線釋出部加熱,以穩定電子釋出的方 式0 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 312767 -----------裝---------訂---------^一^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) B7 蛭濟部智慧財產局員X消費合作、社印製 ^86776 五、發明說明(75 ) :形成由電子搶所照射的電子束,在晶上 形,或圓形(橢圓)的電子束 ^ …射矩 杨 果的口P刀稱作一次電子光學系。 藉由控制一次電子光 系的透鏡條件,可控制光束大小或 電机雄、度。此外,藉由—312767 1286776 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION (72) The unprocessed wafer C is taken out from the wafer holder 47 and positioned by the pre-aligner, and then moved to the wafer holder 47 of the loading chamber 41. (Please read the precautions on the back and fill out this page.) By this, the wafer B can be transferred to the wafer in the processing, and the processed wafer A can be replaced with the unprocessed wafer C. Further, by using such a method for performing inspection and evaluation, a plurality of stage devices 50 can be simultaneously arranged in parallel, and in each device, by moving the wafer from the wafer holder 47, at the same time The wafers are processed in the same way. Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Staff Consumer Cooperatives Figure 6 shows a modification of the main casing support method. In the modification shown in Fig. 6, the casing supporting means 33a is constituted by a rectangular steel plate 331a having a thickness, and the casing main body 32a is placed on the steel plate. Therefore, the bottom wall 32 la of the casing main body 32a has a thinner structure than the bottom wall of the front embodiment. In the modification shown in Fig. 7, the frame main body 32b and the load chamber 40be are supported by the frame structure 336b of the casing supporting device 33b to be fixed to the lower end of the plurality of vertical frames 337b of the frame structure 336b by suspension. It is fixed to the four corners of the bottom wall 32 lb of the case main body 32b, and supports the peripheral wall and the top wall by the bottom wall. The anti-vibration device 37b is disposed between the frame structure 336b and the gantry 36b. Further, the loading chamber 4 is suspended by the suspension member 49b fixed to the frame structure 336. In the modification in which the case main body 32b is shown in Fig. 7, since it is supported by the suspension method, the center of the main body and all the various devices installed therein are reduced in centering. In the supporting method including the main casing and the loading chamber of the above-described modification, a method in which vibration from the ground is not transmitted to the main casing and the loading chamber is employed. In other variants not shown, only the main body of the main body of the main casing is made of the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇X 297 public) 72 312767 1286776 A7 B7 5. Inventive description (73 (Please read the precautions on the back and fill out this page.) Supported by the body support device, the load compartment can be placed on the ground in the same way as the adjacent small environmental device. Further, in other modifications (not shown), 'only the main body of the main casing is supported by the frame structure in a hanging manner, and the loading chamber is placed on the ground by the same method as the adjacent small environmental device. In the above embodiment, the following effects can be obtained. (1) It is possible to obtain an inspection apparatus using a mapping projection method using an electron beam, and it is possible to process an inspection object with a high throughput. (2) Preventing the adhesion of dust by injecting clean gas into the inspection object in a small environmental space, and setting a sensor for observing the cleanness, and monitoring the dust in the space to face the inspection object. The sub-optics, the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Intellectual Property Office, the employee consortium, the printed electro-optical device 70, and the lens barrel 71 fixed to the case body 32, wherein 'as shown in the schematic view of Fig. 8, is provided with a primary electron optical system (hereinafter referred to as primary optical system) 72 and secondary electron optical system (hereinafter referred to as secondary optical system) 74, an electron optical system; and a detection system. The primary optical system 72 is an optical system that irradiates an electron beam on an inspection object, that is, an optical system on the surface of the wafer, which includes: an electron rush 721 that discharges an electron beam; and an electrostatic lens that collects a primary electron beam discharged from the electron robes 721 The lens system 722; the Wiener filter, that is, the ΕχΒ separator 723; and the objective lens system 724, as shown in Fig. 8, the electronic slap is placed at the top and arranged in order. The lens constituting the objective lens system 724 of the present embodiment is a decelerating electric field type objective lens. In this embodiment, the optical axis of the one-person electron beam emitted by the electron grab 721 and the illumination light of the wafer W irradiated to the inspection object are appropriate ((10) A4 &amp; 21〇) &lt; 297 Meal 5 73-—312767 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing 1286776 A7 ^^^--^_ —— V. Invention description (74) Relevant and inclined. The objective lens system 724 and the inspection object, that is, the wafer WT, are provided with an electrode 72, the electrode 725 is axially symmetric with respect to the illumination of the primary electron beam, and the axis is related to the axis, and the voltage is controlled by the power source 726. There is provided a lens system 741 formed of an electrostatic lens that passes through secondary electrons separated from the secondary system by the yaw deflector 724. This lens system 741' functions as an enlarged mirror that enlarges the secondary electron image. The detection system 76 is provided with a detector 761 and a video processing unit 763 which are disposed on the image plane of the lens system 741. Grab (Electronic Pit) Use a hot electron source as the source of electrons. The electron emission (radiator) material is LaB6. The right side melting point (lower vapor pressure at high temperature) and a small power function can be used. Other materials: use a truncated cone-shaped electron grab with a tapered shape at the front end or a tapered front end. The diameter of the front end of the truncated cone is ι〇〇 from m or so, although an electric field source or a hot electric field is used. Electronic grabbing, but in the case of the present invention, when a relatively large current (about 1 / ί A or so) is irradiated to a wide area (for example, 1 〇〇χ 25 to 4 〇〇χΐ〇〇 / / m 2 ), The thermal electron source of ^aB6 is the best. (Sem mode _, generally uses a hot electric field electron source.) In addition, the hot electron source is a way to emit electrons by heating the electron discharge material, and the hot electric field is released. When the electron source is applied, the electron is released by applying a high electric field to the electron-releasing material, and the electron emission is re-used to heat the electron-releasing portion to stabilize the electron emission. 0 The paper scale is applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS) )A4 specifications (21 0 X 297 公爱) 312767 -----------装---------Book---------^一^ (Please read the notes on the back first) Fill in this page) B7 Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs X Consumer Cooperation, Society Printing ^86776 V. Invention Description (75): Forming an electron beam illuminated by an electron, in the shape of a crystal, or a circle (ellipse) Electron beam ^...The mouth P knife of the yangyang is called the primary electron optical system. By controlling the lens condition of the primary electron light system, the beam size or the male and the degree of the motor can be controlled.

^ 人夂電子先學系連結部的£xB (維納滤波器)遽波器’-次電子束可垂直入射到晶圓。 將姻陰極所釋出的熱電子’藉由文納爾(W— —極、二线極透鏡,經電子搶闌處理後,形成交迭像。 H由㈣-次系靜電透鏡’將利用照明視野光圈使對透鏡 的入射角適當化的電子束,以旋轉非對稱的形式成像於職 光圈上’之後再對晶圓面上進行面照射。一次系靜電透鏡 的後段,係以三段四極子购,及一段的開口像差校正用 電極所構成。四極子透鏡雖有控制嚴謹的對準精確度,但 與旋轉對稱透鏡相比,則具有強力收束作用之特徵,可藉 由對開口像差校正電極施加適當的電壓,對相當於旋轉對 稱透鏡的球面像差的開口像差進行校正。藉此,可將均一 的面光束照射到預定區域。 電子光學系 利用相當於物鏡的靜電透鏡(CL、TL),將藉由照射在 晶圓上的電子束所產生的二次元二次電子影像,在視野光 圈位置上成像,並在後段的透鏡(PL)中進行擴大投影。該 成像投影光學系稱作二次電子光學系。 此時,對晶圓施加負的偏壓(減速電場電壓)。減速電 場對照射光束具有減速效果,除了可減低試料損壞,還可^ The £xB (Wiener filter) chopper's sub-electron beam at the link of the Human Science Department can be incident perpendicularly to the wafer. The hot electrons emitted by the cathodes are made up of Wenner (W-pole, two-line polar lens, and processed by electrons to form an overlapping image. H by (four)-sub-system electrostatic lens will use the illumination field of view The aperture causes the electron beam that is appropriate for the incident angle of the lens to be imaged on the optical aperture in a rotationally asymmetric form. Then the surface of the wafer is surface-irradiated. The rear section of the primary electrostatic lens is purchased as a three-stage quadrupole. And a segment of the aperture aberration correction electrode. Although the quadrupole lens has strict control of alignment accuracy, compared with the rotationally symmetric lens, it has a strong converging effect, which can be caused by the aperture aberration. The correction electrode applies an appropriate voltage to correct the aberration of the spherical aberration corresponding to the rotationally symmetric lens, whereby a uniform surface beam can be irradiated to a predetermined region. The electron optical system uses an electrostatic lens (CL) corresponding to the objective lens. TL) images the second-order secondary electron image generated by the electron beam irradiated on the wafer at the position of the field of view aperture, and expands the projection in the lens (PL) of the subsequent stage. Imaging the projection optical system called a secondary electron optical system. In this case, applying a negative bias voltage (decelerating electric field voltage) to the wafer. Decelerating electric field has a reduction effect on the illumination beam, can reduce sample damage in addition, also

I 11 ------------ I--請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 禮- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 75 312767 1286776 A7 ' ~~------------ 五、發明說明(76 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 藉CL與晶圓間的電位差,將試料面上所發生的二次電子 加逮,具有減低色像差的效果。將藉由CL收束的電子, 以TL成像於FA上,並以PL將該成像放大投影後,成像 於一-人電子檢出器(MCP)。本光學系在至之間設置 NA,並藉由將其最適化,構成可降低軸外像差的光學系。 这為了校正電子光學系製造上的誤差,或將通過Εχβ濾 波器(維納濾波器)時所發生的影像像散或異向性倍率予以 校正,乃配置靜電八極子(STIG)以進行校正,對於轴透鏡, 則以配置在各透鏡之間的偏向器(〇p)進行校正。藉此,可 實現一種可在視野範圍内進行均一分解能的映射光學系。 置(維納瀘竑器、 一種將電極與磁極朝正交方向配置,並讓電場與磁場 相互正的電磁校鏡光學系裝置。選擇性供給電磁場時,由 單向入射至該處的電子束會產生偏向,而從反方向入射的 電子束,則可製造使場接收之電力與磁場接收之電力之影 響相互抵銷的條件(維納條件),藉此,一次電子束產偏向 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 並以垂直之式照射到晶圓上,而二次電子束則可向檢測器 方向直射 關於電子束偏向723的詳細構造,乃使用顯示第$圖 及第9圖中的A_A線所形成的縱向剖面的第圖來進行 說明。如第9圖所示,電子束偏向部,係在與上述映射投 影光學部的光軸呈垂直的平面内,形成電場與磁場正交之 構造,亦即ExB構造。 在此,電場係藉由具有凹面狀曲面的電極723-1及 312767 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製I 11 ------------ I--Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) Gift - This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 75 312767 1286776 A7 ' ~~------------ V. Description of the invention (76) (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page.) Use the potential difference between CL and wafer to sample The secondary electrons that occur on the surface have the effect of reducing chromatic aberration. The electrons converged by CL are imaged on the FA by TL, and the image is magnified and projected by PL, and imaged on a one-person electronic detector (MCP). This optical system is provided with NA between and, and is optimized to form an optical system capable of reducing off-axis aberrations. In order to correct the error in the manufacture of the electro-optical system, or to correct the image astigmatism or anisotropy magnification which occurs when passing through the Εχβ filter (Wiener filter), the electrostatic octupole (STIG) is arranged for correction. For the shaft lens, correction is performed with a deflector (〇p) disposed between the lenses. Thereby, a mapping optical system capable of performing uniform decomposition energy in the field of view can be realized. An electromagnetic mirror device that disposes an electrode and a magnetic pole in an orthogonal direction and makes an electric field and a magnetic field mutually positive. When an electromagnetic field is selectively supplied, an electron beam is incident from the one direction to the magnetic beam. A bias is generated, and an electron beam incident from the opposite direction can produce a condition (Wiener condition) that offsets the influence of the power received by the field and the power received by the magnetic field (the Wiener condition), whereby the primary electron beam is biased toward the wisdom of the Ministry of Economy. The property bureau employee consumption cooperative prints and illuminates the wafer in a vertical manner, while the secondary electron beam directly directs the detector to the detailed configuration of the electron beam deflection 723, which is displayed using the maps # and 9 The figure of the longitudinal section formed by the A_A line is illustrated. As shown in Fig. 9, the electron beam deflecting portion is formed in a plane perpendicular to the optical axis of the mapping projection optical portion to form an electric field and a magnetic field orthogonal. The structure, that is, the ExB structure. Here, the electric field is made of electrodes 723-1 and 312767 having a concave curved surface. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). Printed by the Ministry of Intellectual Property of the Ministry of Intellectual Property

312767 1286776 五、發明說明(77) 723-2而產生。由電極723-1及723-2產生的電場,分別由 控制部723a及723d所控制。另一方面,藉由配置電磁線 圈723-la及723-2a產生磁界,以使電場發生用電極723_ 1及723-2正交。另外’電解產生用電極723 1及723 2為 種點對象。(也可以是同心圓)。 此時,為了提昇磁場的均一性,乃以具平行平板狀的 極片形成磁路42。在A-A線縱剖面中,電子束動作,如第 1〇圖所不。所照射的電子束711a、711b藉由電極723^ 及723-2所產生的電場,及電磁線圈723_u及所 產生的磁場進行偏向後,以垂直方向入射至試料面。 在此,對照射電子束7113及7111)的電子束偏向部723 的入射位置及角度,在決定電子能量後一併決定。為了使 二次電子712a及712b能夠直射,且其電場與磁場的條件 為W電極723-U 723_2產生的電場,及電磁線圈 723-la及723_2a產生的磁場,可分別藉由各控制部μ” 及723d、723c及723b來控射,如此,二次 人电子可直射電 子束偏向部723,並入射至上述映射投影光 %子部。此處的 V係電子712的速度(m/s),B係磁場(T),e係 %興1里(l ) ’ E係電場(V/m)。 檢測器 由二次光學系成像的晶圓所形成的二次雷 人罨子影像,先 利用微通道板(MCP)增幅後’與螢光幕相接觸而變換為光 影像。MCP的原理乃集合數百萬支直徑) I 25以m,長度 0.24至1.0mm之極為微細的導電性玻璃毛細乾, ^ 、s ’將之整形 ------------^---------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(78 ) 薄板狀,因此,藉由施加預定之電壓,可使一支支毛細管, 轉變為各自獨立的二次電子增幅器而作用,並使全體形成 二次電子增幅器。 藉由該檢測器變為光影像,隔著真空透過窗,藉由放 置於空氣中的FOP系,在TDI_CCD上以一對一方式進行 投影。 其次,針對上述構成的電子光學設備7〇的動作進行說 明0 如第8圖所示,由電子搶72丨所放出的一次電子線, 由透鏡系722而集束。將經收束的一次電子線入射至ΕχΒ 型偏向器723,並偏向以朝晶圓w表面垂直照射,再藉由 物鏡724成像於晶圓w的表面。 藉由一次電子線的照射而由晶圓放出的二次電子,經 物鏡系724而加速,入射至ΕχΒ型偏向器723,並直射該 偏向器,然後藉由二次光學系之透鏡系741引導至檢出器 761。接著,由該檢測器761進行檢測,並將該檢出訊號傳 送至影像處理部763。 另外,在本實施形態中,物鏡系724係施加有1〇至 20kV的高電壓,且設置有晶圓者。 在此,晶圓W中有貫通體b辟,將供給至電極725的 電壓調整為-200V後,晶圓電子線照射面的電場會變為〇 至_〇.1¥/111111(-表示晶圓W侧為高電位)。在該狀態下,雖 然可在物鏡系724與晶圓W之間不產生放電的情況下進行 晶圓W的缺陷檢查,但仍會使二次電子的檢出效率略為下 --------裝i丨丨丨丨訂··--— I--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)312767 1286776 V. Inventions (77) 723-2. The electric fields generated by the electrodes 723-1 and 723-2 are controlled by the control units 723a and 723d, respectively. On the other hand, a magnetic boundary is generated by arranging the electromagnetic coils 723-la and 723-2a so that the electric field generating electrodes 723_1 and 723-2 are orthogonal. Further, the electrolysis generating electrodes 723 1 and 723 2 are seed points. (It can also be concentric circles). At this time, in order to improve the uniformity of the magnetic field, the magnetic circuit 42 is formed by a pole piece having a parallel plate shape. In the longitudinal section of the A-A line, the electron beam moves, as shown in Figure 1. The irradiated electron beams 711a and 711b are deflected by the electric field generated by the electrodes 723 and 723-2, and the electromagnetic coil 723_u and the generated magnetic field, and are incident on the sample surface in the vertical direction. Here, the incident position and angle of the electron beam deflecting portion 723 that irradiates the electron beams 7113 and 7111) are determined together after determining the electron energy. In order to enable the secondary electrons 712a and 712b to be direct, and the electric field and magnetic field conditions are the electric field generated by the W electrode 723-U 723_2, and the magnetic fields generated by the electromagnetic coils 723-la and 723_2a, respectively, by the respective control portions μ" And 723d, 723c, and 723b are controlled to control, so that the secondary human electrons can directly enter the electron beam deflecting portion 723 and enter the above-mentioned mapped projection light % sub-portion. Here, the velocity (m/s) of the V-based electron 712, B-series magnetic field (T), e-system% Xing 1 mile (l) 'E-type electric field (V/m). The second Rayleigh image of the detector is formed by the wafer imaged by the secondary optics. After the microchannel plate (MCP) is increased, it is transformed into a light image by contact with the phosphor screen. The principle of MCP is to collect millions of diameters. I 25 m, extremely fine conductive glass capillary with a length of 0.24 to 1.0 mm. Dry, ^, s 'Shaping it ------------^---------^--------- (Please read the notes on the back first) Fill in this page) 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 V. Invention description (78) Thin plate shape, therefore, by applying a predetermined voltage, a capillary can be made Converted to separate secondary electron enhancers and form a secondary electron enhancer. The detector becomes a light image, through the vacuum transmission window, by the FOP system placed in the air, The TDI_CCD is projected in a one-to-one manner. Next, the operation of the above-configured electro-optical device 7A will be described. As shown in Fig. 8, the primary electron beam emitted by the electron grab 72 is replaced by the lens system 722. The bundled primary electron beam is incident on the ΕχΒ-type deflector 723, and is biased to be vertically irradiated toward the surface of the wafer w, and then imaged on the surface of the wafer w by the objective lens 724. By irradiation of the electron beam The secondary electrons emitted from the wafer are accelerated by the objective lens system 724, incident on the ΕχΒ-type deflector 723, and directly directed to the deflector, and then guided to the detector 761 by the lens system 741 of the secondary optical system. Then, The detection is performed by the detector 761, and the detection signal is transmitted to the image processing unit 763. In the present embodiment, the objective lens system 724 is applied with a high voltage of 1 〇 to 20 kV and is provided with a wafer. in Therefore, in the wafer W, there is a penetrating body, and after the voltage supplied to the electrode 725 is adjusted to -200 V, the electric field of the electron beam irradiation surface of the wafer becomes 〇 to 〇.1¥/111111 (- indicates the wafer The W side is a high potential. In this state, although the defect inspection of the wafer W can be performed without causing a discharge between the objective lens system 724 and the wafer W, the detection efficiency of the secondary electrons is slightly abrupt.下-------- Install i丨丨丨丨定··--- I--- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page)

312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(79) 降。因此,可藉由照射電子線並檢出二次電子的一連串動 作’例如連讀執行四次,並將所得四次份之檢出結果予以 累計或均等化,以獲得預定之檢出感度。 此外’當晶圓沒有貫通體b時,即使供給至電極725 的電壓為+350V,也可在物鏡系724與晶圓W之間不產生 放電的情況下進行晶圓W的缺陷檢查。此時,由於藉由供 給至電極725的電壓集束二次電子後,再由物鏡724進一 步集束,因此可提高檢出器中二次電子的檢出效率。藉此, 晶圓缺陷裝置的處理也隨之變為高速,而可以高通過量來 進行檢查。 座式之I要功能關係及其全體傻說明 第Π圖顯示本實施形態之全體構成圖。但其中部分構 成則省略圖示。 第11圖中’檢查設備具有:一次縱列71 _ 1、二次縱 列71-2及處理室32。一次縱列71-1内部,設有電子搶721, 在由電子搶721所照射之電子束(一次光束)之光軸上,設 置有一次光學系72。此外,處理室32内部設有載物台5〇, 而載物台50上則載置試料w。 另一方面,二次縱列71_2内部,由試料臀所產生之 二次光束的光軸上,配置有:陰極透鏡724,·開口數ΝΑ-2;維納滤波器723;第2透鏡741-1;圖場開口徑1^-3; 第3透鏡741-2 ;第4透鏡741-3及檢測器761。另外,開 口數ΝΑ-2相當於開口閘,係一種開口為圓形孔之金屬製 (Mo等)薄板。開口部設置於一次光束之集束位置及陰極透 -----------裝--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 79 312767 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 1286776 A7 — ____B7_____ 五、發明說明(80 ) 鏡724的焦點位置。藉此,陰極透鏡724與開口數Na_2 會構成一種遠心電子光學系。 另一方面’檢測器761的輸出係輸入控制裝置78〇, 而控制裝置780的輸出則輸入CPU781中。CPU781的控制 訊號輸入到一次縱列控制裝置71a、二次縱列控制裝置71b 及載物台驅動機構56。一次縱列控制裝置7丨a執行一次光 學系72的透鏡電壓控制,二次縱列控制裝置71b,則進行 對陰極透鏡724、第2透鏡741-1至第4透鏡741 _3的透鏡 電壓控制及維納濾波器723施加的電磁場控制。 此外,載物台驅動機構56,將載物台的位置資訊傳達 給CPU78卜再者’一次縱列71_卜二次縱列控制裝置Η。 及處理室32’與真空排氣系(未圖示)相連接,並藉由真空 排氣系的渦輪式泵進行排氣,以維持内部真空狀態。 (一次光束)來自電子搶721的一次光束,一邊藉由一 次光學㈣接受透鏡作用,—邊人射到維納濾波器⑵。 在此電子搶的明片方面,係使用可藉由矩形陰極操取大 量電流的LaB6。此外,一戈朵與么 人九學系72係使用旋轉軸非對 稱的四重極或八重極之靜電(或電磁)透鏡。這與柱面透鏡 相同,可分別藉由X軸、γ軸引發集束與發散。以二段、 二段構成料鏡,並藉㈣各透鏡條件予以㈣化,可在 不知失ft?、射電子的情況下,將試 忒枓面上的光束照射區域整 形為任意之矩形或橢圓形。 具體而言’使用靜電透赫拉 ,^ 還鏡時,係使用四個圓柱桿。將 相對之電極設為等電位,並相 將 L 相互供給相反的電壓特性。 尺度適用中國‘湯((JNS)A4規格⑽x 80 312767 -----------Αν ^—------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(81) 另外,四重極透鏡方面,非使用圓柱形,亦可將靜電 偏向器亦可使用將經常使用之圓形板分割四分之形狀的透 鏡。藉此可達到透鏡小型化之目的。通過一次光學系72 的一次光束,藉由維鈉濾波器723的偏向作用使執道彎 曲。維納濾波器723使磁場與電場正交,將電場設為E, 磁場設為B,帶電粒子速度設為v時,只讓符合e=vB維 納條件的帶電粒子直射,而將其他帶電粒子的轨道彎曲。 對應一次光束時,會產生磁場電力FB及電場電力FE,而 光束執道會產生彎曲。另一方面,在對應二次光束時,因 電力FB及電力FE,會呈反方向進行作用而形成相互抵 銷,故二次光束可直接進行直射。 事先對一次光學系72的透鏡電壓進行設定,使一次光 束可在開口數NA-2的開口部成像。該開口數NA-2可阻止 擴散於裝置内的多餘電子束到達試料面,並防止試料W的 充電或污染。由於開α數NA-2與陰極透鏡724係構成遠 心型電子光學系,故透過陰極透鏡724的一次光束,會變 為平行光束,而對試料W進行相同且均一的照射。亦即, 可實現光學顯微鏡所稱之克拉照明 illumination) 〇 (二次光束)一次光束照射到試料時,會由試料的光束 照射面產生二次電子、反射電子及後方擴散電子以作為二 次光束。 二次光束,一面接收陰極透鏡724的透鏡作用,一面 通過透鏡。 -----------^---------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公餐) η 312767 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(82 ) 然而,陰極透鏡724係由三片電極所構成。最下方的 電極’係設計為··在與試料W侧的電位間形成正電場,並 將電子(特別是指向性小的二次電子)引入,有效地導入透 鏡内。 此外,透鏡的作用在對陰極透鏡724的第1、第2電 極施加電壓’並將第3電極變換為零電位。另一方面,開 口數NA-2係配置在陰極透鏡724的焦點位置,亦即試料 W的後側焦點位置。因此,來自視野中心外(轴外)的電子 束亦成為平行光束,並在無偏離狀態下通過該開口數NA-2的中心位置。 另外,對於二次光束,開口數NA-2可發揮控制第2 透鏡741-1至第4透鏡741-3的透鏡像差。通過開口數NA-2 的二次光束,可不受維納濾波器723的偏向作用而直接直 射通過。又,可藉由改變施加於維納濾波器723的電磁場, 由二次光束,只將具有特定能暈的電子(例如二次電子,或 反射電子,或後侧擴散電子)導入至檢測器761。 若讓二次光束只在陰極透鏡741中成像,會因透鏡作 用過強而容易發生像差。因此,與第2透鏡741-1合併, 執行一次成像。二次光束,可藉由陰極透鏡724與第2透 鏡741-1,在圖場開口徑ΝΑ_3上獲得中間成像。此時,因 二次光學系所需擴大倍率不足,乃在用以擴大中間像的透 鏡構造上,加入第3透鏡741·2、第4透鏡741-3。二次光 束,分別藉由第3透鏡741-2、第4透鏡741_3進行擴大成 像,在此,合計成像三次。另外,也可合併第3透鏡741_2 請 先 聞 讀 背 面 注 意 事 項_ 再· 寫裝 本 ; 頁 έ 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 B7 V. Invention Description (79) Drop. Therefore, a series of operations of illuminating the electron beam and detecting the secondary electrons can be performed, for example, four times in a continuous reading, and the results of the four times of detection can be accumulated or equalized to obtain a predetermined detection sensitivity. Further, when the wafer has no through-hole b, even if the voltage supplied to the electrode 725 is +350 V, the defect inspection of the wafer W can be performed without causing discharge between the objective lens system 724 and the wafer W. At this time, since the secondary electrons are bundled by the voltage supplied to the electrode 725, and further concentrated by the objective lens 724, the detection efficiency of the secondary electrons in the detector can be improved. As a result, the processing of the wafer defect device becomes high speed, and the inspection can be performed with high throughput. The functional relationship of the seat type I and the overall stupid description are shown in the figure. However, some of the components are omitted. The inspection apparatus in Fig. 11 has a primary column 71 _ 1, a secondary column 71-2, and a processing chamber 32. Inside the primary column 71-1, an electron grab 721 is provided, and an optical system 72 is disposed on the optical axis of the electron beam (primary light beam) irradiated by the electron grab 721. Further, a stage 5 is provided inside the processing chamber 32, and a sample w is placed on the stage 50. On the other hand, inside the secondary column 71_2, on the optical axis of the secondary beam generated by the sample hip, a cathode lens 724, an opening number ΝΑ-2, a Wiener filter 723, and a second lens 741- are disposed. 1; field opening diameter 1^-3; third lens 741-2; fourth lens 741-3 and detector 761. Further, the number of openings ΝΑ-2 corresponds to an open gate, and is a metal (Mo, etc.) thin plate having a circular opening. The opening is set at the bundling position of the primary beam and the cathode is transparent----------Install-------------- (Please read the notes on the back first) Fill in this page again) This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 79 312767 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1286776 A7 — ____B7_____ V. Invention Description (80) Mirror 724 Focus position. Thereby, the cathode lens 724 and the number of openings Na_2 constitute a telecentric electron optical system. On the other hand, the output of the detector 761 is input to the control device 78A, and the output of the control device 780 is input to the CPU 781. The control signal of the CPU 781 is input to the primary column controller 71a, the secondary column controller 71b, and the stage drive mechanism 56. The primary column controller 7A performs lens voltage control of the optical system 72 once, and the secondary column controller 71b controls lens voltages of the cathode lens 724, the second lens 744-1 to the fourth lens 741_3, and The electromagnetic field control applied by the Wiener filter 723. Further, the stage drive mechanism 56 transmits the position information of the stage to the CPU 78, and the primary column 71_b is the secondary column controller Η. The processing chamber 32' is connected to a vacuum exhaust system (not shown), and is evacuated by a vacuum exhaust system turbo pump to maintain an internal vacuum state. (Primary beam) A primary beam from the electron grab 721, which receives the lens by a single optical (four), and the edge is directed to the Wiener filter (2). In this electronic tablet, LaB6, which can handle a large amount of current by a rectangular cathode, is used. In addition, a Goto and a Chinese-speaking system 72 use an electrostatic (or electromagnetic) lens with a non-symmetrical quadrupole or octopole of a rotating shaft. This is the same as the cylindrical lens, which can induce bundling and divergence by the X-axis and the γ-axis, respectively. The second and second sections are used as the material mirror, and (4) by the conditions of each lens, the light beam irradiation area on the test surface can be shaped into an arbitrary rectangle or ellipse without knowing the loss of ft or electrons. shape. Specifically, when using electrostatic pickups, when using mirrors, four cylindrical rods are used. The opposite electrodes are set to equipotential and the phases are supplied with opposite voltage characteristics. The scale applies to China's soup ((JNS) A4 specification (10) x 80 312767 -----------Αν ^-------^--------- (please read the back Note: Please fill in this page again) 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 B7 V. Invention Description (81) In addition, for the quadrupole lens, the cylindrical deflector can be used, and the electrostatic deflector can also be used. A circular plate that is often used is divided into quarter-shaped lenses, whereby the purpose of miniaturization of the lens can be achieved. By the primary beam of the primary optical system 72, the obstruction is bent by the biasing action of the sodium sodium filter 723. The filter 723 orthogonalizes the magnetic field to the electric field, sets the electric field to E, sets the magnetic field to B, and sets the charged particle velocity to v, and only directs the charged particles that meet the e=vB Wiener condition, and the orbits of other charged particles. When the primary beam is used, the magnetic field power FB and the electric field power FE are generated, and the beam is bent. On the other hand, when the secondary beam is used, the power FB and the power FE act in the opposite direction. The formation is offset, so the secondary beam can be directly directed. The lens voltage of the primary optical system 72 is set so that the primary light beam can be imaged at the opening portion of the number of openings NA-2. The number of openings NA-2 prevents excess electron beams diffused in the device from reaching the sample surface, and prevents the sample W from being Since the alpha-number NA-2 and the cathode lens 724 form a telecentric electron optical system, the primary beam transmitted through the cathode lens 724 becomes a parallel beam, and the sample W is uniformly and uniformly irradiated. That is, it can be realized by an optical microscope called illumination illumination. When a primary beam is irradiated onto a sample, secondary electrons, reflected electrons, and rear-diffused electrons are generated from the beam irradiation surface of the sample as a secondary beam. . The secondary beam passes through the lens while receiving the lens of the cathode lens 724. -----------^---------^--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) This paper size applies to China. Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public meals) η 312767 1286776 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (82) However, the cathode lens 724 is composed of three electrodes. The lowermost electrode is designed to form a positive electric field between the potential on the side of the sample W, and to introduce electrons (especially secondary electrons having small directivity) into the lens. Further, the lens acts to apply a voltage ' to the first and second electrodes of the cathode lens 724 and to convert the third electrode to a zero potential. On the other hand, the number of openings NA-2 is placed at the focus position of the cathode lens 724, that is, the rear focus position of the sample W. Therefore, the electron beam from outside the center of the field of view (off-axis) also becomes a parallel beam, and passes through the center position of the number of openings NA-2 without deviation. Further, in the secondary beam, the number of openings NA-2 can control the lens aberration of the second lens 741-1 to the fourth lens 743-1. The secondary beam passing through the number of openings NA-2 can be directly transmitted without being biased by the Wiener filter 723. Further, by changing the electromagnetic field applied to the Wiener filter 723, only electrons having a specific vignet (for example, secondary electrons, or reflected electrons, or backside diffused electrons) can be introduced from the secondary beam to the detector 761. . If the secondary beam is imaged only in the cathode lens 741, aberrations are likely to occur due to the lens being too strong. Therefore, in combination with the second lens 741-1, imaging is performed once. The secondary beam can be imaged by the cathode lens 724 and the second lens 741-1 on the field opening diameter _3. At this time, the third lens 741·2 and the fourth lens 741-3 are added to the lens structure for expanding the intermediate image because the magnification required for the secondary optical system is insufficient. The secondary beam is enlarged by the third lens 741-2 and the fourth lens 741_3, and the image is collectively imaged three times. In addition, the third lens 741_2 can also be combined. Please read the back surface note _ re-writing and writing; page έ Ministry of Economic Affairs, Ministry of Finance, Bureau of Staff and Workers, Consumer Co., Ltd.

1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 R7 —------—------- .____ 五、發明說明(83 ) 和第4透鏡741-3而一次(合計二次)成像。 第2透鏡741-1至第4透鏡741-3皆稱作單位電位透 鏡或艾因茲威透鏡之旋轉軸對稱型透鏡。各透鏡由三片電 極所構成,一般將外侧的二電極變為零電位,並利用施加 於令央電極的電壓執行透鏡作用來控制。此外,中間的結 像點上’配置有圖場開口徑NA-3。圖場開口徑NA-3雖與 光學顯微鏡的視野調節器相同,將視野限制在必要範圍 内,但在電子束的情況下,可將多餘的光束與後段的第3 透鏡741-2及第4透鏡741 _3 —同予以遮斷,以防止檢測 器761的充電或污染。另外,擴大倍率可藉由改變第3透 鏡741-2及第4透鏡741-3的透鏡條件(焦距)來加以設定。 二次光束,藉由二次光學系進行擴大投影,並在檢測 器761的檢出面上成像。檢測器761係由:將電子增幅的 MCP ;可將電子變為光的螢光板,·用以進行真空系與外部 的連接及傳達光學影像的透鏡或其他光學元件;及攝像元 件(CCD等)所構成。二次光束在Mcp檢出面成像、增幅, 並藉由螢光板將電子變換為光信號,再藉由攝像元件變換 為光電信號。 控制裝置780 ’由檢測器761讀出試料的影像信號並 傳達至cpu781。CPU781由影像信號藉由配模(template matching)等實施圖案的缺陷檢查。此外,載物台5〇,藉由 載物台驅動機構56可朝XY方向進行移動。CJ&gt;U781讀取 載物台50之位置,並對載物台驅動機構%輸出驅動控制 信號,以驅動載物台50,並依次進行影像之檢測及檢查。 — — — — — — — — — — · - II - II - &gt; — — — — — — — — (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 83 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 _B7_____ 五、發明說明(84 ) 如此,本實施形態的檢查設備,係由開口數NA-2與 陰極透鏡7 2 4構成遠心型電子光學系,故可在對應一次光 束上’將光束均一地照射在試料上。亦即,較容易實現克 拉照明。 而在對應二次光束上,由於來自試料之所有主光線係 垂直(與透鏡光軸呈平行)入射於陰極透鏡724,並通過開口 數NA-2,因此不會偏離周邊光,且不會降低試料周邊部的 影像亮度。此外,因為擁有電子的能量的不規則,使成像 位置產生偏差,而引起所謂的倍率色差(特別是二次電子, 其旎置不規則性大,故其倍率色差亦大),但可藉由在陰極 透鏡724的焦點位置上設置開口數na-2,以控制該倍率色 差。 此外’該倍率色差的變更是在開口數NA-2通過後實 施’因此,即使變更第3透鏡741-2及第4透鏡741_3的 透鏡條件的設定倍率,依然可在檢出側的全面視野上獲得 均一的影像。在本實施形態中,雖可獲得均一的影像,但 一般會因提高擴大倍率,而產生影像明亮度降低的問題。 為了改善該問題,乃設定一次光學系的透鏡條件,使在改 變一次光學系的透鏡條件並變更擴大倍率時,使隨其變更 而決定的試料面的有效視野和照射於試料面上的電子 為同一大小。 =即,將倍率提高時,視野會隨之變窄,而在同時, 藉由^高電子束的照射能量密度,即使在二次光學系進行 擴大技衫,檢出電子的信號密度也能經常保持一定,而不 本紙張適用標準(CNS)A4規格(; 297公餐) -^--—^ _ ------------裝--------.訂— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 A71286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 R7 —------—------- .____ V. Invention description (83) and 4th lens 741-3 once (total twice ) Imaging. The second lens 741-1 to the fourth lens 743-1 are each referred to as a unitary potential lens or a rotary axisymmetric lens of an Eindzwei lens. Each lens is composed of three electrodes, and the outer two electrodes are generally brought to a zero potential, and are controlled by performing a lens action by a voltage applied to the center electrode. Further, the middle of the image point is disposed with a field opening diameter NA-3. Although the field opening diameter NA-3 is the same as that of the optical microscope, the field of view is limited to the necessary range, but in the case of an electron beam, the excess beam and the third lens 741-2 and the fourth stage of the rear stage can be used. The lens 741 _3 is also interrupted to prevent charging or contamination of the detector 761. Further, the magnification can be set by changing the lens condition (focal length) of the third lens 741-2 and the fourth lens 741-3. The secondary beam is enlarged by the secondary optical system and imaged on the detection surface of the detector 761. The detector 761 is an MCP that increases electrons, a fluorescent plate that converts electrons into light, a lens or other optical element that is used to connect a vacuum system to the outside and transmits an optical image, and an imaging element (CCD, etc.). Composition. The secondary beam is imaged and amplified on the Mcp detection surface, and the electrons are converted into optical signals by the fluorescent plate, and then converted into photoelectric signals by the imaging element. The control device 780' reads the image signal of the sample by the detector 761 and transmits it to the cpu781. The CPU 781 performs defect inspection of the pattern from the image signal by template matching or the like. Further, the stage 5 is movable in the XY direction by the stage driving mechanism 56. The CJ&gt;U781 reads the position of the stage 50, and outputs a drive control signal to the stage drive mechanism % to drive the stage 50, and sequentially performs image detection and inspection. — — — — — — II — II — &gt; — — — — — — — — (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4. Specification (210 X 297 mm) 83 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Print A7 _B7_____ V. Invention Description (84) Thus, the inspection apparatus of this embodiment is composed of the number of openings NA-2 and the cathode lens 7. 2 4 constitutes a telecentric electro-optical system, so that the beam can be uniformly irradiated onto the sample on the corresponding primary beam. That is, it is easier to implement the illumination. On the corresponding secondary beam, since all the principal rays from the sample are perpendicular to the cathode lens 724 (parallel to the optical axis of the lens) and pass through the number of openings NA-2, they do not deviate from the peripheral light and do not decrease. The brightness of the image in the peripheral part of the sample. In addition, because of the irregularity of the energy of the electrons, the imaging position is deviated, and the so-called chromatic aberration of magnification (especially secondary electrons, which is large in irregularity, so that the chromatic aberration of magnification is large) is caused by The number of openings na-2 is set at the focus position of the cathode lens 724 to control the chromatic aberration of magnification. In addition, the change in the chromatic aberration of magnification is performed after the number of apertures NA-2 has passed. Therefore, even if the set magnification of the lens conditions of the third lens 741-2 and the fourth lens 741_3 is changed, the overall field of view on the detection side can be obtained. Get a uniform image. In the present embodiment, although a uniform image can be obtained, generally, the magnification is increased, and the image brightness is lowered. In order to improve the problem, the lens condition of the optical system is set once, and when the lens condition of the primary optical system is changed and the magnification is changed, the effective field of view of the sample surface determined by the change and the electrons irradiated on the sample surface are The same size. = that is, when the magnification is increased, the field of view is narrowed, and at the same time, by the irradiation energy density of the high electron beam, even if the secondary optical system is used to enlarge the technology, the signal density of the detected electrons can often be Keep it constant, not the paper applicable standard (CNS) A4 specification (; 297 public meals) -^---^ _ ------------ loading --------. — (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1286776 A7

五、發明說明(85 ) 致使影像亮度降低。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 此外,在本實施形態的檢查設備中,雖使用可將一次 光束執道彎曲,並讓二次光束進行直射的維納濾波器 723 ’但並不限於此,亦可使用讓一次光束執道進行直射, 亚彎曲二次光束軌道的維納濾波器構成的檢查設備。又, 在本實施形態中,係由矩形陰極及四極子透鏡形成矩形光 束,但並不限於此種形狀,例如亦可為圓形光束、矩形光 束或橢圓形光束,亦可讓圓形光束通過開縫以成為矩形光 束。 電極 物鏡724與晶圓W之間,配置有對電子線之照射光軸 呈大致軸對稱形狀的電極725。第12、13圖顯示電極725形 狀之一例。 第12、13圖為電極725的斜視圖,第a圖為電極725 呈軸對稱之圓筒狀時的斜視圖,第13圖為電極725呈軸對 稱之圓盤狀時的斜視圖。 在本實施形態中,如第12圖所示,說明電極725為圓 筒狀的情形’但只要在對應電子線的照射光轴呈大致軸對 稱的狀態下,電極亦可呈圓盤狀。 此外,為了在電極725中,產生可防止在物鏡724與 晶圓W之間放電,乃藉由電源726,施加較晶圓W的施加 電壓(在本實施形態中因被接地,故電位為〇v)更低的預定 電壓(負電位)。參照第14圖說明此時的晶圓W與牧鏡724 之間的電位分佈情形。 —---------裝---------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 85 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(86) 第14圖為說明晶圓w與物鏡724之間的電位分佈的 圖表。 在第14圖中,以位於電子線照射光軸的位置作為橫 軸,顯示從晶圓W到物鏡724位置的電壓分佈。 在沒有電極725的習知電子線裝置中,物鏡724到晶 圓W的電壓分佈,以施加於物鏡724的電壓為最大值,緩 慢地朝接地的晶圓W變化。(第14圖之細線) 另一方面,在本實施形態的電子線裝置中,物鏡724 與晶圓W之間配置有電極725,且電極725乃藉由電源726 施加較晶圓W的施加電壓更低的預定電壓(負電位),因 此,使電源電場減弱。(第14圖的粗線) 藉此’在本實施形態的電子線裝置中,位於晶圓W的 貫通體b附近不會聚集電場而變為高電場。即使電子線照 射貫通體而放出二次電子,所釋出的二次電子,也不會如 將殘留氣體離子化一般而加速,因此可防止在物鏡724與 晶圓W之間產生放電。 此外’因為可防止在物鏡724與晶圓W之間產生放 電,因此不會使晶圓W之圖案因放電而破損。 此外,在上述實施形態中,雖可防止物鏡724與具有 貫通體b的晶圓w之間的放電,但因為在電極725上施加 負電位,隨著負電位的大小變化,有時也會降低檢測器761 的二次電子檢出感度。當檢出感度降低時,如上所述,可 藉由重複進行複數次照射電子線並檢出二次電子的連續動 作’將所得複數檢出結果累計或平均化,以取得預定之檢 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 86 312767 -------——^--------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 k張尺度適时準(CNS)A4規格⑽X 297公釐) A7 B7 五、發明說明(87 ) 出感度(信號之S/N比)。 本實施形恶令,係將檢出感度作為信號對雜音比 (S/N比),以進行說明。 ,此,參照第15圖說明上述二次電子之檢出動作。 帛15圖為說明電子線裝置之二次電子檢出動作的流 程圖。 首先藉由檢測器761檢出來自被檢查試料的二次電 ,驟)八-人,判斷信號對雜音比(S/N比)是否在預定 值以上°在步驟2中’當信號對雜音比(S/N比)在預定值 、夺表不由檢測器761所執行的二次電子檢出已完 成,故結束二次電子檢出動作。 、f 一方面,在步驟2中,當信號對雜音比(S/N比)未 達預定值時,可重複進行4N次照射電子線並檢出二次電 子的連續動作,以進行平均化處理(步驟3)。在此,因為n 的初期值係設定為「!」,因此在步驟3中先執行4次二次 電子檢出動作。5. Invention Description (85) Causes the brightness of the image to decrease. In addition, in the inspection equipment of the present embodiment, the Wiener filter 723 which bends the primary beam and bends the secondary beam is used, but is not limited thereto. It is also possible to use an inspection device consisting of a Wiener filter that directs the primary beam to direct the sub-bending secondary beam orbit. Further, in the present embodiment, the rectangular light beam is formed by the rectangular cathode and the quadrupole lens. However, the shape is not limited to such a shape, and may be, for example, a circular beam, a rectangular beam, or an elliptical beam, or a circular beam may be passed through. Slit to become a rectangular beam. Between the electrode objective 724 and the wafer W, an electrode 725 having a substantially axisymmetric shape with respect to the optical axis of the electron beam is disposed. Figures 12 and 13 show an example of the shape of the electrode 725. Figs. 12 and 13 are oblique views of the electrode 725, Fig. a is a perspective view showing a state in which the electrode 725 is axially symmetrical, and Fig. 13 is a perspective view showing the electrode 725 in a disk shape symmetrical. In the present embodiment, as shown in Fig. 12, the case where the electrode 725 is in a cylindrical shape will be described. However, the electrode may have a disk shape in a state where the irradiation optical axis of the corresponding electron beam is substantially symmetrical. Further, in order to prevent discharge between the objective lens 724 and the wafer W in the electrode 725, an applied voltage of the wafer W is applied by the power source 726 (in the present embodiment, since the ground is applied, the potential is 〇 v) a lower predetermined voltage (negative potential). The potential distribution between the wafer W and the mirror 724 at this time will be described with reference to Fig. 14. —---------Install---------Book--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill in this page) This paper scale applies to Chinese national standards. (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 85 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 B7 V. Inventive Note (86) Figure 14 shows the potential distribution between wafer w and objective 724 Chart. In Fig. 14, the voltage distribution from the wafer W to the objective lens 724 is displayed with the position of the electron beam irradiation optical axis as the horizontal axis. In the conventional electronic wire device without the electrode 725, the voltage distribution of the objective lens 724 to the wafer W is changed to the grounded wafer W with the maximum value of the voltage applied to the objective lens 724. (The thin line of Fig. 14) On the other hand, in the electron beam apparatus of the present embodiment, the electrode 725 is disposed between the objective lens 724 and the wafer W, and the electrode 725 is applied with a voltage higher than the wafer W by the power source 726. The lower predetermined voltage (negative potential), therefore, weakens the power supply electric field. (Thick line in Fig. 14) In the electron beam device of the present embodiment, an electric field is not collected in the vicinity of the penetrating body b of the wafer W to become a high electric field. Even if the electron beam emits the secondary electrons and the secondary electrons are emitted, the secondary electrons released are not accelerated as the residual gas is ionized, so that discharge between the objective lens 724 and the wafer W can be prevented. Further, since discharge can be prevented from occurring between the objective lens 724 and the wafer W, the pattern of the wafer W is not damaged by the discharge. Further, in the above-described embodiment, discharge between the objective lens 724 and the wafer w having the through-body b can be prevented. However, since a negative potential is applied to the electrode 725, the magnitude of the negative potential may be lowered. The secondary electron detection sensitivity of the detector 761. When the detected sensitivity is lowered, as described above, the cumulative detection result of the secondary electrons can be repeated or averaged by repeating the multiple operations of irradiating the electron beam and detecting the secondary electrons to obtain a predetermined paper size. Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 86 312767 -------——^--------^--------- (Read first Precautions on the back side of this page) 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperatives Printed k Scales Timely (CNS) A4 Specifications (10) X 297 mm) A7 B7 V. Invention Description (87) Out of Sensitivity (Signal S/N ratio). In the present embodiment, the detection sensitivity is described as a signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio). Here, the above-described detection operation of the secondary electrons will be described with reference to FIG. Figure 15 is a flow chart illustrating the secondary electron detection operation of the electronic line device. First, by the detector 761, the secondary power from the sample to be inspected is detected, and the eight-person is judged whether the signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio) is above a predetermined value. In step 2, the signal-to-noise ratio is (S/N ratio) At the predetermined value, the secondary electron detection performed by the detector 761 is completed, so that the secondary electron detection operation is ended. On the one hand, in step 2, when the signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio) is less than a predetermined value, the electron beam can be repeatedly irradiated 4N times and the continuous action of the secondary electrons can be detected for averaging processing. (Step 3). Here, since the initial value of n is set to "!", the secondary electron detection operation is performed four times in step 3.

接著,在N中加算「!」進行累算(步驟4),然後在步 驟2中再次判斷信號對雜音比(S/N比)是否在預定值以 上。在此,當信號對雜音比(S/N比)未達預定值時,再回 到步驟3’並執行8次二次電子之檢出動作。錢累算N 值’並重複步驟2至4的動作直到信號對雜音比到達預定 值為止。 ▲曰此外’在本實施形態中,已說明藉由對電極725施加 較晶圓W的施加電壓更低的預定電壓(負電位),阻止對具 312767 Μ--------t--------- (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(88) 有貫通體b的晶圓W產生放電,但有時會導致二次電子檢 出效率降低。 因此,當被檢查試料為無貫通體之晶圓等,不易在與 物鏡724之間產生放電的被檢查試料時,可藉由控制對電 極725施加的電壓,來提高檢測器761之二次電子檢出效 率。 具體而言,即使被試驗試料在接地的情況下,也將施 加於電極725的電壓,設定為較施加於被試驗試料的電壓 為高的預定電壓,例如設定為+10V。此時,將電極725與 被檢查試料之間的距離,設定為電極725與被檢查試料之 間不會產生放電的距離。 此時,藉由對被檢查試料的電子線照射而產生的二次 電子,乃藉由施加於電極725之電壓所產生的電場,在電 子線源721側加速。此外,可藉由施加於物鏡724的電壓 所產生的電場,更進一步在電子線源72丨側加速而受到收 束作用,因此,可使更多的二次電子入射到檢測器761並 提南檢出效率。 再者’因電極725為軸對稱,故具有將照射被檢查試 料之電子線收束的透鏡作用。因此,可藉由施加於電極725 的電壓,將一次電子線收縮得更細。又,因可藉由電極725 將一次電子線收縮得更細,因此可藉由與物鏡724的組 合,構成更低像差的物鏡系。只要是可發生該種透鏡作用 的程度’電極725亦可為大致軸對稱。 根據上述實施例的電子線裝置,被檢查試料與物鏡之 -----------裝--------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 X 297公爱) 88 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(89 ) 間’因具備有:對電子線照射軸呈大致轴對稱形狀,可押 制前述被檢查試料的前述電子線照射面中的電場強度的電 極,故可控制被檢查試料與物鏡之間的電場。 被檢查試料與物鏡之間,因具備有:對電子線照射抽 呈大致軸對稱形狀,可減弱前述被檢查試料的電子線照射 面中的電場強度的電極,故可消除被檢查試料與物鏡之間 的放電。 由於在降低對物鏡的施加電壓尚未作變更,且有效地 讓二次電子通過物鏡,因此可提高檢出效率,並獲得S/N 比的良好信號。 可根據被檢查試料的種類,控制用以減弱前述被檢查 試料的電子線照射面中的電場強度的電壓。 例如,當被檢查試料為容易在物鏡間進行放電的被檢 查試料時,可藉由改變電極之電壓,並減弱前述被檢查試 料的電子線照射面中的電場強度,以防止放電。 可根據是否具有半導體晶圓之貫通體,改變供給至電 極的電壓,亦即,可變更用以減弱半導體晶圓的電子線照 射面中的電場強度的電壓。 例如,當被檢查試料為容易在物鏡間進行放電的被檢 查試料時’可藉由改變電極之電場,並減弱前述被檢查試 料的電子線照射面中的電場強度,以防止在貫通體或貫通 體周邊放電。 因為可防止貫通體與物鏡間的放電,因此不會使半導 體晶圓之圖案等因放電而產生破損。 ------------裝---------訂--- (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) # 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 89 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(90) 因為將供給至電極的電位設定為較供給至被檢查試料 的電荷為低,故可減弱被檢查試料的電子線照射面中的電 場強度,並防止對被檢查試料的放電。 因將供給至電極的電位設為負電位,而被檢查試料為 接地狀態,故可減弱被檢查試料的電子線照射面中的電場 強度,並防止對被檢查試料的放電。Next, "!" is added to N to perform accumulation (step 4), and then in step 2, it is judged again whether the signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio) is above a predetermined value. Here, when the signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio) does not reach the predetermined value, the process returns to step 3' and the secondary electron detection operation is performed eight times. The money accumulates the N value' and repeats the actions of steps 2 through 4 until the signal-to-noise ratio reaches a predetermined value. ▲ 曰 In addition, in the present embodiment, it has been explained that by applying a predetermined voltage (negative potential) lower than the applied voltage of the wafer W to the electrode 725, the pair 312767 Μ--------t- is prevented. -------- (Please read the phonetic on the back? Please fill out this page again) 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 B7 V. Invention description (88) Wafer W with through body b A discharge is generated, but sometimes the secondary electron detection efficiency is lowered. Therefore, when the sample to be inspected is a wafer having no through-body or the like, it is difficult to increase the secondary electron of the detector 761 by controlling the voltage applied to the electrode 725 when the sample to be inspected is generated between the objective lens 724 and the target 724. Check out efficiency. Specifically, even when the test sample is grounded, the voltage applied to the electrode 725 is set to a predetermined voltage higher than the voltage applied to the test sample, for example, set to +10V. At this time, the distance between the electrode 725 and the sample to be inspected is set to a distance at which no discharge occurs between the electrode 725 and the sample to be inspected. At this time, the secondary electron generated by the electron beam irradiation of the sample to be inspected is accelerated on the electron source 721 side by the electric field generated by the voltage applied to the electrode 725. In addition, the electric field generated by the voltage applied to the objective lens 724 can be further accelerated on the side of the electron beam source 72 to be converged, so that more secondary electrons can be incident on the detector 761 and Check out efficiency. Further, since the electrode 725 is axisymmetric, it has a lens function of condensing the electron beam that illuminates the sample to be inspected. Therefore, the primary electron beam can be contracted to be finer by the voltage applied to the electrode 725. Further, since the primary electron beam can be contracted more finely by the electrode 725, the objective lens system of lower aberration can be formed by the combination with the objective lens 724. As long as the lens action can occur, the electrode 725 can also be substantially axisymmetric. According to the electronic wire device of the above embodiment, the sample to be inspected and the objective lens----------------------------------------- Note: Please fill out this page again. This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇X 297 public) 88 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 V. Invention Description (89) In the electric axis of the electron beam irradiation axis, the electric field intensity of the electron beam irradiation surface of the sample to be inspected can be controlled, so that the electric field between the sample to be inspected and the objective lens can be controlled. Between the sample to be inspected and the objective lens, the electrode which is substantially axisymmetric to the electron beam is irradiated, and the electric field intensity in the electron beam irradiation surface of the sample to be inspected can be weakened, so that the sample to be inspected and the objective lens can be eliminated. Discharge between. Since the application of the voltage to the objective lens is not changed, and the secondary electrons are effectively passed through the objective lens, the detection efficiency can be improved and a good signal of the S/N ratio can be obtained. The voltage for weakening the electric field intensity in the electron beam irradiation surface of the sample to be inspected can be controlled according to the type of the sample to be inspected. For example, when the sample to be inspected is a sample to be easily discharged between the objective lenses, the electric field intensity in the electron beam irradiation surface of the test sample can be weakened by changing the voltage of the electrode to prevent discharge. The voltage supplied to the electrode can be changed depending on whether or not the semiconductor wafer is connected, that is, the voltage for weakening the electric field intensity in the electron beam irradiation surface of the semiconductor wafer can be changed. For example, when the sample to be inspected is an object to be inspected which is easily discharged between the objective lenses, the electric field strength in the electron beam irradiation surface of the sample to be inspected can be weakened by changing the electric field of the electrode to prevent penetration or penetration. Discharge around the body. Since the discharge between the through body and the objective lens can be prevented, the pattern of the semiconductor wafer or the like is not damaged by the discharge. ------------Install---------Book--- (Please read the phonetic on the back? Please fill out this page again) # This paper scale applies to Chinese national standards (CNS ) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) 89 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 B7 V. Invention description (90) Because the potential supplied to the electrode is set to be higher than the charge supplied to the sample to be inspected When it is low, the electric field intensity in the electron beam irradiation surface of the sample to be inspected can be weakened, and the discharge of the sample to be inspected can be prevented. Since the potential to be supplied to the electrode is set to a negative potential and the sample to be inspected is grounded, the electric field intensity in the electron beam irradiation surface of the sample to be inspected can be weakened, and discharge to the sample to be inspected can be prevented.

IxB分離器之變形例 弟16圖顯示本發明實施形態之exb分離器。第16圖 為以垂直面切割光轴時的剖視圖。用以產生電場的四對電 極 701 與 7〇8、702 與 707、703 與 7 06、7 04 與 7 05 係由非 磁性導電體所形成,其整體上大致呈圓筒形狀,並以螺絲 (未圖示)固定在由絕緣材料所形成的電極支持用圓筒713 内面。電極支持用圓筒713之軸及形成電極的圓筒軸,係 與光軸716呈一致狀態。在各電70卜7 〇2、7 03、7 04、705、 706、707、708之間的電極支持用圓筒713内面,設有光 轴716與平行溝714。其内面區域,以導電體715敷層, 並設定為接地電位。 發生電場時,分別對電極7〇2、7Ό3供給相當於「cose 1」 之電壓,對電極706、707供給相當於「-cosei」之電壓, 對電極701、704供給相當於「COS02」之電壓,對電極705、 708供給相當於r -c〇s02」之電壓,藉此可在電極内徑6〇〇/0 左右的區域内獲得幾乎一致的平行電場。第17圖顯示電場 分布之模擬結果。另外,在本例中,雖使用四對電極,事 實上’即使是三對,只要在内徑40%左右的區域中,依然 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 x 297公爱) 90 312767 ------------·裝---------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(91) 可獲得相同的平行電場。 磁場係藉由在電極支持用圓筒7 13外側平行配置二 個矩形白金合金永久磁鐵709、710而產生。在永久磁石 709、710的光軸716側的面的周邊上,設置由磁性材料構 成的突起712。該突起712係補償光軸716側的磁力線於 外側所形成的凸狀變形者。其大小與形狀可取決於模擬解 析。 永久磁鐵709、7 1 0的外側,設置有以強磁性體材料所 構成的磁通迴路711,該迴路之構成為:由永久磁鐵7〇9、 710所形成的磁力線光軸716與其相反側的通路,可與電 極支持用圓筒713形成同轴的圓筒。 第16圖所示ExB分離器,不僅適用於第8圖所示之 映射投影型電子線檢查設備,也適用於掃瞄型電子線檢杳 設備。 如以上說明所述,根據本實施例,可在光軸周圍將具 相同領域的電場、磁場擴大,即使將一次電子線的照射範 圍擴大,亦可將通過ExB分離器的像差變為沒有問題的 值。 此外,由於在形成磁場的磁極的周邊部設置突起的同 時,也將該磁極設置於電場產生用電極外侧,因此不但可 產生一樣的磁場,同時亦可縮小磁極所產生的電場變形。 又,因使用永久磁鐵以產生磁場,故可將EXB分離器全體 收納在真空中。再者,可藉由將電場產生用電極與磁路形 成用磁通迴路,設成以光軸為中心軸的同轴圓筒形狀,以 ------------裝--------訂— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) # 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 91 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(92 ) 達到將ExB分離器小型化。 充電裝晉_ 如第1圖所示,預先充電裝置81在工作室31中,以 鄰接電子光學裝置70的鏡筒71的方式雨配置。本檢查設 備係一種:藉由對檢查對象,即基板,亦即對晶圓照射電 子線,以檢查形成於晶圓表面之裝置圖案等之形式的設 備,因此,即使將照射電子線两產生的二次電子等資訊作 為晶圓表面的資訊,依然可根據晶圓材料、照射電子能量 等條件,使晶圓表面帶電(充電)。此外,晶圓表面也可能 有帶電較強部位、帶電較弱部位。當晶 ,象時,二次電子資訊亦會產生不均現象而= 侍正確資訊。因此,在本實施形態中,為防止該不均現象 產生,乃設置具有帶電粒子照射部811之預先充電裝置 :卜將檢查電子照射到檢查之晶圓的預定位置前,為消除 帶電不肖,由該預先充電裝置的帶電粒子照射冑8ιι照射 帶電粒子’以消除帶電不均。該晶圓表面的充電,事先形 成檢由對稱’即晶圓面影像’藉由評估該影像而檢忠,在 根據該檢出結果,讓預先充電裝置81產生動作。 —此外’也可在該預先充電裝置中將一次電子線打散再 進行照射。第18圖顯示本發明之預先充電裝置之一實施形 態之重要部位。帶電粒子818,藉由偏壓電源82〇所設定 之電壓加速,而自帶電粒子照射線源819照射至試料ς板 w。被檢查區域815與區域816相同,表示已執 處理之帶電粒子照射的場所,而區域817則表示正在執行 細㈣ _準(CNS)A4 ϋ— 9Γ ^Τ27Τ — — — — — — — — — — ·1111111 ^ ·1111111« (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1286776 A7 — B7 五、發明說明(93 ) ▼電粒子照射的場所。在本圖φ 隹不圍中,係朝圖所示之箭號方向 進行試料基板W的掃瞄,但在谁许办π这糾士 丨牡運仃來回掃瞄時,則如圖中 虛線所示,可在一次電子線源的相反方向設置另一台帶電 粒子線源819,並隨試料基板w的掃瞄方向對帶電粒子源 川,819進行開/關之交#操作。此時,若帶電粒子能量 過尚,會導致來自試料基板…絕緣部的二次電子收率超過 1,其表面呈正帶電,或低於該電壓的情況下產生二次電子 時,使現象變得複雜並降低照射效果,因此,設定上,以 銳減二次電子之產生的100ev以下(理想上為0ev以上, 3〇eV以下)的循環電壓最具效果。 第19圖顯示本發明之預先充電裝置之第2實施形態。 本圖顯示將照射電子線825型照射線源作為帶電粒子之情 开&gt;。該照射線源係由:熱燈絲821 ;引出電極824 ;屏蔽罩 826 ;燈絲電源827 ;及電子引出電源823所構成。引出電 極824設有厚〇.imm,寬〇 2min,長l.Omm的開縫,其與 直控為Ο· 1 mm的燈絲82 1的位置關係為三電極電子搶的形 癌。屏蔽罩826中設有寬imm,長2mm的開縫,與引出 電極824間隔有imm之距離,以兩者之開縫區為一致的形 式組成。燈絲之材質為鎢(W),注入2A電流,並可藉由引 出電壓20V、偏壓電壓30V,獲得數# a的電子電流。 此處所示例為其中一例,例如,在燈絲材質方面,亦 可使用Ta、Ir、Re等高融點金屬,或氧化钍鍍層w ;氧化 物陰極等’燈絲電流可藉由其材質、線徑、長度而改變。 此外’只要電子線照射區域、電手電流、能量等可設定在 ---------_ 裝---------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 93 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(94) 適當的數值’則亦可使用其他種類的電子搶。 第20圖顯不第3實施例。顯示將照射離子829型照射 線源作為本帶電粒子的情形。該照射線源係由:燈絲821、 燈絲電源822、放電電源827、陽極828、及屏蔽罩826所 構成,陽極828與屏蔽罩826中,有lmmx2mm之相同大 〗的開鏠’以lmm之間隔,1兩開縫心一 成。藉由導…1Pa左右…體83〇導入屏3 826中,並藉由熱燈絲821所進行之電弧放電型使之產生 動作。將偏壓電壓設定為正值。 第21圖顯示第4實施例之電漿照射方式的情形。其構 造與第20圖相同。動作也與上述相同’係藉由熱燈絲821 的電弧放電型進行動作,藉由將偏壓電壓設為〇v,使電衆 832可藉由氣壓由開縫滲出,並被照射到試料基板上。在 電裝照射的情況下,與其他方法相較,基於同時具有正負 電荷之粒子集團的關係,試料基板表面的正負兩方的表面 電位均有可能接近〇。 靠近試料基板W而配置的帶電粒子照射部819,係第 18圖乃至第21圖所示構造者,可藉由適當的條件,對試 料基板W的氧化膜或氮化膜的表面構造之不同,或製程相 異的各試料基板’照射帶電粒子818,以最適當的照射條9 件對試料基板進行照射後,亦即將試料基板%表面的電 平滑化’或藉由帶電粒子予以飽和化後,藉由電子線7 1 1 712形成影像,以檢出缺陷。 如上所述,本實施例中,可藉由帶電粒子照射所執行 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 94 312767 ----I---I---裝--------訂-----I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) # 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(95) 的檢測前處理,避免帶電所引起的檢測影像失真,即使發 生失真’其於響也不大’以正確檢測缺陷。 此外,因為可藉由注入先前在使用上形成問題的大量 電流來進行掃瞄,故可大量檢出二次電子,獲得S/N比良 好的檢出信號,而提高缺陷檢出的可靠性。 此外,因S/N比很大,即使提早掃瞄載物台,也可製 做良好影像資料,並擴大檢查的通過量。 第22鬪中,以模式顯示具備本實施形態之預先充電裝 置之攝像裝置。該攝像裝置具備有:一次光學系72、二次 光學系74、檢出系76,將檢查對象所帶電之電荷均一化或 降低化之電荷控制機構840。一次光學系72,為一種將電 子線照射於檢查對象(以下稱為對象)W的表面的光學系, 具備:放出電子線的電子槍721 ;將由電子槍721放出的 一次電子束711予以偏向的靜電透鏡722;將一次電子束 予以偏向’使其光軸得以與對象面呈垂直的維納過濾器, 亦即ExB偏光器723 ;及偏向電子線的靜電透鏡724,該 等構件,如第22圖所示,以電子搶721置在最上方依序排 列配置,且使電子槍所釋出的一次電子線711的光軸相對 於與對象w表面(試料面)呈垂直的直線呈傾斜。ΕχΒ偏向 器723具備有電極723-1及磁鐵723-2。 二次光學系74,具備有:配置在一次光學系之ΕχΒ 偏向器723上的靜電透鏡741。檢出系76,具備有:將二 次電子712變換為光信號的閃爍器及微通路板(Mcp)的組 合751 ;將光信號變換為電性信號的CCD762 ;及影像處理 ---------I 裝-----I--訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 95 312767 二次光學系74及檢出器 與以往之設備相同,故省 1286776 五、發明說明(96 ) 設備763。上述一次光學系72 76的各構成要素之構造與功能 略其詳細說明。 可將對象所帶電之電荷均一化或降低化之電荷控制機 構840,在本實施例中,具備有:以靠近對象〜的方式, 配置在對象w與最接近該對象w^ —次光㈣72的靜電 偏向透鏡724之間的電極841,·電連接於電極841的切換 開關842,·與該切換開關842 _侧的端子843進行電連接 的零壓產生器844;及與切換開關⑷另一側的端子⑷ 進行電連接的電荷檢測器846。 電荷檢測器846具有高阻抗性。電荷降低機構840則 又具有配置於-次光㈣72的電子搶721與靜電透鏡 之間的拇極847 ;與柵極847進行電連接的電壓產生器 848。定時信號產生器849可用以對·檢出系%之ccd762 及影像處理裝置763;電荷降低機構84〇之切換開關842; 電壓產生器844及電荷檢出s 846和請指示動作時間。 接著,針對上述構成之電子線裝置之動作進行說明。 由電子槍721釋出的一次電子束711,經過一次光學 系72的靜電透鏡722到達ΕχΒ偏光器723,再藉由該偏光 器723以垂直於對象W的面之形式進行偏向,最後經由靜 電偏光器724照射到對象w的表面(對象面)WF。配合對象 的狀態,由對象w的表面釋出二次電子712。該二次電子 712藉由一次光學系74的靜電透鏡741而送至閃爍器與 MCP的'组合裝置751,藉由該閃爍器變換為光,再 --— — — — — — —--Aw in---I I I I I--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 96 312767 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1286776 五、發明說明(97) CCD762將該光變換為光電,而影像處理裝置763則藉由 該變換之電性信號形成二次元影像(具有等級)。另外與 -般之該種檢查設備相同、照射於對象的—次電子束,可 藉由利用公知的偏向機構(未圖示)掃瞄一次電子束,或藉 由將支樓對象的工作台T移動至χ、γ二次元方向;或^ 由以上組合’讓光束照射對象面WF上之所需位置全體, 以收集對象面之資料。 藉由照射到對象w的一次電子線7丨丨,對象w表面附 近會產生電荷,形成帶電狀態。其結果,由對象WF所產 生的一〜人電子712,可藉由與該電荷的庫倫力,配合電荷 狀況來變化執道,導致形成於影像處理裝置763的影像產 生失真。對象面WF的帶電,係根據對象…的狀態而變化, 所以使用晶圓作為對象時,該晶圓不一定為同一晶圓,且 也會隨時間產生變化。因此,在比較晶圓上之兩處圖案時, 可能會發生檢出錯誤。 於是’根據本發明之實施形態,檢測系76之CCD762 利用一次掃瞄捕捉影像後的空檔期間,藉由具高阻抗性的 電荷檢出器846測量配置在對象w附近的電極841的帶電 篁。然後,在電壓產生器844中,產生使對應所測量之帶 電量的電子進行照射的電壓,並在測量後,啟動切換開關 842,將電極841連接在電壓產生器844,並藉由將電壓產 生器所產生的電壓施加在電極841,以將帶電之電化予以 抵銷。藉此,可避免形成於影像處理裝置763的影像產生 失真。具體而言,將一般的電壓供給至電極841時將集束 --------I---^ · I I-----^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 97 312767 1286776 A7 五、發明說明(98 ) 之電子線照射於對象W,若對電極 04 1供給其他雷饜,對 焦條件會產生極大的偏差,而以較 ^ ^ ^ ^ 又j電流费度在預測可能 f電的寬闊區域中進行照射,並藉由 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 田干和正帶電的對象的 正電荷,將預測可能帶電的寬闊區域 Α的電壓變換為特定的 正(負)電壓並予以均一化,而藉由均一 化或低減化,可變 換為更低的正⑷電壓(包含ον)。上述抵銷動作,於每次 進行掃瞒時實施。 文納爾電極’亦即栅極847具有如下功能:在空播時 間内將自電子搶照射之電子束予以停止,以穩定執行帶電 置測置及帶電抵銷動作。上述動作的時間,係由定時信號 產生器849指示’例如’如第23圖的時間表所示時間。另 外’將晶圓作為對象來使用時,帶電量會隨其位置而不同, 因此可在CCD掃猫方向,設置複數組電極841、切換開關 842、電壓產生器844及電荷檢測器846,並予以細分化, 以執行精確度更高的控制。 根據本實施例,可獲得以下效果。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (1) 可不依照檢查對象的狀態,降低帶電所引發的影像 失真現象。 (2) 由於可利用以往之測量時間的空檔時間,執行帶電 均一化及抵銷,因此不會對通過量產生任何影響。 (3) 因為可進行即時處理,故不需要事後處理時間、圮 憶體等。 ° (4) 可進行高速,高精確度之影像觀測及缺陷檢查〜 第24圖顯示具備與本發明之其他實施形態相關的預 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 χ 297公釐) 98 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(99) 先充電裝置的缺陷檢查設備的概略構成圖。該缺陷檢查設 備在構成上係包含有:釋出一次電子線的電子搶721 ;可 偏向、成形所釋出之一次電子線的靜電透鏡722 ;藉由未 圖示之泵而在真空中進行排氣之試料室32;配置在該試料 室内,在載置半導體晶圓W等試料的狀態下,可呈水平面 移動之載物台50 ;利用預定倍率,將藉由一次電子線之照 射而由晶圓W釋出的二次電子線及/或反射電子線予以映 射投影並成像的映射投影系靜電透鏡741 ;將成像之影像 檢出以作為晶圓之二次電子影像的檢測器770 ;及控制設 備全體的同時,根據檢測器7 7 0所檢出二次電子影像,進 行晶圓W缺陷檢測處理之控制部1 〇丨6 ^另外,上述二次 電子影像,除二次電子之外,也包含反射電子之助益,在 此稱為二次電子影像。 此外,試料室32内,在晶圓W上方設置有可發出含 紫外線之波長域光線的UV燈座1111。UV燈座1 Π 1的玻 璃表面上鍍有:藉由UV燈座1111所放射之光線,發出起 因於光電效果的光電子e -的光電子放出材111〇。該UV 燈座1111 ’只要是放射具有由光電子放出材1110放出光 電子能力之波長域光線之光源,便可選擇任意種顧之燈 座。一般係使用可放射254nm之紫外線的低壓水銀燈座, 以符合成本效益。此外,光電子放出材1110,只要具有可 放出光電子的能力,可選擇任何一種金屬,例如Au等較 合乎理想。 上述光電子之能量較一次電子線為低。此處的低能 -------1---A__w --------t--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 99 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(1GG) 量,係指數eV至數+ev階,最好為0至10eV。本發明可 使用供產生該種低能量電子的任意機構。例如,具備未圖 示之低能量電子搶以取代UV燈座1111,同樣可達成相同 作用。 此外,本實施形態之缺陷檢查設備具備有電源Ul3。 該電源1113的負極與光電子放出材U1〇相連接,其正極 則與載物台50相連接。因此,光電子放出材111〇呈對載 物台50亦即晶圓w的電壓施加負電壓之狀態。 檢測器770的結構上,只要能夠將藉由靜電透鏡741 成像的二次電子影像變換為可進行後處理的信號,任何結 構均無妨。例如,如第46風所詳述,檢測器77〇的結構係 包含:多通道板771;螢光面772;中繼(relay)光學系773 ; 及由多數CCD元件形成之攝像感應器774。多通道板m, 板内具備有多數通道,藉由靜電透鏡741成像的二次電子 通過該通道内時會產生更多的電子。亦即,將二次電子增 幅。螢光面772,藉由已增幅之二次電子所產生螢光,將 二次電子變換為光。中繼透鏡773將該螢光導入ccd攝像 感應器774,CCD攝像感應器774,將晶圓w表面上之二 -人電子的強度分佈變換為各元件之電氣信號,即數位影像 資料,並輸出至控制部1〇16。 控制部1016如第24圖所示,可由一般的個人電腦等 構成。該電腦,具備有:根據所指定程式執行各種控制、 廣异處理之控制部主體丨〇〗4 ;顯示主體i 〇丨4之處理結果 之CRT 1015,用以讓處理器輸入命令之鍵盤或滑鼠等輸入 丨丨丨丨丨丨丨—丨 ·丨丨丨丨丨丨—訂·丨丨丨丨丨丨- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用T國國家標準(CNS)A4規格⑵G x 297公爱) 100 312767 1286776 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 A7 五、發明說明(101 部1 01 8。當然,也可利用缺陷檢查設備專用硬碟,或工作 站等來構成控制部1 〇 16。 控制部主體1014係由未圖示之CPU、RAM、ROM、 硬碟、視頻基板等各種控制基板所形成。RAM或硬碟等記 憶體上,分佈有:用以儲存由檢測器770接收的電性信號, 即晶圓W之二次電子影像之數位影像資料之二次電子影 像記憶區域8。此外,硬碟上則儲存有··用以控制缺陷檢 查設備全體之控制程式;及由儲存區域1〇〇8讀取二次電子 影像貧料,並根據該影像資料,依照指定計算方式,自動 檢出晶圓w的缺陷的缺陷檢出程式1〇〇9。該缺陷檢出程 式1009,例如,具備有:比較晶圓w之該檢查位置及其 他檢查位置,將與其他大部分位置的圖案相異的圖案,當 作缺陷並對處理器(。perat〇r)顯示警告之功能。又也可在 CRT1015顯示部中,顯示二次電子影像1()17,並藉由處理 器之目視,檢出晶圓W的缺陷。 其次,以第27圖之流程圖為例,說明第24圖之實施 形癌相關之電子線裝置的作用。 首先,將作為檢查對象之晶圓w安裝在載物台5〇之 上(步驟12〇0)。其形態也可以如以下所示:自動地將儲存 在未圖示之裝載機之多數晶圓W逐片安裝在載物台5〇。 其次’由電子搶721放出一次電子,通過靜電透鏡722, 照射在所安裝之晶圓W表面之指定檢查區域(步驟12〇2)。 由照射一次電子線之晶圓w中放出二次電子及/或反射電 子(以下簡稱「二次電子)豆妊 _ 人电于」)兵、…果,晶圓w充電至正電 本紙張尺度適用中國國家^^7S)A4規格⑽X 297公髮) 101 312767 I! — — !! — f--— — — — — — ^ -ml —--I (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁} 1286776 員 製 A7 五、發明說明(1〇2 ) 位。接著,藉由擴大投影系之靜電透鏡741,以指定之倍 率,讓所發生之二次電子像在檢測器770中成像(步驟 1204)。此時’在由載物台50對光電子放出材111〇施加負 電壓的狀態下,讓UV燈座1111發光(步驟1206)。其結果, 使來自UV燈座1111的震動數^的紫外線,可藉由該能量 量子hi&gt;(h為普朗克(pianck,s)常數),由光電子放出材111〇 放出光電子。該等光電子e_,由負帶電之光電子放出材 1110朝正充電之晶圓W照射,並將該晶圓w予以電中和。 藉此,二次電子線,可在不受晶圓w正電位實質影響下, 於檢測器77Q上成像。 如上所述,由檢測斋770檢出:由經過電中和的晶圓 W放出之已減輕影像障礙的二次電子線影像,並變換輸出 至數位影像資料(步驟2208)。接著,控制部1〇16,依照缺 陷檢出程式1009,根據所檢出之影像資料,執行晶圓w 的缺陷檢出處理(步驟1210)。該缺陷檢出處理中,控制部 1016在擁有許多相同晶粒的晶圓的情況下,如前所述,可 藉由比較所檢出之相同晶粒的檢出影像,以抽出缺陷部 分。也可將事先儲存於記憶體之無缺陷晶圓之基準二欠電 子線影像,與實際檢出之二次電子線影像相互對照比較, 以自動檢出缺陷部分。此時,可將檢出影像顯示於 CRT1〇15,同時將判定為缺陷部分的部分予以標示顯示, 藉處理器可針對晶圓W是否確實具有缺陷進行最終4 認及评估。關於該缺陷檢出方法之具體例將於後敛述。 •步驟mo的缺陷檢出處理結果,判斷晶圓w具有缺 本紙張尺度i§___LNS)A4規格⑵Gx297^ 肌 31276^Modification of IxB Separator Figure 16 shows an exb separator according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 16 is a cross-sectional view showing the optical axis cut in a vertical plane. The four pairs of electrodes 701 and 7〇8, 702 and 707, 703 and 706, 74 and 0705 for generating an electric field are formed of a non-magnetic conductor, which is generally cylindrical in shape and is screwed ( Not shown) is fixed to the inner surface of the electrode supporting cylinder 713 formed of an insulating material. The shaft of the electrode supporting cylinder 713 and the cylindrical shaft forming the electrode are in a state of being aligned with the optical axis 716. An optical axis 716 and a parallel groove 714 are provided on the inner surface of the electrode supporting cylinder 713 between the respective electric wires 70, 7, 2, 7, 03, 74, 705, 706, 707, and 708. The inner surface area is coated with a conductor 715 and set to a ground potential. When an electric field is generated, a voltage corresponding to "cose 1" is supplied to the electrodes 7〇2 and 7Ό3, a voltage corresponding to "-cosei" is supplied to the electrodes 706 and 707, and a voltage corresponding to "COS02" is supplied to the electrodes 701 and 704. The electrodes 705 and 708 are supplied with a voltage equivalent to r - c 〇 s02", whereby an almost uniform parallel electric field can be obtained in a region of the electrode inner diameter of about 6 〇〇 /0. Figure 17 shows the simulation results of the electric field distribution. In addition, in this example, although four pairs of electrodes are used, in fact, even in three pairs, as long as the inner diameter is about 40%, the paper size is still applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇x 297). Public Love) 90 312767 ------------·装---------Book--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 B7 V. Invention Description (91) The same parallel electric field can be obtained. The magnetic field is generated by arranging two rectangular platinum alloy permanent magnets 709 and 710 in parallel outside the electrode supporting cylinder 7 13 . On the periphery of the surface on the optical axis 716 side of the permanent magnets 709, 710, a projection 712 made of a magnetic material is provided. The projection 712 compensates for a convex deformer formed on the outer side by magnetic lines of force on the side of the optical axis 716. Its size and shape can depend on the simulation analysis. On the outer side of the permanent magnets 709 and 710, a magnetic flux circuit 711 made of a ferromagnetic material is provided, and the circuit is configured such that the optical axis 716 formed by the permanent magnets 7〇9 and 710 is opposite to the optical axis 716 The passage can be formed into a cylinder coaxial with the electrode support cylinder 713. The ExB splitter shown in Fig. 16 is applicable not only to the mapped projection type electronic line inspection apparatus shown in Fig. 8, but also to the scanning type electronic line inspection apparatus. As described above, according to the present embodiment, the electric field and the magnetic field having the same field can be enlarged around the optical axis, and even if the irradiation range of the primary electron beam is expanded, the aberration passing through the ExB separator can be changed to no problem. Value. Further, since the magnetic pole is provided outside the electrode for generating the electric field while the projection is provided at the peripheral portion of the magnetic pole forming the magnetic field, not only the same magnetic field but also the electric field deformation caused by the magnetic pole can be reduced. Further, since the permanent magnet is used to generate a magnetic field, the entire EXB separator can be housed in a vacuum. Further, the electric field generating electrode and the magnetic path forming magnetic flux circuit can be formed in a coaxial cylindrical shape having the optical axis as a central axis, and -------Book - (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) # This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public) 91 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumption Cooperatives Printed A7 V. Invention Description (92) Achieve the miniaturization of the ExB separator. Charging device _ As shown in Fig. 1, the pre-charging device 81 is disposed in the working chamber 31 so as to be adjacent to the lens barrel 71 of the electro-optical device 70. The inspection apparatus is a device for inspecting an object to be inspected, that is, a substrate, that is, an electron beam to the wafer, to inspect a device pattern or the like formed on the surface of the wafer, and thus, even if the electron beam is irradiated As information on the surface of the wafer, information such as secondary electrons can still charge (charge) the surface of the wafer according to conditions such as wafer material and electron energy. In addition, the surface of the wafer may also have a strong charged part and a weakly charged part. When crystal, like, the secondary electronic information will also produce unevenness and = correct information. Therefore, in the present embodiment, in order to prevent the occurrence of the unevenness, a pre-charging device having the charged particle irradiation unit 811 is provided: before the inspection electrons are irradiated to a predetermined position of the wafer to be inspected, in order to eliminate the charging failure, The charged particles of the pre-charging device are irradiated with 带8 ι illuminating charged particles to eliminate charging unevenness. The surface of the wafer is charged, and the symmetry 'i.e., the wafer surface image' is preliminarily detected to evaluate the image, and the precharge device 81 is operated based on the detection result. - In addition, the primary electron beam can be scattered and irradiated in the pre-charging device. Fig. 18 shows an important part of an embodiment of the precharging device of the present invention. The charged particles 818 are accelerated by the voltage set by the bias power source 82, and are irradiated to the sample plate w by the charged particle irradiation line source 819. The inspected area 815 is the same as the area 816, indicating the place where the charged charged particles are irradiated, and the area 817 indicates that the fine (4) _ quasi (CNS) A4 ϋ - 9 Γ ^ Τ 27 Τ — — — — — — — — — ·1111111 ^ ·1111111« (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page.) Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Office, Staff and Consumer Cooperatives, Printing 1286776 A7 — B7 V. Inventions (93) ▼ Locations for electric particle irradiation. In the figure φ 隹 围 , , , , , 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行 进行It is shown that another charged particle beam source 819 can be disposed in the opposite direction of the primary electron beam source, and the charged particle source Chuan, 819 is turned on/off in accordance with the scanning direction of the sample substrate w. At this time, if the charged particle energy is excessive, the secondary electron yield from the insulating portion of the sample substrate is more than 1, the surface is positively charged, or when the secondary electron is generated below the voltage, the phenomenon becomes Since it is complicated and the irradiation effect is lowered, it is most effective to set a cycle voltage of 100 ev or less (ideally 0 ev or more, 3 〇 eV or less) which is sharply reduced by secondary electrons. Fig. 19 is a view showing a second embodiment of the precharging apparatus of the present invention. This figure shows the illuminating electron beam type 825 type illumination source as the charged particles. The illumination source is composed of a hot filament 821, an extraction electrode 824, a shield 826, a filament power supply 827, and an electron extraction power supply 823. The lead-out electrode 824 is provided with a thick 〇.imm, a width of 2 min, and a slit of a length of 1.0 mm. The positional relationship with the filament 82 1 of the direct control of Ο·1 mm is a three-electrode electron-collision type cancer. The shield 826 is provided with a wide imm and a slit of 2 mm in length, and is spaced apart from the lead electrode 824 by an imm distance, and is formed in a form in which the slit regions of the two are uniform. The material of the filament is tungsten (W), a current of 2 A is injected, and an electron current of # a is obtained by an extraction voltage of 20 V and a bias voltage of 30 V. An example is shown here. For example, in the case of the filament material, a high melting point metal such as Ta, Ir, or Re, or a yttrium oxide plating layer w may be used; the filament current such as an oxide cathode may be made of a material, a wire diameter, or the like. Change in length. In addition, as long as the electron beam irradiation area, electric hand current, energy, etc. can be set in ---------_ loading --------- order --------- (please first Read the precautions on the back page and fill in this page. This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). 93 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing 5, invention description (94) appropriate The value of 'can also use other kinds of electronic grabs. Fig. 20 shows a third embodiment. The case where the irradiation source 829 type irradiation source is used as the charged particle is shown. The illumination line source is composed of a filament 821, a filament power source 822, a discharge power source 827, an anode 828, and a shield cover 826. The anode 828 and the shield cover 826 have the same size of 1 mm x 2 mm. , 1 two open seams into one. The operation is performed by introducing an arc discharge type by a hot filament 821 by introducing a film of about 1 Pa into a screen 83 826. Set the bias voltage to a positive value. Fig. 21 is a view showing the state of the plasma irradiation method of the fourth embodiment. The structure is the same as in Fig. 20. The operation is also the same as described above. The operation is performed by the arc discharge type of the hot filament 821. By setting the bias voltage to 〇v, the electric group 832 can be oozing out by the air gap by the air pressure, and is irradiated onto the sample substrate. . In the case of electro-optic irradiation, the surface potentials of both the positive and negative surfaces of the sample substrate may be close to 〇 based on the relationship between the groups of particles having both positive and negative charges. The charged particle irradiation unit 819 disposed close to the sample substrate W is a structure shown in Figs. 18 to 21, and the surface structure of the oxide film or the nitride film of the sample substrate W can be different by appropriate conditions. Or each of the sample substrates having different processes is irradiated with the charged particles 818, and the sample substrate is irradiated with the most appropriate irradiation strips, that is, after the surface of the sample substrate is electrically smoothed or saturated by charged particles. An image is formed by the electron line 7 1 1 712 to detect a defect. As described above, in this embodiment, the paper size that can be performed by charged particle irradiation is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 94 312767 ----I---I---装--------Book-----I (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) # 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Employees Consumption Cooperative Printed A7 B7 V. Invention Description (95) Pre-detection processing to avoid detection image distortion caused by charging, even if distortion occurs, it is not loud enough to correctly detect defects. Further, since the scanning can be performed by injecting a large amount of current which has previously been problematic in use, the secondary electrons can be detected in a large amount, and a good detection signal of the S/N ratio can be obtained, thereby improving the reliability of the defect detection. In addition, because of the large S/N ratio, even if the stage is scanned early, good image data can be produced and the throughput of the inspection can be expanded. In the 22nd, the imaging device including the precharging device of the embodiment is displayed in a mode. The imaging device includes a primary optical system 72, a secondary optical system 74, and a detection system 76, and a charge control mechanism 840 that uniformizes or reduces the charge charged by the inspection target. The primary optical system 72 is an optical system that irradiates an electron beam on the surface of an inspection target (hereinafter referred to as a target) W, and includes an electron gun 721 that discharges an electron beam, and an electrostatic lens that deflects the primary electron beam 711 emitted from the electron gun 721. 722; biasing the primary electron beam toward a Wiener filter whose optical axis is perpendicular to the object surface, that is, an ExB polarizer 723; and an electrostatic lens 724 biased toward the electron beam, such as FIG. It is shown that the electron robes 721 are arranged in the uppermost order, and the optical axis of the primary electron beam 711 released by the electron gun is inclined with respect to a straight line perpendicular to the surface of the object w (sample surface). The ΕχΒ deflector 723 is provided with an electrode 723-1 and a magnet 723-2. The secondary optical system 74 is provided with an electrostatic lens 741 disposed on the 偏 deflector 723 of the primary optical system. The detection system 76 includes a combination 751 of a scintillator and a microchannel (Mcp) that converts the secondary electrons 712 into an optical signal, a CCD 762 that converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and image processing---- ----I Pack-----I--book--------- (Please read the phonetic on the back? Please fill out this page again) This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications. (210 X 297 mm) 95 312767 The secondary optics 74 and the detector are the same as the conventional equipment, so the province 1286776 V. The invention (96) equipment 763. The structure and function of each component of the primary optical system 72 76 will be described in detail. The charge control mechanism 840, which can equalize or reduce the charge charged by the object, is provided in the present embodiment in such a manner that it is disposed close to the object w and is disposed closest to the object w^-secondary light (four) 72. An electrode 841 between the electrostatic deflection lens 724, a changeover switch 842 electrically connected to the electrode 841, a zero voltage generator 844 electrically connected to the terminal 843 of the changeover switch 842 _ side; and the other side of the changeover switch (4) Terminal (4) A charge detector 846 that is electrically connected. The charge detector 846 has high impedance. The charge reduction mechanism 840 further has a thumb 847 disposed between the electron 721 and the electrostatic lens of the secondary light (four) 72, and a voltage generator 848 electrically connected to the gate 847. The timing signal generator 849 can be used to check the ccd762 and the image processing device 763 of the % detection system; the switch 842 of the charge reduction mechanism 84; the voltage generator 844 and the charge detection s 846, and indicate the operation time. Next, the operation of the above-described electronic line device will be described. The primary electron beam 711 released by the electron gun 721 passes through the electrostatic lens 722 of the optical system 72 to reach the ΕχΒ polarizer 723, and is deflected by the polarizer 723 in the form of a surface perpendicular to the object W, and finally via the electrostatic polarizer. 724 illuminates the surface (object surface) WF of the object w. Secondary electrons 712 are released from the surface of the object w in accordance with the state of the object. The secondary electron 712 is sent to the 'combination device 751 of the scintillator and the MCP by the electrostatic lens 741 of the primary optical system 74, and is converted into light by the scintillator, and then----------Aw In---IIII I--- (Please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed This paper scale applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public) 96 312767 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1286776 V. Invention Description (97) The CCD 762 converts the light into photoelectric light, and the image processing device 763 forms a secondary image by the converted electrical signal (with level ). Further, in the same manner as the inspection apparatus of the above-described type, the electron beam irradiated to the object can be scanned by using a known deflection mechanism (not shown), or by the table T of the branch object. Move to the χ, γ quadratic direction; or ^ from the above combination 'let the beam illuminate the desired position on the object surface WF to collect the data of the object surface. By irradiating the primary electron beam 7 of the object w, an electric charge is generated near the surface of the object w to form a charged state. As a result, the one-to-human electron 712 generated by the object WF can be changed by the coulomb force of the electric charge in accordance with the charge state, and the image formed in the image processing device 763 is distorted. The charging of the target surface WF varies depending on the state of the object... Therefore, when a wafer is used as the object, the wafer is not necessarily the same wafer, and changes with time. Therefore, when comparing two patterns on the wafer, a detection error may occur. Thus, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the CCD 762 of the detection system 76 measures the charged 电极 of the electrode 841 disposed near the object w by the high-impedance charge detector 846 during the neutral period after the image is captured by one scan. . Then, in the voltage generator 844, a voltage is generated to illuminate the electrons corresponding to the measured charged amount, and after the measurement, the switch 842 is activated, the electrode 841 is connected to the voltage generator 844, and the voltage is generated. The voltage generated by the device is applied to the electrode 841 to offset the electrification of the charge. Thereby, distortion of the image formed in the image processing device 763 can be avoided. Specifically, when a general voltage is supplied to the electrode 841, the bundle is set up --------I---^ · I I-----^--------- (please read first) Precautions on the back side of this page} This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 97 312767 1286776 A7 5. The invention (98) The electron beam is irradiated on the object W, if the counter electrode 04 1 Supplying other thunder, the focus condition will be greatly deviated, and the radiation will be irradiated in a wide area where the electric power is estimated to be more than ^ ^ ^ ^ and j current (by reading the back note) Fill in this page again) The positive charge of Tian Qian and the positively charged object converts the voltage of the wide area that is likely to be charged into a specific positive (negative) voltage and normalizes it, and can be transformed by homogenization or subtraction. The lower positive (4) voltage (including ον). The above-mentioned offset action is performed every time the broom is performed. The Wennar electrode 'ie, the gate 847 has the following function: the self-irradiation is irradiated during the airtime The electron beam is stopped to stably perform the charging and measuring action and the charging offset action. The time of the action is indicated by the timing signal generator 849 as 'for example' as shown in the time chart of Fig. 23. In addition, when the wafer is used as an object, the amount of charge varies depending on its position, so that it can be used in the CCD. The direction of the cat is swept, and the complex array electrode 841, the changeover switch 842, the voltage generator 844, and the charge detector 846 are set and subdivided to perform more precise control. According to the present embodiment, the following effects can be obtained. Printed by the Intelligent Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative (1) The image distortion caused by the charging may be reduced according to the state of the inspection object. (2) Since the neutral time of the measurement time can be utilized, the charging uniformity and offset are performed. Therefore, it does not have any influence on the throughput. (3) Since it can be processed immediately, it does not require post-processing time, memory, etc. ° (4) High-speed, high-accuracy image observation and defect inspection ~ Figure 24 shows the pre-printed paper scales associated with other embodiments of the present invention applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 〇χ 297 mm) 98 312767 1 286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 B7 V. Inventive Note (99) A schematic diagram of the defect inspection equipment of the charging device. The defect inspection device consists of: electrons that release the primary electron beam 721; an electrostatic lens 722 that can deflect and shape the released electron beam; a sample chamber 32 that is evacuated in a vacuum by a pump (not shown); and a semiconductor wafer placed in the sample chamber In the state of the sample such as W, the stage 50 can be moved in a horizontal plane; the secondary electron beam and/or the reflected electron beam released from the wafer W by the irradiation of the primary electron beam are mapped and projected by using a predetermined magnification. And the imaged projection projection is an electrostatic lens 741; the imaged image is detected as a detector 770 of the secondary electronic image of the wafer; and the entire device is controlled, and the secondary electron image is detected according to the detector 700 a control unit 1 for performing wafer W defect detection processing. Further, the secondary electron image includes, in addition to secondary electrons, a benefit of reflecting electrons, which is referred to herein as a secondary electron image.Further, in the sample chamber 32, a UV lamp holder 1111 which emits light in a wavelength range containing ultraviolet rays is provided above the wafer W. The glass surface of the UV lamp holder 1 Π 1 is plated with a photoelectron emitting material 111 光 which emits photoelectrons e - due to the photoelectric effect by the light emitted from the UV lamp holder 1111. The UV lamp holder 1111' can be selected from any type of lamp holder as long as it emits a light source having a wavelength range of light emitted from the photoelectron emitting material 1110. Low-pressure mercury lamp holders that emit ultraviolet light at 254 nm are generally used to be cost effective. Further, as the photoelectron emitting material 1110, as long as it has the ability to emit photoelectrons, it is preferable to select any metal such as Au. The energy of the above photoelectron is lower than that of the primary electron beam. Here's low energy -------1---A__w --------t--------- (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) 99 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 B7 V. Invention Description (1GG) Quantity, index eV to number + ev order, most Good is 0 to 10 eV. Any mechanism for producing such low energy electrons can be used in the present invention. For example, the same effect can be achieved by having a low-energy electron that is not shown to replace the UV lamp holder 1111. Further, the defect inspection device of the present embodiment is provided with a power source U13. The negative electrode of the power source 1113 is connected to the photoelectron emitting material U1, and the positive electrode thereof is connected to the stage 50. Therefore, the photoelectron emitting material 111 is in a state of applying a negative voltage to the voltage of the wafer 50, that is, the wafer w. The structure of the detector 770 can be any structure as long as the secondary electron image imaged by the electrostatic lens 741 can be converted into a post-processable signal. For example, as detailed in the 46th wind, the structure of the detector 77A includes: a multi-channel plate 771; a fluorescent surface 772; a relay optical system 773; and a camera sensor 774 formed of a plurality of CCD elements. The multi-channel board m has a plurality of channels in the board, and the secondary electrons imaged by the electrostatic lens 741 generate more electrons when passing through the channel. That is, the secondary electrons are increased. The phosphor surface 772 converts the secondary electrons into light by the fluorescence generated by the amplified secondary electrons. The relay lens 773 introduces the fluorescent light into the ccd imaging sensor 774 and the CCD imaging sensor 774, and converts the intensity distribution of the two-human electrons on the surface of the wafer w into electrical signals of the respective components, that is, digital image data, and outputs the same. Go to control unit 1〇16. As shown in Fig. 24, the control unit 1016 can be constituted by a general personal computer or the like. The computer has a control unit main body that performs various control and wide processing according to the specified program, and a CRT 1015 that displays the processing result of the main body i 〇丨4, for the processor to input a command keyboard or slide. Rats and other input 丨丨丨丨丨丨丨 丨 丨丨丨丨丨丨 丨丨丨丨丨丨 订 订 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( (CNS) A4 specification (2) G x 297 public interest) 100 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 V. Invention Description (101 Department 1 01 8. Of course, you can also use the hard disk for defect inspection equipment, or workstations, etc. The control unit main body 1014 is formed of various control boards such as a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, a hard disk, and a video substrate (not shown). The memory such as a RAM or a hard disk is distributed: The electrical signal received by the detector 770, that is, the secondary electronic image memory area 8 of the digital image data of the secondary electronic image of the wafer W is stored. In addition, the hard disk is stored with a control device for controlling the defect. The control program; and the secondary electronic image poor material is read from the storage area 1〇〇8, and the defect detection program 1〇〇9 of the defect of the wafer w is automatically detected according to the specified calculation method according to the image data. The defect detecting program 1009 is provided, for example, to compare the inspection position of the wafer w with another inspection position, and to treat the pattern different from the pattern of most of the other positions as a defect and to the processor (perper〇r The function of displaying the warning is displayed. The secondary electronic image 1 () 17 is also displayed in the display portion of the CRT 1015, and the defect of the wafer W is detected by visual observation by the processor. Next, the flowchart of Fig. 27 is used. For example, the operation of the electronic wire device for performing cancer formation in Fig. 24 will be described. First, the wafer w to be inspected is mounted on the stage 5A (step 12〇0). As shown below, a plurality of wafers W stored in a loader (not shown) are automatically mounted on the stage 5 。 one by one. Next, 'the electrons are discharged by the electron 721, and the electrons are passed through the electrostatic lens 722. Specified inspection area of the wafer W surface (step 12 〇2). Secondary electrons and/or reflected electrons are emitted from the wafer w that irradiates the electron beam (hereinafter referred to as "secondary electron" Bean pregnancy _ human electricity in"), ..., wafer w is charged to positive The size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese national ^^7S) A4 specification (10) X 297 public hair) 101 312767 I! — — !! — f--- — — — — — ^ -ml —--I (please read the phonetic transcription on the back) [Items of this page] 1286776 A7, invention description (1〇2). Next, by expanding the electrostatic lens 741 of the projection system, the secondary electron image that occurs is at the detector at a specified magnification. Imaging is performed in 770 (step 1204). At this time, in a state where a negative voltage is applied to the photoelectron emitting material 111 by the stage 50, the UV lamp holder 1111 is caused to emit light (step 1206). As a result, the ultraviolet ray of the number of vibrations from the UV lamp holder 1111 can be emitted from the photoelectron emitting material 111 藉 by the energy quantum hi &gt; (h is a pianck s constant). The photoelectrons e_ are irradiated onto the positively charged wafer W by the negatively charged photoelectron emitting material 1110, and the wafer w is electrically neutralized. Thereby, the secondary electron line can be imaged on the detector 77Q without being substantially affected by the positive potential of the wafer w. As described above, it is detected by the detection 770: the secondary electron beam image which has been relieved of the image obstacle by the electrically neutralized wafer W, and is converted and output to the digital image data (step 2208). Next, the control unit 1A16 executes the defect detection processing of the wafer w based on the detected image data in accordance with the defect detection program 1009 (step 1210). In the defect detecting process, when the control unit 1016 has a plurality of wafers having the same crystal grain, as described above, the defective portion can be extracted by comparing the detected images of the same crystal grains detected. It is also possible to compare the reference two under-electron image of the defect-free wafer previously stored in the memory with the actually detected secondary electron-line image to automatically detect the defective portion. At this time, the detected image can be displayed on the CRT1〇15, and the portion determined to be the defective portion is displayed and displayed, and the processor can perform final evaluation on whether the wafer W does have a defect. Specific examples of the defect detection method will be described later. • The defect detection processing result in step mo, judging that the wafer w has the missing paper size i§___LNS) A4 specification (2) Gx297^ Muscle 31276^

^---------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) #· 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 &quot;&quot; ----^------ — 五、發明說明(l〇3 ) 陷時(步驟12 12肯定判斷),則處理器發出缺陷存在之警告 (步驟1218)。其警告方法有:例如,也可在CRT1〇15顯示 用以部顯示通知缺陷存在的訊息,或同時顯示具缺陷圖案 之擴大影像1 01 7。也可直接將該缺陷晶圓由試料室32取 出’並儲存到與無缺陷晶圓不同的保管位置(步驟9)。 步驟1210的缺陷檢出處理結果,判斷晶圓界無缺陷 時(步驟1212否定判斷),則對目前成為檢查對象的晶圓w 進行判斷’以確認是否還有必須檢查的區域(步驟12丨4)。 若還有必須檢查的區域時(步驟1214肯定判斷),則驅動載 物台50 ’並移動晶圓w,使必須檢查之其他區域能夠進入 一次電子線的照射區域(步驟12 16)。之後,再回到步驟 1202,對其他檢查區域重複相同之處理。 在未存在必須檢查之區域時(步驟1214否定判斷),或 在缺陷晶圓去除製程(步驟1219)之後,會判斷目前為檢查 對象之晶圓W,是否為最終晶圓,亦即未圖示之裝載機中 是否殘留有未檢查之晶圓(步驟1220)。當晶圓並非最終晶 圓時(步驟1220否定判斷),將完成檢查之晶圓保存在指定 儲存處’而未檢查之新晶圓則安裝到載物台5〇(步驟 1222)。之後再回到步驟12〇2,對該晶圓重複相同處理。 當晶圓為最終晶圓時(步驟1220肯定判斷),將完成檢查之 晶圓保存於指定儲存處,並結束全部製程。 只要能夠在避免晶圓W的正充電,且影像障礙減輕的 狀態下,進行二次電子影像檢出(步驟12〇6),便可在任意 時間,或任意期間内進行UV光電子照射(步驟1206)。在 I— ^---------. (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 103 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(104 ) 持續第27圖的處理期間,可將uv燈座i〗丨丨經常維持在 發光的狀態,也可依照各枚晶圓定期反覆發光或熄燈。在 後者的情況下,其發光時間,可如第27圖所示時間,也可 在二次電子線成像(步驟12〇4)執行前,或〜次電子線照射 (步驟1202)執行前開始啟動。至少以在二次電子檢出期間 内,持續UVt電子照射為宜。但若能在二次電子影錢 出前或檢出中讓晶圓充分達到電中和,則亦可停止光 電子之照射。 第28(a)至(c)圖中,顯示步驟121〇的缺陷檢出方法的 具體例。首先,在第28⑷圖中,顯示有第一個檢出的晶粒 影像1231,以及第二個檢出之其他晶粒影像1232。當第三 個檢出的其他影像判斷為與第一個晶粒影像1231相胃同或一 類似時,即判定第二個晶粒影像1232的1233部分具有缺 陷,而可以檢出缺陷部分。 第28(b)圖中’係顯示檢測形成於晶圓上的圖案的線寬 例。朝1235方向掃瞄晶圓上實際圖案1234時的實際二次 電子的強度信號為1236,可將該信號連續超過預先二 決定之閣電平1237的部分的寬度1238,檢測為圖案1234 的線寬。如此’當該檢出線寬超過所指定範圍時,即判斷 該圖案具有缺陷。 第28(c)圖中,係顯示檢測形成於晶圓上的圖案的電位 對比(contrast)的圖例。在第24圖所示構成中,晶圓w上 方設置有軸對稱的電極1239,例如,對晶圓電位〇v供仏 梢的電位。此時_2V的等電位面呈現m。所顯示之: ϋ張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格⑵Q χ 297公f , AU4 312767- — — — — — — — — — I — —^__w ^ -ml —--訂--------- f請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁} 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1286776 A7 — - B7 五、發明說明(⑽) &quot;~ 狀。在此,形成於晶圓的圖案1241及1242,分別設定為 -4V及0V的電位。此時,由於自圖案1241所放出的二次 電子’具有_2V等電位面,且相當於2eV之運動能量的向 上速度,故可超越電位障壁124〇,如執道1243所示,由 電極1239脫出,而在檢測器77〇中檢出。另一方面,由圖 案1242放出的二次電子,則不會超過_2V的電位障壁,如 執道1244所示,追回至晶圓面,而無法檢出。因此,圖案 1241的檢出影像會明亮,而圖案1242的檢出影像則變為 昏暗。藉此,可獲得電位對比(contrast)。若預先校正檢出 影像的名亮度與電位,便可檢測來自檢出影像之圖案的電 位。並可由該電位分佈評估圖案之缺陷部分。第25圖顯示 具備有與本發明其他實施形態相關之預先充電裝置的缺陷 檢查設備的概略構成。另外,以同一符號代表與第24圖之 實施开&gt; 態相同的構成要素,而省略其詳細說明。 在本實施形態中,如第25圖所示,UV燈座mi的 玻璃表面並未敷設光電子放出材。取而代之,將光電子放 出板1110b配置於試料室322中的晶圓W上方,而UV燈 座1111則配置在所放射之紫外線照射在光電子放出板 1110b的位置上。光電子放出板111〇b與電源13的負極相 接’載物台50則與電源的正極相接。該光電子放出板ni〇b 係由Au等金屬製成,亦可以製做敷設有該種金屬之板料。 第25圖之實施形態之作用與第24圖之實施形態相 同。在第25圖的實施形態中,同樣可適時地將光電子照射 到晶圓W的表面上,故可獲得與第24圖的實施形態相同 I ' — — — — — I— ^ « — — — — — — I— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 105 312767 1286776^---------^--------- (Please read the phonetic transcription on the back? Please fill out this page again) #· 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 &quot;&quot; ----^------ — V. Invention Description (l〇3) In the trapping time (step 12 12 affirmative judgment), the processor issues a warning that the defect exists (step 1218). The warning method may be, for example, a display for displaying the presence of the notification defect at the CRT1〇15 or an enlarged image of the defective pattern 1 01 7 at the same time. The defective wafer may be directly taken out from the sample chamber 32 and stored in a storage position different from the defect-free wafer (step 9). When the result of the defect detection processing in step 1210 is that there is no defect in the wafer boundary (determining in step 1212), the wafer w currently being inspected is judged to confirm whether or not there is an area that must be inspected (step 12丨4). ). If there is an area that must be inspected (certainly determined in step 1214), the stage 50' is driven and the wafer w is moved so that other areas that must be inspected can enter the illumination area of the primary electron line (step 12 16). Thereafter, returning to step 1202, the same processing is repeated for the other inspection areas. When there is no area to be inspected (negative determination in step 1214), or after the defective wafer removal process (step 1219), it is determined whether the wafer W currently being inspected is the final wafer, that is, not shown. Whether or not unchecked wafers remain in the loader (step 1220). When the wafer is not the final wafer (NO in step 1220), the wafer to be inspected is stored in the designated storage area, and the uninspected new wafer is mounted to the stage 5 (step 1222). Then, returning to step 12〇2, the same process is repeated for the wafer. When the wafer is the final wafer (definitely judged at step 1220), the wafer to be inspected is stored in the designated storage and the entire process is terminated. As long as the secondary electron image detection (step 12〇6) can be performed while avoiding the positive charging of the wafer W and the image disturbance is reduced, the UV photoelectron irradiation can be performed at any time or in any period (step 1206). ). In I—^---------. (Please read the phonetic on the back? Please fill out this page again.) This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 103 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Staff and Consumer Cooperatives, Printing A7 V. Inventions (104) During the processing of Figure 27, the uv lamp holders can be maintained in a state of illumination or periodically. Repeatedly illuminate or turn off the light. In the latter case, the illuminating time can be started as shown in Fig. 27, or before the execution of the secondary electron beam imaging (step 12〇4), or before the execution of the secondary electron beam irradiation (step 1202). . It is preferred to continue UVt electron irradiation at least during the secondary electron detection period. However, if the wafer can be fully neutralized before or during the secondary electronic shadow, the photoelectron irradiation can also be stopped. In the 28th (a) to (c), a specific example of the defect detecting method in step 121A is shown. First, in the 28th (4)th picture, the first detected grain image 1231 and the second detected other grain image 1232 are displayed. When the other detected image is judged to be similar to or similar to the first crystal image 1231, it is determined that the 1233 portion of the second crystal image 1232 has a defect, and the defective portion can be detected. The figure in Fig. 28(b) shows an example of detecting the line width of the pattern formed on the wafer. The actual secondary electron intensity signal when scanning the actual pattern 1234 on the wafer in the direction of 1235 is 1236, and the signal can continuously exceed the width 1238 of the portion of the predetermined level 1237, which is detected as the line width of the pattern 1234. . Thus, when the detected line width exceeds the specified range, it is judged that the pattern has a defect. In Fig. 28(c), a diagram showing the contrast of the potential of the pattern formed on the wafer is shown. In the configuration shown in Fig. 24, an axisymmetric electrode 1239 is provided above the wafer w, for example, the potential of the wafer potential 〇v is supplied to the tip. At this time, the equipotential surface of _2V exhibits m. Shown: ϋ Zhang scale applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (2) Q χ 297 public f, AU4 312767- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ----- fPlease read the phonetic transcription on the back first? Matters to fill out this page} Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing 1286776 A7 — - B7 V. Invention description ((10)) &quot;~ Shape. Here, the patterns 1241 and 1242 formed on the wafer are set to potentials of -4 V and 0 V, respectively. At this time, since the secondary electron ' emitted from the pattern 1241 has a potential plane of _2 V and corresponds to the upward velocity of the kinetic energy of 2 eV, the potential barrier rib 124 超越 can be exceeded, as shown by the way 1243, by the electrode 1239 It was taken out and detected in the detector 77. On the other hand, the secondary electrons emitted by the pattern 1242 do not exceed the potential barrier of _2V, and are recovered to the wafer surface as indicated by the way 1244, and cannot be detected. Therefore, the detected image of the pattern 1241 is bright, and the detected image of the pattern 1242 becomes dark. Thereby, potential contrast can be obtained. If the name brightness and potential of the detected image are corrected in advance, the potential from the pattern of the detected image can be detected. The defective portion of the pattern can be evaluated by the potential distribution. Fig. 25 is a view showing a schematic configuration of a defect inspection apparatus including a precharge apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention. In addition, the same components as those in the embodiment of Fig. 24 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. In the present embodiment, as shown in Fig. 25, the photoelectron emitting material is not applied to the glass surface of the UV lamp holder mi. Instead, the photoelectron emitting plate 1110b is disposed above the wafer W in the sample chamber 322, and the UV lamp holder 1111 is disposed at a position where the emitted ultraviolet rays are irradiated on the photoelectron emitting plate 1110b. The photoelectron emitting plate 111〇b is connected to the negative electrode of the power source 13. The stage 50 is in contact with the positive electrode of the power source. The photoelectron emitting plate ni〇b is made of a metal such as Au, and can also be used as a sheet to which the metal is applied. The effect of the embodiment of Fig. 25 is the same as that of the embodiment of Fig. 24. In the embodiment of Fig. 25, photoelectrons can also be irradiated onto the surface of the wafer W in a timely manner, so that it can be obtained in the same manner as in the embodiment of Fig. 24'. I-^ « — — — — — — I— (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 105 312767 1286776

的效果。 第26圖顯示具備有與本發明其他實施形態相關之預 先充電裝置的缺陷檢查設備的概略構成。另外,以同一符 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 號代表與第24圖及第25圖之實施形態相同的構成要素, 而省略其詳細說明。 在第26圖的實施形態中,如第26圖所示,於試料室 32的側面壁上設置透明窗材m2,而uv燈座lm則配 置在試料室32外部,使由UV燈座1111放射之紫外線, 可通過該窗材1112,於試料室32内,照射至配置在晶圓 W上方的光電子放出板111 〇b。在第26圖的實施形態中, 因為是將UV燈座1111配置在呈真空狀態的試料室32外 部’故無須考慮UV燈座1111的耐真空性能,而與第24 圖及第25圖之實施形態相比較,可增加uv燈座ηΐι的 選擇。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第26圖之實施形態之其他作用,與第24圖及第25 圖之實施形態相同。在第26圖的實施形態中,可適時地將 光電子照射到晶圓W的表面上,故可獲得與第24圖及第 25圖的實施形態相同的效果。 以上為各實施形態,但具備本發明之預先充電裝置之 缺陷檢查設備,並不完全受限於上述實施例,只要不脫離 本發明要旨範圍,即可隨意進行變更。 舉例而言,在被檢查試料上,雖以半導體晶圓W為 例,但本發明之被檢查試料並不限於此,也可選擇可藉由 電子線檢出缺陷之任意者。例如也可將在晶圓形成曝光用 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 106 312767 1286776Effect. Fig. 26 is a view showing the schematic configuration of a defect inspection apparatus including a pre-charging device according to another embodiment of the present invention. In addition, the same symbols as those of the embodiment of Figs. 24 and 25 are denoted by the same symbols (please read the precautions on the back side). The detailed description is omitted. In the embodiment of Fig. 26, as shown in Fig. 26, a transparent window member m2 is provided on the side wall of the sample chamber 32, and the uv lamp holder lm is disposed outside the sample chamber 32 to be radiated by the UV lamp holder 1111. The ultraviolet ray can be irradiated to the photoelectron emitting plate 111 〇b disposed above the wafer W in the sample chamber 32 through the window member 1112. In the embodiment of Fig. 26, since the UV lamp holder 1111 is disposed outside the sample chamber 32 in a vacuum state, it is not necessary to consider the vacuum resistance of the UV lamp holder 1111, and the implementation of Figs. 24 and 25 is performed. Compared with the form, the choice of the uv lamp holder ηΐι can be increased. The other functions of the embodiment of Figure 26 are printed in the same way as the embodiment of Figures 24 and 25. In the embodiment of Fig. 26, the photoelectrons can be irradiated onto the surface of the wafer W in a timely manner, so that the same effects as those of the embodiment of Figs. 24 and 25 can be obtained. The above is the embodiment, but the defect inspection apparatus provided with the precharging device of the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and can be arbitrarily changed without departing from the scope of the invention. For example, in the sample to be inspected, the semiconductor wafer W is exemplified, but the sample to be inspected of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any defect that can be detected by an electronic wire may be selected. For example, it is also possible to apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public) on the sheet forming exposure. 106 312767 1286776

圖案之光罩等作為檢查對象。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ^此外,缺陷檢查用之電子線裝置,雖具有第24圖乃至 第26圖所示構成,但其電子光學系等可作任意之變更。例 如’圖不之缺陷檢查設備的電子線照射機構(721、722), 係以傾斜方式,由上方對晶圓w表面入射一次電子線但 亦可在靜電透鏡741下方設置一次電子線之偏向機構,使 次電子線能夠以垂直方式入射至晶圓w表面。該種偏向 機構中,例如有可藉由電場與磁場正交處ExB,讓一次電 子線偏向之維納濾波器等。 再者’在放射光電子的機構上,亦可使用第24圖乃至 第26圖所示UV燈座U11及光電子放出構件ui〇,或光 電子放出板111 Ob之組合以外的任意機構。 又,第27圖的流程圖的過程亦無限定。例如,在步驛 1212中’雖對判斷為具有缺陷的試料不進行其他區域的缺 陷檢查,但也可變更處理過程,以針對所有區域來檢出缺 陷。此外,若能擴大一次電子線之照射區域,以一次照射 緩濟部智慧財產局員X消費合作社印製 來涵蓋試料之全體檢查區域,則亦可省略步驟12J4及步驟 1216。 第27圖顯示,於步驟1212中,判斷晶圓有缺陷時, 可立即在步驟1218中對處理器發出警告並進行事後處理 (步驟1219),但在記錄缺陷資訊中完成成批處理後(步驟 1220肯定判斷後),亦可變更處理流程,以報告具有缺陷 的晶圓的缺陷資訊。 如上所詳述’根據第2 4圖乃至第2 6圖的實施例所使 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 107 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(108) 用之缺陷檢查设備及缺陷檢查方法,由於對試料供給具有 較一次電子線能量為低的電子,因此可降低在二次電子放 出時發生於試料表面的正充電,並可消除充電時所產生之 二次電子線的影像障礙,而具有可進行更高精密度的試料 缺陷檢查的優良效果。 根據使用第24圖乃至第26圖之缺陷檢查設備之裝置 製造方法’由於可利用上述缺陷檢查設備來進行試料的缺 陷檢查,因此,可獲得良率提高及防止缺陷產品出貨的良 好效果。 電位施加機構 在第29圖中,電位施加機構83,根據由晶圓放出之 二次電子資訊(二次電子發生率)係依存於晶圓電位的事 實’藉由對載置晶圓的載物台的設置台施加土數V的電位, 來控制二次電子的產生。此外,該電位施加機構,還具有 可將照射電子的能量予以減速,並對晶圓施以丨0〇至 500eV左右的照射電子能量的用途。 電位施加機構83,如第29圖所示,具備有:與載物 台裝置50的載置面541相互電連接的電壓施加裝置831 ; 充電調查及電壓決定系統(以下簡稱調查及決定系 統)8 32。調查及決定系統832,具備有:可與電子光學設 備70之檢出系76的影像形成部763作電連接的監控器 833 ;與監控器833相連接的處理器834 ;及與監控器833 連接的CPU835。CPU835可將信號供給至前述電壓施加裝 置 831。 — — — — — — — — — — ·1111111 ^ ·11111111 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 108 312767 1286776 A7 五、發明說明(1〇9 ) 上述電位施加機構設計為:可讓檢查對象,即晶圓尋 找不易帶電之電位,並施加該電位電位施加機構的形態。 在檢測檢查試料之電性缺陷的方法上,可利用原本與 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 電絕緣的部分及該部分為通電狀態時,該部分電壓相異的 方法。 換言之,可藉由事先對試料供給電荷,使原本呈電絕 緣之部分的電壓,與原本雖呈電絕緣,卻因某種原因而變 為通電狀態之部分的電壓之間,產生電壓差,之後,再藉 由照射本發明之光束,取得顯示電壓差的資料,並分析該 取得資料,以檢出其通電狀態。 機構 ^第30圖中,電子束校準機構85,係設置於前述旋轉 〇 54上之晶圓載置面541侧部的複數位置上,乓備有光 束電流檢測用之複數法拉弟杯(Farady Cup)85i及。法 拉弟杯851係細光束用(約㈣m)’而法拉弟杯852則係 粗光束用(約0 30&quot; m)。細光束用的法拉弟杯⑸, 逐步移送旋轉台54的方式,檢測定光束剖 &quot; 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 、 、 | 曲。而粗光束用 的法拉弟杯852,則可測量光束之總電流 Ά ^ 夏去拉弟杯851A mask of a pattern or the like is used as an inspection object. (Please read the precautions on the back and fill out this page.) ^In addition, the electronic wire device for defect inspection has the configuration shown in Fig. 24 to Fig. 26, but the electro-optical system can be arbitrarily changed. For example, the electron beam irradiation mechanism (721, 722) of the defect inspection device of the figure is a tilting manner, and the electron beam is incident on the surface of the wafer w from above, but the deflection mechanism of the electron beam may be disposed under the electrostatic lens 741. The secondary electron line can be incident on the surface of the wafer w in a vertical manner. In such a biasing mechanism, for example, a Wiener filter which biases the primary electrons by an ExB which is orthogonal to the magnetic field and a magnetic field can be used. Further, in the mechanism for emitting photoelectrons, any mechanism other than the combination of the UV lamp holder U11 and the photoelectron emitting member ui 第 or the photoelectron emitting plate 111 Ob shown in Figs. 24 to 26 can be used. Further, the process of the flowchart of Fig. 27 is also not limited. For example, in the step 1212, the defect which is determined to have a defect is not subjected to the defect inspection in another region, but the process may be changed to detect the defect for all the regions. In addition, if the area where the electron beam is irradiated can be enlarged, and the entire inspection area of the sample is covered by the illumination of the Intellectual Property Department X Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Economics, the steps 12J4 and 1216 may be omitted. Figure 27 shows that, in step 1212, when it is determined that the wafer is defective, the processor may be immediately warned and processed afterwards in step 1218 (step 1219), but after batch processing is completed in the recorded defect information (step After the 1220 is definitely judged, the processing flow can also be changed to report the defect information of the defective wafer. As detailed above, 'this paper scale is applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) according to the embodiment of Figure 24 to Figure 26. 107 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumption Cooperative Printing A7 B7 V. Invention Description (108) Defect inspection equipment and defect inspection method, because the sample is supplied with electrons having lower energy than the primary electron beam, it can reduce the surface of the sample which occurs when secondary electrons are emitted. The positive charging can eliminate the image obstacle of the secondary electron line generated during charging, and has an excellent effect of performing sample defect inspection with higher precision. According to the apparatus manufacturing method of the defect inspection apparatus using the Figs. 24 to 26, since the defect inspection of the sample can be performed by the above defect inspection apparatus, it is possible to obtain a good effect of improving the yield and preventing the shipment of the defective product. In the twenty-fifth diagram, the potential application mechanism 83, based on the fact that the secondary electron information (secondary electron generation rate) emitted from the wafer depends on the wafer potential, is carried out by the carrier on which the wafer is placed. The setting table of the stage applies the potential of the soil number V to control the generation of secondary electrons. Further, the potential application mechanism has a function of decelerating the energy of the illuminating electrons and applying illuminating electron energy of about 〇0 〇 to about 500 eV to the wafer. As shown in FIG. 29, the potential application unit 83 includes a voltage application device 831 that is electrically connected to the mounting surface 541 of the stage device 50. A charge investigation and voltage determination system (hereinafter referred to as a survey and determination system) 8 32. The investigation and determination system 832 includes a monitor 833 electrically connectable to the image forming unit 763 of the detection system 76 of the electro-optical device 70, a processor 834 connected to the monitor 833, and a monitor 833 CPU835. The CPU 835 can supply a signal to the aforementioned voltage applying means 831. — — — — — — — — — · 1111111 ^ ·11111111 (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). 108 312767 1286776 A7 V. INSTRUCTION OF THE INVENTION (1〇9) The above-described potential application mechanism is designed such that the object to be inspected, that is, the wafer, is searched for a potential that is not easily charged, and the potential application mechanism is applied. In the method of detecting and detecting the electrical defects of the sample, the method of electrically insulating the part which is originally insulated from the original (and reading the back of the page) and the part of the power supply state may be different. In other words, by applying a charge to the sample in advance, a voltage difference is generated between the voltage of the portion which is originally electrically insulated and the voltage which is electrically insulated from the original portion but becomes energized for some reason, and then a voltage difference is generated. Then, by irradiating the light beam of the present invention, data showing the voltage difference is obtained, and the acquired data is analyzed to detect the power-on state. In the mechanism of Fig. 30, the electron beam aligning mechanism 85 is provided at a plurality of positions on the side of the wafer mounting surface 541 on the rotary cymbal 54, and is provided with a complex Farady cup for detecting beam current. 85i and. The Faraday Cup 851 is used for beamlets (about (four) m)' and the Faraday Cup 852 is for thick beams (about 0 30 &quot; m). The Faraday cup (5) for the beamlet is gradually transferred to the rotary table 54 to detect the fixed beam profile &quot;Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Ministry of Finance, and the Consumers' Cooperatives. For the thick beam, the Faraday Cup 852 can measure the total current of the beam. Ά ^ 夏去拉弟杯851

及852,係配置於與上表面載置於載置面 66 L * 上的晶圓W 的上表面相同的位置。藉此’可經常監視由電子 的-人電子線。其監視理由,並不是電子檢^τ — 于搶可經常釋出預 疋之電子線’而是在使用時,其釋出量會變化。 裝置 枝準控制裝置87,係使用載物台裝置5 夏決定晶圓从 標準(cns)a4 規格⑽ x 297 明312767 1286776 A7 __B7 五、發明說明(⑽) 在電子光學裝置70的位詈, 置以可控制:利用光學顯微鏡 871對晶圓進行廣角視野 予顯微鏡 雷子來μ系昧位“觀察夺所進行的概略對準(較使用 子系時倍率為低的檢測);利用電子光學裝置70之 電^光學系時所使用之高倍率對準;焦點調整 =:圖:校準等。使用該光學系,以低倍率檢查二 的原因為.為了能自動執行晶圓之圖案檢查1必須 用電子線之狹窄視野下進行晶圓觀察及晶圓校準時,、利用 電子線,以易於檢出校準標記。 光學顯微鏡871,係 保叹置於设體(以可移動方式設置在 殼體内)’而讓光學顯料於方 于顯微鏡產生動作之光源,雖未圖示,亦 設在殼體内。進扞其拉、玄加@ 進仃间倍率觀察的電子光學系,係 學裝置70的電子光學系 I 人光予系72及二次光學系74) 共用。其構成之概略圖示,如第 即乐圓所不。以低倍率觀窣 晶圓上的被觀察點時,可藉由將載物台裝置50…53 朝X方向移動’而將晶圓之被觀察點移動至光學顯微鏡的 視野内。光學顯微鏡871,以庠、目败墻 廣角視野識別晶圓,再藉由 CCD872將晶圓上必須顴家一 、親察的位置顯示在監控器873,以 略決定觀察位置。^ 置此時,亦可將光學顯微鏡的倍率由低户 率調整為高倍率。 ^ 其次,以相當於電子光學裝置70之光軸與光學顯微鏡 871之先軸之間的間隔“距離’移動載物台裝置仂,並 將預先由光學顯微鏡所決定的晶圓上的被觀察點,移動至 電子光學裝置的視野位置。此時,電子光學裝置的軸線 g | 〇3-〇3與光學顯微鏡871的光軸〇4_〇4之間的距離(在本實 本紙張尺度適用中國國家阳⑶⑽規格^^^ 以) 110 312767 ^ Μ------------------ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) #- 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(111 ) 施形態下,只有在沿著X軸線的方向,雨I &gt; 陶耆之位置會產生 偏移,亦可在Y轴方向及Y軸方向產生偏And 852 are disposed at the same position as the upper surface of the wafer W placed on the mounting surface 66 L* on the upper surface. By this, the electronic-human electron line can be constantly monitored. The reason for its monitoring is not that the electronic test _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ The device branch control device 87 uses the stage device 5 to determine the wafer from the standard (cns) a4 specification (10) x 297 312767 1286776 A7 __B7 5. The invention description ((10)) in the position of the electro-optical device 70 Controllable: a wide-angle field of view of the wafer by the optical microscope 871 is applied to the microscope to obtain a schematic alignment of the wafer (the detection is performed at a lower magnification than when the sub-system is used); and the electro-optical device 70 is utilized. High-magnification alignment used in the electro-optical system; focus adjustment =: map: calibration, etc. The reason for using the optical system to inspect the second at low magnification is that electrons must be used in order to automatically perform pattern inspection of the wafer 1 When wafer observation and wafer alignment are performed in a narrow field of view, the electronic mark is used to easily detect the calibration mark. The optical microscope 871 is placed on the body (movably placed in the casing)' The light source that allows the optical display to operate in the microscope is also provided in the casing, although not shown. The electron optical system of the 捍 捍, 玄 加 @ 进 进 进 进 进 进 进 进 进 进 进Light It is shared by the I-light system 72 and the secondary optical system 74). The schematic diagram of the structure is as shown in the figure. If the observed point on the wafer is viewed at a low magnification, it can be carried by The stage device 50...53 moves in the X direction to move the observed point of the wafer into the field of view of the optical microscope. The optical microscope 871 identifies the wafer with a wide-angle field of view, and then wafers by CCD872 The location must be displayed on the monitor 873 to slightly determine the viewing position. ^ At this time, the magnification of the optical microscope can be adjusted from the low rate to the high magnification. ^ Second, equivalent to electronic The distance between the optical axis of the optical device 70 and the preceding axis of the optical microscope 871 "shifts" the stage device 仂, and moves the observed point on the wafer determined by the optical microscope to the electro-optical device. Field of view. At this time, the distance between the axis g | 〇3-〇3 of the electro-optical device and the optical axis 〇4_〇4 of the optical microscope 871 (Applicable to the Chinese National Yang (3) (10) specification ^^^ at the actual paper scale) 110 312767 ^ Μ------------------ (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) #- 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Staff Consumer Cooperative, Print A7 V. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (111) In the embodiment, only in the direction along the X-axis, the position of the rain I &gt; the pottery will be offset, and the position may be biased in the Y-axis direction and the Y-axis direction.

砂)’由於δ X 係一種預知值,故只要移動該(5 X值,# 從Γ將被觀察點移 動至識別位置上。待完成將被觀察點移動至識別位置的動 作後’藉由電子光學系’以高倍率對被觀察點進行sem攝 像,並記憶畫像,或藉由CCD761顯示於監控器765 。 如上所述,利用電子光學系之高倍率,將晶圓之=察 點顯不在監控器後’藉由公知的方法’檢出與載物台裝置 50的旋轉台54的旋轉中心相關,且對應晶圓旋轉方向的 位置偏移電子光學系的光軸〇3_〇3的晶圓旋轉方向的偏差 值占0,並檢出與電子光學裝置相關之所指定圖案的乂軸 與Y軸方向的位置偏差。然後,根據該檢出值,及另外取 得之設置於晶圓的檢查標示資料,或與晶圓圖案之形狀等 相關的資料,控制載物台裝置50的動作,並進行晶圓之校 準。 真空排氣系 真空排氣系,係由··真空泵;真空閥;真空規;真空 配管等所構成。根據所指定順序對電子光學系、檢出器部、 試料至、負載鎖定室進行真空排氣。控制真空閥使各部達 到必要的真空度。平常,操作真空度監控器,在發生異常 時,藉由聯鎖功能,進行隔離閥等緊急控制,以確保真空 度。其中真空泵為一種主排氣的渦輪分子泵。 在粗抽吸上,使用螺旋乾式泵。檢查場所(電子線照射 部)的屋力為10_3至1〇·5ρα,而理想上則以下一進位的1〇口4 ‘紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)k4規格( χ 297公€--^ ------------裝---------訂---------· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 - ~——-SZ______ 五、發明說明(m ) 至l〇a5Pa最為實用。 控制系 控制系主要由主控制器、控制用控制器、及載物台控 制器所構成。 主控制器具備有人_機界面,處理器之操作係經由此處 進行(各種指示/命令、處理程式(recipe)等的輸入、檢查開 始的拍示、自動與手動檢查模式的切換、及手動檢查模式 下所需的所有指示的輸入等)。其他,與工廠主電腦的聯 繫、真空排氣系的控制、晶圓等的試料搬送、位置校準的 控制、對其他控制用控制器或對載物台控制器的指令傳達 或貢訊接收等,也可藉由主控制器來進行。此外,還具備 有·由光學顯微鏡取得影像信號,將載物台變動信號反饋 到電子光學系,以校正影像的惡化的載物台震動校正功 能;及檢出試料觀察位置的Z方向(二次光學系軸方向)的 位移,然後反饋至電子光學系,卩自動的校正焦點之自動 焦點校正功能。而對電子光學系的反饋信號的收授,及來 自載物纟的信號;的收授,則分別藉由控制用控制器以及載 物台控制器來執行。 控制用控制器主要負責電子線光學系的控制(電子 槍、透鏡、校準器、維納濾波器等高精密電源控制等)。具 體而言,執行有··對應各種倍率之各透鏡系或校準器之自 動電壓設定等的控制;及針對對應各種處理模式之各透鏡 系或校準器之自動電壓設定等的控制(步控制),以在倍 率改變下,依舊能使預定的電子電流照射到照射區域。 I---------^-----1—. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紐尺度刺巾目目家標準(CNS)A_4規格(210 X 297公£7 112 312767 1286776 A7 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 五、發明說明(113 , 載物台控制器,主要可執行移動載物台的相關控制, 同時可執行精密的X方向及γ方向的級移動(± 0.5// Π1左右的誤差)α此外,在本載物台中,在誤差精確度為土 〇·3秒左右以内的狀況下,同樣可進行旋轉方向的控制(0 控制)。 璽極的清掃 本發明的電子束裝置進行動作時,會因相互接近作用 (在表面附近產生的粒子帶電),而使標的物質產生浮游, 並吸引至高壓區域,因此,使有機物質堆積在用於電子束 的形成或偏向的各種電極中。藉由表面帶電,漸漸堆積形 成的絕緣體,會對電子束的形成或偏向機構形成不良影 響,因此必須定期將堆積的絕緣體去除。絕緣體的定期去 除,係指:利用堆積絕緣體區域附近的電極,在真空中製 造出氫、氧或氟或含有該等的化合物hf、〇2、η2〇、cmFn 等電漿將空間㈣電漿電位維持纟電極面產生賤射的 電位(數kV,例如20V至5kv)上,透過有機物質之氧化、 氫化、氟化而予以去除。 截物台裝置之、鬱报你丨 ---------1 —I--------^---------. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 例 第32圖顯示本發明之檢出設備中載物台裝置之變形 社 印 製 載物台93的Y方向可動部95上方,裝設有以水平方 式朝+Y方向與_Y方向(在帛32[B】圖中為左右方向)擴大 伸展的分隔牆914’而與X方向可動部%上方之間則構成 #電性小的閘門950。此外’ X方向可動部9…,也有 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格⑽χ 297公爱? 113 312767 1286776 312767 A7 五、發明說明(114 ) 相同之分隔牆912呈+ X方而( 一 万白(在第32 [A]圖中為左右方向) 伸展,而與載物台97上方之pq日丨/ 間則形成有閘門951。載物台 97以公知的方式固定在殼體%的底壁上。 因此’不論試料台94銘叙25 — 移動至哪一位置,都會形成閘門 950及951,所以在可動部〇 仗r動。P 95、96進行移動時,即使由引 導面96a或97a放出氣體,&gt; 乳體也會因閘門950及951而阻止 放出氣體的移動,從而,可蔣 嫌 J將“、、射▼電束之試料附近的空 間924的壓力上昇控制得非常小。 載物台的可動部9 5相丨丨而^ t 侧面和下面以及可動部96下面, 如第56圖所示,形成差動姑* m 動排軋溝圍繞在靜壓軸承90的周 圍,由於是藉由該溝進行直办 订異工排氣,故形成有閘門950、 951時,由引導面釋出的畜 — _,便藉由該等差動排氣部進 行排氣。如此,載物台内部的 ,町工間913、915的壓力,會呈 現較處理室C内的壓力更高的狀態。因此 動排氣溝917或918進行处門Q11 + 稽由差 订工間913 &amp; 915的排氣,還可藉 另灯设置真空排氣處,降低空間913或915的壓力,同 時亦可降低試料附近924的上昇麗力。基於上述,乃設置 真空排氣通路91-1及91_2〇兮排洛、豪钕贵办 該排軋通路貫穿载物台97及 ,又體98而通往殼體98的外部。此外,排氣通路 於X方向可動部96,朝X方向可動部96下方開σ 若設置分隔牆912及914,則必須擴大處理室,以避 免處理室C與分隔牆相觸’但亦可利用可伸縮材料或 ,製做分隔牆以改善該點。本實施例中’係利用橡谬將分 隔牆製成蛇腹狀,並將分隔牆914之移動方向的端部固: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4 ^ --------. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(出) =方向可動部96’而將分隔牆912固定於殼體%的内 第33圖顯示載物台裝置之第2變形例。 在該實施樣態下’於鏡筒前端部,亦即帶電束照射, 72周圍’構成圓筒狀分隔牆916,使其與試㈣上面 形成閘門。在該構成下,即使由η載物台釋出氣體^ 使處理至c _的壓力上昇,分隔穑内部924也能夠藉 隔牆916分隔並以真空配管㈣排氣,因此,處理室 部與分隔踏内部㈣924之間會產生壓力I,而降低分隔 牆内部空間924的上昇壓力。分隔請與試料面之間的 縫隙’雖會隨著處理室C與照射部72周邊壓力的維持程 度而改變’但以大約數乃至數咖左右最為適當。 而分隔牆916内與真空配管係以公知的方法而連通。 此外,帶電束照射設備,會對試料w施加數左右 的高電壓,若將導電性材料設置於試料附㊆,則可能會導 致放電產生。此時’若以陶曼絕緣體等作為構成分隔牆θα 的材質,則可避免試料W與分隔牆916之間產生放電。 另外,配置在試料W(晶圓)周圍的連接構件料“為一 種固定在試料台94的板狀調整零件,該連接構件係設定為 與晶圓一樣之高度,即使將帶電束照射於晶圓的試料端… 部,分隔牆916之前端部亦會形成微小縫隙952。藉此, 不論將帶電束照射於試料w的哪—處’分隔牆916之前端 部均會形成微小縫隙952’以穩定保持鏡筒前端 間924的壓力。 m 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 X 297公餐) 312767 — — — — — — — — —^ i — — — — — — ^«1------. rtt先閱讀背面之注意亊項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(116 ) 第34圖顯示其他變形例。 鏡筒71的帶電束照射 氣構造的分隔牆919。分隔典肖圍’設置有内藏差動排 則赉忐《1网、後Q90切:尸 回919呈圓筒狀形狀’其内部 則开&gt; 成圓周溝920,排氣通路 ^ 1L ^ U由該圓周溝延伸至上方。 該排氣通路經由内部空間万 γ 一士 而與真空配管923相連接。 分隔膽919下端與試料w的μ + 方之間形成數+ V m乃至數 mm左右的徵小縫隙。 紙 在該構成下,隨著載物Α μ你 σ的移動,氣體由载物台被釋 出,使處理室C内壓力上異, 释 升而導致氣體欲流入前端部, 亦即帶電束照射部72時,分隐姐m 刀“牆919會縮小與試料w之 2的縫隙,使導電性變小,而阻止氣體流人以減少其流入 里。此外’因流入之氣體會從圓周溝92〇排出至真空配管 因此將大大減少氣體流入帶電束照射部72之空間 924的機會,而可將帶雷击 ▼电釆照射部72的壓力維持在理想的 高真空中。 弟3 5圖顯示另一其他變形例。 處理至C與▼電束照射部72周圍設置分隔牆926,將 帶電束照射部72與處理室c隔開。分隔牆926,透過由銅 或鋁等熱傳導性佳的材料所形成的支撐構件929而與冷凍 機930相連接,並冷卻至-1〇(rc乃至-2〇〇艺左右。構件π? 係用以阻隔冷卻之分隔牆926與鏡筒之間的熱傳導者,由 熱傳導性不良的陶瓷或樹脂材等所構成。此外,構件 係由陶瓷等非絕緣體形成,具有可防止形成於分隔牆926 下端的試料W與分隔牆926的放電的功能。 --! 丨! 裝· ----I I丨訂-丨丨—丨丨丨— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中_家標準(CNS)A4規格(21G X 297公髮 116 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(117 ) 藉由該構成’可藉由分隔牆926阻檔欲由處理沒 入帶電束照射部的氣妒八;从$ χ 抓 虱體刀子的流入,即使流入也會在分隔 牆926表面;東結匯隼,田 低壓狀態。 ” ▼電束照射部72維持在 冷柬機方面,可使用由液態氫冷卻或He冷;東機、脈 衝管式冷凍機等各種冷康機。 第36圖顧示其他變形例。 —載物台93的兩可動部中,設有與第32圖所示相同之 刀隔踏912 914 ’試料台94即使移動至任意位置,亦可 藉由該等分隔牆,讓載物台内空間913及處理室c内部, 可隔著閘門950、951而隔開。此外,帶電束照射部^周 圍形成有與第33圖所示相同的分隔牆916,處理室c内部 與設有帶電束照射部72的空間924則隔著952而區隔。因 此,在載物台移動時,即使吸附於載物台的氣體排放至空 間913而使該部分壓力上昇,處理室c的上昇壓力也會降 低,而空間924的上昇壓力也將控制得更低。藉此,可將 帶電束照射部的空間924保持在低壓狀態。此外,如分隔 牆916所示,藉由内藏差動排氣機構之分隔牆,及第 34圖所示以冷凍機冷卻之分隔牆926,可將空間汐24穩定 維持在更低壓的狀態。 藉由以上實施例,可獲得以下效果。 (1)載物台裝置可在真空中發揮高精密度的定位功 能’使帶電束照射位置之壓力不易上昇。亦即,可進行照 射試料之帶電束的高精密度處理。 ------------Μ---------- ^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Sand) 'Because δ X is a predictive value, so just move it (5 X value, # moves from the point of observation to the recognition position from the Γ. After the action of moving the observed point to the recognition position) The optical system semgraphs the observed point at a high magnification and memorizes the image, or displays it on the monitor 765 by the CCD 761. As described above, the high-magnification of the electron optical system is used to monitor the wafer. After the device is detected by a known method, the wafer is offset from the center of rotation of the rotating table 54 of the stage device 50, and the position corresponding to the direction of rotation of the wafer is shifted from the optical axis of the electron optical system 〇3_〇3. The deviation value in the direction of rotation occupies 0, and the positional deviation between the 乂-axis and the Y-axis direction of the specified pattern associated with the electro-optical device is detected. Then, based on the detected value, and the separately obtained inspection mark set on the wafer Data, or information related to the shape of the wafer pattern, etc., controls the operation of the stage device 50, and performs wafer calibration. Vacuum evacuation vacuum evacuation system is a vacuum pump; vacuum valve; vacuum gauge Vacuum The vacuum is exhausted to the electron optical system, the detector portion, the sample to the load lock chamber, and the vacuum valve is controlled to achieve the necessary degree of vacuum. Normally, the vacuum monitor is operated. In case of abnormality, the interlocking function is used to perform emergency control such as isolation valve to ensure the degree of vacuum. The vacuum pump is a main molecular exhaust turbomolecular pump. On the rough suction, a spiral dry pump is used. Inspection place (electronic line irradiation The house capacity is 10_3 to 1〇·5ρα, and ideally the following one-port 1's 4' paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) k4 specification (χ 297€€--^ ----- -------装---------Book---------· (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printing A7 - ~——-SZ______ V. Invention description (m) to l〇a5Pa is most practical. The control system is mainly composed of the main controller, the control controller, and the stage controller. With a human-machine interface, the operation of the processor is carried out here (various Inputs such as instructions/commands, recipes, etc., the start of the inspection, the switching between the automatic and manual check modes, and the input of all the instructions required in the manual check mode. Others, contact with the factory main computer Control of vacuum exhaust system, sample transfer of wafers, position control, control of other control controllers or command to the stage controller, or reception of tribute, etc. Further, the present invention further includes a stage vibration correction function that acquires a video signal from an optical microscope, feeds the stage fluctuation signal to the electro-optical system to correct image deterioration, and detects a Z direction of the sample observation position ( The displacement of the secondary optics axis direction) is then fed back to the electro-optical system, which automatically corrects the focus of the auto focus correction function. The reception of the feedback signal of the electro-optical system and the signal from the object ; are performed by the control controller and the stage controller, respectively. The control controller is mainly responsible for the control of the electronic line optical system (high-precision power supply control such as an electron gun, lens, calibrator, Wiener filter, etc.). Specifically, control is performed such as automatic voltage setting of each lens system or calibrator corresponding to various magnifications, and control (step control) for automatic voltage setting of each lens system or calibrator corresponding to various processing modes. In order to change the magnification, the predetermined electron current can still be irradiated to the irradiation area. I---------^-----1—. (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) This New Zealand Scale Stab Tissue Standard (CNS) A_4 Specification (210 X 297) £7 112 312767 1286776 A7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Officer 5. Inventive Note (113, Stage Controller, which can mainly perform related control of the mobile stage, and can perform precise X-direction and γ-direction movement ( ±0.5// Π1 error)α In addition, in the case of the load stage, the rotation direction can be controlled (0 control) in the case where the error accuracy is within about 3 seconds of the soil. When the electron beam apparatus of the present invention operates, the object substances are brought close to each other (the particles generated in the vicinity of the surface are charged), and the target substance is floated and attracted to the high pressure region, so that the organic substance is deposited on the electron beam. Among the various electrodes formed or deflected, the insulator formed by the surface charge is gradually deposited, which may adversely affect the formation of the electron beam or the deflection mechanism. Therefore, the deposited insulator must be removed periodically. The periodic removal of the insulator, Means that the electrode near the region of the deposited insulator is used to produce hydrogen, oxygen or fluorine in a vacuum or a compound containing the compounds hf, 〇2, η2〇, cmFn, etc., to maintain the space (4) plasma potential of the electrode surface. The potential of the sputum (a few kV, for example, 20V to 5kv) is removed by oxidation, hydrogenation, and fluorination of organic substances. The device of the interceptor is stunned by you---------1 I--------^---------. (Please read the precautions on the back and fill out this page.) Example 32 shows the stage device in the detection device of the present invention. Above the Y-direction movable portion 95 of the deformation-printing stage 93, a partition wall 914' that is horizontally extended in the +Y direction and the _Y direction (the left-right direction in the 帛32[B] diagram) is installed. Between the X-direction movable portion and the upper portion, the electric gate 950 is formed. In addition, the 'X-direction movable portion 9... is also applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (10) 297 297 public. 113 312767 1286776 312767 A7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (114) The same partition wall 912 is + X square (10,000 white (in the 32nd [A] picture is the left and right Stretching, and a gate 951 is formed between the pq and the top of the stage 97. The stage 97 is fixed to the bottom wall of the casing % in a known manner. Therefore, regardless of the sample table 94, When the position is moved, the gates 950 and 951 are formed, so that the movable portion 动r moves. When the P 95 and 96 move, even if the gas is released from the guide surface 96a or 97a, the milk body is due to the gate 950 and In 951, the movement of the released gas is prevented, so that the pressure rise of the space 924 near the sample of the ", and the laser beam is controlled to be very small. The movable portion 9 5 of the stage is opposite to the side and the lower side and below the movable portion 96, as shown in Fig. 56, forming a differential displacement groove around the hydrostatic bearing 90 due to When the gates 950 and 951 are formed by the ditch, the animals discharged from the guide surface are exhausted by the differential exhaust portions. As a result, the pressure in the interior of the stage and the working rooms 913 and 915 is higher than the pressure in the processing chamber C. Therefore, the exhausting exhaust groove 917 or 918 performs the exhausting of the door Q11 + by the difference ordering room 913 &amp; 915, and the vacuum exhausting portion can be set by another lamp to reduce the pressure of the space 913 or 915, and can also be lowered. The sample rose near the 924. Based on the above, the vacuum exhaust passages 91-1 and 91_2 are provided, and the row of the rolling passages penetrates the stage 97 and the body 98 to the outside of the casing 98. Further, the exhaust passage is opened in the X-direction movable portion 96 toward the lower side of the X-direction movable portion 96. If the partition walls 912 and 914 are provided, the processing chamber must be enlarged to prevent the processing chamber C from coming into contact with the partition wall. Retractable material or, made as a dividing wall to improve this point. In this embodiment, the partition wall is made into a bellows shape by the rubber, and the end portion of the partition wall 914 in the moving direction is fixed: the paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 ^ -------- (Please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 V. Invention description (out) = direction movable part 96' and the partition wall 912 is fixed to the housing% Fig. 33 shows a second modification of the stage device. In this embodiment, the front end portion of the lens barrel, that is, the charged beam irradiation, and the periphery of 72 constitute a cylindrical partition wall 916 which forms a shutter with the upper surface of the test (4). With this configuration, even if the gas is released from the n stage, the pressure of the process to c_ rises, and the partition 924 interior 924 can be separated by the partition 916 and evacuated by the vacuum piping (four), and therefore, the treatment chamber portion and the partition The pressure I is generated between the inner (four) 924 and the upward pressure of the inner space 924 of the partition wall. The gap between the partition and the sample surface may vary depending on the degree of maintenance of the pressure between the processing chamber C and the irradiation portion 72, but it is most appropriate for a few or even a few. The partition wall 916 is connected to the vacuum piping by a known method. Further, in the charged beam irradiation apparatus, a high voltage of about several is applied to the sample w, and if a conductive material is placed on the sample seventh, the discharge may be caused. At this time, if a ceramic insulator or the like is used as the material constituting the partition wall θα, discharge between the sample W and the partition wall 916 can be avoided. Further, the connecting member material disposed around the sample W (wafer) is "a plate-shaped adjusting member fixed to the sample stage 94, and the connecting member is set to the same height as the wafer, even if the charged beam is irradiated onto the wafer. In the sample end portion, a small slit 952 is also formed at the front end of the partition wall 916. Thereby, no matter where the charged beam is irradiated to the sample w, the end portion of the partition wall 916 forms a minute slit 952' to stabilize Maintain the pressure between the front end of the lens barrel 924. m This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇X 297 public) 312767 — — — — — — — — ^ i — — — — — — ^« 1------. rtt first read the note on the back and fill in this page) 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 V. Invention Description (116) Figure 34 shows other variants. The partition wall 919 of the charged beam illuminating gas structure of 71. The partitioning pattern is surrounded by the built-in differential row 赉忐 "1 net, the rear Q90 cut: the corpse back 919 has a cylindrical shape" and the inside is opened &gt; The circumferential groove 920, the exhaust passage ^ 1L ^ U The circumferential groove extends to the upper side. The exhaust passage is connected to the vacuum pipe 923 via the internal space 10,000 angstroms. The lower end of the separator 919 and the μ + square of the sample w form a number + V m or even a few mm In this configuration, with the movement of the load Α μ σ, the gas is released from the stage, causing the pressure in the process chamber C to be different, and the gas is released into the front end, that is, charged. When the beam irradiation unit 72 is used, the wall 919 narrows the gap with the sample w to make the conductivity smaller, and prevents the gas from flowing to reduce the inflow. Further, since the inflowing gas is discharged from the circumferential groove 92〇 to the vacuum piping, the chance of the gas flowing into the space 924 of the charged beam irradiation portion 72 is greatly reduced, and the pressure of the lightning strike irradiation unit 72 can be maintained at an ideal level. In high vacuum. Figure 3 5 shows another modification. The partition wall 926 is provided around the C and ▼ electric beam irradiation sections 72, and the charged beam irradiation section 72 is separated from the processing chamber c. The partition wall 926 is connected to the refrigerator 930 through a support member 929 formed of a material having good thermal conductivity such as copper or aluminum, and is cooled to -1 〇 (rc or -2 〇〇 。. The heat conduction between the partition wall 926 that blocks the cooling and the lens barrel is made of a ceramic or a resin material having poor thermal conductivity, etc. Further, the member is formed of a non-insulator such as ceramic, and is prevented from being formed on the lower end of the partition wall 926. The function of the discharge of the sample W and the partition wall 926. --! 丨! Loading · ---- II 丨 丨丨 丨丨 丨丨丨 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( (中_家标准(CNS)A4规格(21G X 297 公发116 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 V. Invention Description (117) With this composition 'can be blocked by the partition wall 926 By processing the entanglement of the charged beam illuminating part; from the χ 虱 虱 虱 刀 , , , , , 也会 也会 也会 也会 也会 也会 也会 也会 926 926 926 926 926 926 926 926 926 926 926 926 926 926 926 926 926 926 926 ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ For the cold machine, it can be used by liquid Cooling or He cooling; various cold-air machines such as the east machine and the pulse tube type refrigerator. Fig. 36 shows other modifications. - The two movable parts of the stage 93 are provided with the same knife as shown in Fig. 32. The stepping table 912 914 'the sample stage 94 can be separated from the inside of the stage inner space 913 and the processing chamber c by the partition walls 950 and 951 even if the sample stage 94 is moved to an arbitrary position. A partition wall 916 similar to that shown in Fig. 33 is formed around the beam irradiation portion, and the inside of the processing chamber c and the space 924 in which the charged beam irradiation portion 72 is provided are separated by 952. Therefore, when the stage moves Even if the gas adsorbed to the stage is discharged to the space 913 and the pressure of the portion rises, the rising pressure of the processing chamber c is lowered, and the rising pressure of the space 924 is also controlled to be lower. The space 924 of the illuminating portion is maintained at a low pressure state. Further, as shown by the partition wall 916, the partition wall of the differential venting mechanism and the partition wall 926 cooled by the refrigerator shown in Fig. 34 can be used.汐24 is stably maintained at a lower voltage state. With the above embodiment, The following effects can be obtained: (1) The stage device can exhibit a high-precision positioning function in a vacuum. The pressure at the charged beam irradiation position is hard to rise. That is, the high-precision treatment of the charged beam of the sample can be performed. ------------Μ---------- ^--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page)

本紙張尺度適用中關家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公髮 312767 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1286776 A7 &quot;&quot; -------一 一_B7_____ 五、發明說明(118 ) (2) 由靜壓軸承釋出的氣體幾乎無法通過分隔牆而流 入帶電束照射區域。藉此,可更加穩定帶電束照射位置的 真空度。 (3) 因釋出氣體不易通過帶電束照射區域,因此,更易 保持帶電束照射區域之真空度的安定性。 (4) 真空處理室内藉由小型導電體,分割為帶電束照射 室、靜壓軸承室及中間室等三室。將各室壓力,依照低順 序刀別在▼電束照射室、中間室、靜摩軸承室中形成真 空排氣系。對於中間室的壓力變動,可藉由分隔牆控制得 更低’而對於帶電束照射室的壓力變動,則藉由另一分隔 牆而使之更為降低’以使壓力變動降低到不會形成實質問 題的程度。 (5) 在移動載物台時,可控制壓力的上昇。 (6) 在移動載物台時,可進一步控制壓力的上昇。 (7) 由於可實現高精密度之載物台定位性能,且帶電束 照射區域真空度穩定的檢查設備,因此,可提供高檢查性 能’且無污染試料之虞的檢查設備。 (8) 可實現高精密度之載物台定位性能,且帶電束照射 區域真空度穩定的曝光裝置,因此,可提供曝光精確度高, 且無污染試料之虞的曝光裝置。 (9) 藉由利用高精密度之載物台定位性能,且帶電束照 射區域真空度穩定的設備來製造半導體,以可形成微細的 半導體電路。 在此可明確得知,第32至36圖之載物台裝置,係適 — — — — — — — — — — ·1111111 ^ ·111111! AVI (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 118 312767 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(ll9 ) 用於第1圖所示載物台50。 參“、、第37乃至第39圖說明本發明2χγ載物台之其 他實施形態。而用以顯示第55圖之習知例與在實施形態中 八通之構成構件之參照號碼係相同。本堂 「 第37圖係顯示χγ載物台之其他實施形態。 對試料妝射帶電束之鏡筒7 i的前端部,亦即帶電束照 射部72係安裝在區分成真空處理室c的殼體98。在鏡筒 71正下方,配置有載置在可朝χγ載物台93之又方向(第 37圖中為左右方向)移動之移動台上的試料w。該試料w, 可藉由高精密度之ΧΥ載物台,將帶電束正確地照射到該 試料面上的任意位置。 ΧΥ載物台93的台座906係固定於殼體98的底壁, 而可朝Υ方向(在第37圖中為與紙面呈垂直方向)移動之υ 台則裝設於台座906上。丫台95的兩側面(在第叨圖中為 左右側面),形成有突出於凹溝内的突部,其中該凹溝係形 成於面向载置於台座906上之一對γ方向引導裝置9〇h 及907b的γ台側。該凹溝以橫跨γ方命引導裝置之略全 長方式朝Υ方向延伸。突出於凹溝内之突部上,下面及側 刀另又有具公知構造的靜壓抽承9Ha、909a、911b、 9〇9b,藉由該等靜壓軸承排出高壓氣體,使γ台95可以 非接觸方式支撐於γ方向引導裝置9〇7a、9〇7b,並朝Υ 方向順利進行來回運動。而台座906與Y台95之間,配 置有公知構造的線性馬達932,藉由該線性馬達,可進行 &amp;張尺度適用中國^igTHTs)A4規;i各⑽x 297公髮一) 119 31 0 Μ · ^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁)This paper scale applies to the China National Standards (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public hair 312767 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing 1286776 A7 &quot;&quot; ------- one _B7_____ five, invention Explanation (118) (2) The gas released by the hydrostatic bearing can hardly flow into the charged beam irradiation area through the partition wall. This makes it possible to stabilize the vacuum of the charged beam irradiation position. (3) The gas is not easily passed. The charged beam irradiation area makes it easier to maintain the stability of the vacuum in the charged beam irradiation area. (4) The vacuum processing chamber is divided into three chambers, a charged beam irradiation chamber, a static pressure bearing chamber, and an intermediate chamber, by a small electric conductor. For each chamber pressure, a vacuum exhaust system is formed in the laser beam irradiation chamber, the intermediate chamber, and the static friction bearing chamber according to the low order. The pressure variation of the intermediate chamber can be controlled lower by the partition wall. The pressure fluctuation of the beam irradiation chamber is further reduced by another partition wall to reduce the pressure fluctuation to such an extent that no substantial problem is formed. (5) When the stage is moved, the pressure can be controlled. (6) The pressure rise can be further controlled when moving the stage. (7) Available due to the high-precision stage positioning performance and the vacuum-stabilized inspection equipment in the charged beam irradiation area. Inspection equipment with high inspection performance and contamination-free sample. (8) High-precision stage positioning performance, and an exposure device with stable vacuum in the charged beam irradiation area, thus providing high exposure accuracy. (9) A semiconductor device can be fabricated by using a high-precision stage positioning performance and a device with a stable vacuum in a charged beam irradiation region to form a fine semiconductor circuit. It can be clearly seen that the stage device of Figures 32 to 36 is suitable for — — — — — — — — — 1111111 ^ · 111111! AVI (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) The scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) 118 312767 1286776 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (ll9) For the stage 50 shown in Figure 1. Refer to ",, 37th to 39th. Other embodiments of the χγ stage of the present invention will be described. The conventional example for displaying Fig. 55 is the same as the reference number of the constituent members of the eight-way embodiment in the embodiment. This Fig. 37 shows the χγ stage. In the other embodiment, the front end portion of the lens barrel 7 i of the sample-formed charged beam, that is, the charged beam irradiation unit 72 is attached to the casing 98 which is divided into the vacuum processing chamber c. The lens barrel 71 is disposed directly below the lens barrel 71. The sample w placed on the moving table movable in the direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 37) of the χγ stage 93 is placed. In the sample w, the charged beam can be accurately irradiated to an arbitrary position on the surface of the sample by a high-precision tantalum stage. The pedestal 906 of the cymbal stage 93 is fixed to the bottom wall of the casing 98, and the gantry which is movable in the weir direction (the vertical direction to the paper surface in Fig. 37) is mounted on the pedestal 906. Both sides of the sill 95 (left and right sides in the second figure) are formed with protrusions projecting into the grooves, wherein the grooves are formed on a pair of gamma-direction guiding devices 9 that are placed on the pedestal 906. Γh and 907b on the γ stage side. The groove extends in a direction slightly longer than the gamma directional guide. It protrudes from the protrusion in the groove, and the lower and side knives further have static pressure pumps 9Ha, 909a, 911b, and 9〇9b of a known structure, and the high pressure gas is discharged by the static pressure bearing to make the γ stage 95 The γ-direction guiding devices 9〇7a and 9〇7b can be supported in a non-contact manner and smoothly moved back and forth in the Υ direction. Between the pedestal 906 and the Y-stage 95, a linear motor 932 of a known structure is arranged. With the linear motor, it is possible to apply the Chinese standard (IigTHTs) A4 gauge; i each (10) x 297 public hair a) 119 31 0 Μ · ^--------- (Please read the phonetic on the back? Please fill out this page again)

向之·驅動同壓氣體藉由高壓氣體供給用撓性軟管 934,供γ 么 w 一 、 ° 並經由形成於Υ台内之氣體通路(未圖 二)對上述靜壓軸承9〇%乃至911&amp;、9〇处乃至9m供 、、Όπι壓氣體*給至靜壓軸承的高壓氣體,由形成於與Y 向引導裝置相對的導面之間的數微庫倫到數十微庫偷 之間的縫隙喷出’以執行Υ台對應引導面朝X方向與ζ 方向(在第37圖中為上下方向)正確定位的功能。 312767 1286776 五、發明說明(伽) Χ台96以可朝Χ方向(在第37圖中為左右方向)移動 方式而載置在Υ台之上。¥台95上方隔著又台%設置 與Υ台用之Υ方向引導裝置9〇7a、難具相同構造的一 對X方向引導裝置908a、908b(只圖示908a)。在面對x 方向引導裝置的X台側面,形成凹溝,而χ台側部(面對 χ方向引導面之側部),則形成突出於凹溝内之突部。該凹 溝沿著X方向引導裝置之略全長而伸展。在突出於凹溝内 的X方向台96的突部的上、下面及侧面上,以相同配置 方式,設置與前述靜壓軸承911a、9〇9a、91〇a、9Ub、9〇9b、 910b相同之靜壓軸承(未圖示)。丫台95與又台%之間, 配置有公知構造的線性馬達933 ,以利用該線性馬達進行 χ台之χ方向驅動。x台%,藉由撓性軟管93]供給高壓 氣體,並對靜磨軸承供給高愿氣體。該高塵氣體,由靜塵 軸承朝X方向引導裝置的”導面喷出,而又台%财以高 精密度非接觸方式,支撐在與υ方向以㈣置相對n 空處理至C利用連接於公知構造之真空泵等之真空配管 9!9、920a、920b進行排氣。配管92〇a、92〇b的^侧I真 本紙張尺度適用中_家標準(CNS)A4規格⑽x297公1)To drive the same pressure gas, the high-pressure gas supply flexible hose 934 is supplied with γ, °, and through the gas passage (not shown in FIG. 2) formed in the crucible. 911&amp;, 9〇 or even 9m, Όπι压气* to the high-pressure gas of the hydrostatic bearing, between the micro-Cullen formed between the guide surface opposite to the Y-direction guide to the tens of micro-cash The slit is ejected to perform the function of correctly positioning the corresponding guide surface of the stern in the X direction and the ζ direction (up and down direction in Fig. 37). 312767 1286776 V. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (Gal) The cymbal 96 is placed on the cymbal in a movable manner in the yaw direction (the left and right direction in Fig. 37). A pair of X-direction guiding devices 908a and 908b (illustration 908a only) having the same structure as the slanting direction guiding device 9〇7a and the squatting device are disposed above the stencil 95. A groove is formed on the side of the X stage facing the x-direction guiding device, and a side portion of the sill (facing the side of the 引导-direction guiding surface) forms a projection protruding in the groove. The groove extends along the entire length of the X-direction guiding device. The hydrostatic bearings 911a, 9〇9a, 91〇a, 9Ub, 9〇9b, 910b are disposed in the same arrangement on the upper, lower, and side surfaces of the protrusions of the X-direction stage 96 that protrude in the groove. The same static bearing (not shown). A linear motor 933 having a known structure is disposed between the platform 95 and the other unit, and is driven by the linear motor in the χ direction. The x-unit % is supplied with a high-pressure gas by a flexible hose 93], and a high-torn gas is supplied to the static-grinding bearing. The high-dust gas is sprayed by the static dust bearing toward the "guide surface" of the X-direction guiding device, and the high-precision non-contact method is supported by the high-precision non-contact method, and the support is in the direction of the υ (4) relative to the n-empty treatment to the C utilization connection. The vacuum piping 9!9, 920a, and 920b of a vacuum pump or the like of a known structure is exhausted. The side of the piping 92〇a, 92〇b is applicable to the paper size (CNS) A4 specification (10) x 297 1)

------------^---------^---------^__wi. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 A7 五、發明說明(m ) 空處理室内側),藉由貫穿台座9〇6,於 自XY台”的高塵氣體的置…在接近來 處理室内的遷力藉由靜愿開以極力防止真空 昇。 ㈣㈣轴承贺出之高屢氣體而逐漸上 鏡筒”的前端部,亦即帶電束照射部蝴 置有差動排氣機構925,即使直处_ # h p ^ I 1史具空處理室c的壓力 :電束照射部空間93〇的壓力仍可維持在相當低壓之狀 亦即,安裝在帶電束照射部72周圍的差動排氣機構 9 2 5的ί衣狀構件9 2 6,其下方(試料%侧之面谈試料之間 形成微小縫隙(數微庫倫到數百微庫偷)94〇,以便在殼體卯 中進行定位’並於其下方形成環狀溝927。環狀溝927藉 由排氣管928與未圖示之真空栗等相連接。藉此,微小縫 隙940可藉由環狀溝927及排氣口 928進行排氣,即使氣 體分子由真空處理室c欲流入由環狀構件926所包園的空 間930,也會予以排出。如此,可將帶電束照射部空間 的壓力維持在低壓狀態,以進行無問題的帶電束照射。 該環狀溝可藉由處理室中的壓力、帶電束照射空間 930内的壓力,做成雙重構造或三重構造。 供給至靜壓轴承的高壓氣體,一般係使用乾氮氣。但 盡可能以使用高純度非活性氣體為佳。因為,氣體中若含 有水分、油份等雜質,該雜質會附著在劃分成真空處理室 之殼體内面或載物台構成零件的表面,使真空度惡化,或 附著於試料表面而使帶電束照射空間的真空度惡化。 在以上說明中,試料W通常不直接載置在X台上, 312767 吞丁 等 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)------------^---------^---------^__wi. (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1286776 A7 V. INSTRUCTION OF THE INVENTION (m) In the interior of the empty processing chamber, the high-dust gas from the XY stage is placed through the pedestal 9〇6, and the relocation force in the processing chamber is close to the vacuum to prevent vacuum. (4) (4) The front end of the bearing is high in the gas and gradually on the lens barrel, that is, the charged beam irradiation part is provided with a differential exhaust mechanism 925, even if it is straight _ # hp ^ I 1 The pressure of c: the pressure of the beam irradiation portion space 93 is still maintained at a relatively low pressure, that is, the iko-shaped member 9 2 5 of the differential exhaust mechanism 9 2 5 installed around the charged beam irradiation portion 72. Below it (the sample on the % side of the sample has a small gap (a few microcoulombs to hundreds of micro-banks) 94 〇 in order to locate in the casing ' and form an annular groove 927 under it. 927 is connected to a vacuum pump or the like (not shown) by an exhaust pipe 928. Thereby, the minute slit 940 can be exhausted by the annular groove 927 and the exhaust port 928 even if the gas molecules are vacuumed. The chamber c is intended to flow into the space 930 enclosed by the annular member 926, and is also discharged. Thus, the pressure in the charged beam irradiation portion space can be maintained at a low pressure state to perform problem-free charged beam irradiation. The double-structure or triple-structure can be made by the pressure in the processing chamber and the pressure in the charged beam irradiation space 930. The high-pressure gas supplied to the hydrostatic bearing is generally dry nitrogen gas, but as high-purity inactive as possible. Gas is preferred because if the gas contains impurities such as moisture and oil, the impurities may adhere to the surface of the inner surface of the casing or the components of the stage that are divided into the vacuum processing chamber, thereby deteriorating the degree of vacuum or adhering to the surface of the sample. However, the degree of vacuum of the charged beam irradiation space is deteriorated. In the above description, the sample W is usually not directly placed on the X stage, and the paper size such as 312767 is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). )

[286776 五、發明說明(m ) 而是載置在具備有可移除$斗、丨 斜, 除4枓,並可對應ΧΥ台93進行 微小位置改變功能的試料Α ^ Α 口上’但由於試料台之有盔及J: 構造,與本實施例要旨無 …、” “、、胃’因此將其省略以簡化說明。 以上說明之帶電東奘番 ^ ^ &amp; 裒置,可直接使用可用於大氣中之 靜壓軸承的載物台襞置,田 φ 土 因此可以相同成本及大小,對帶 電束裝置用ΧΥ載物台,眚祖你 實現與曝光裝置等所使用之大氣 用南精密度載物台同等的高精密度ΧΥ載物台。 以上所說明之靜壓引導裝置構造或致動器(線性馬 達),僅是其中一實施例, J /、要疋可用於大氣之靜壓引導裝 置或致動器,均可適用。 第38圖』示差動排氣機構之環狀構件及形成於該 構件之環狀溝大小的數值例。而在本例中,環狀溝具有 927a及927b之雙重構造,兩者以半徑方向相隔。 供給至靜壓軸承的尚壓氣體流量,一般在2〇L/min(大 氣壓換算)左右。假設經由内徑為5〇mm,長為2m的真空 配管,以具有20000L/min排氣速度的乾泵,對真空處理室 c進行排氣時,真空處理室内的壓力大約為16〇pa(約 1·2Τοιτ)。此時,若將差動排氣機構的環狀構件926及環狀 溝等尺寸,製成如第38圖所示,便可將帶電束照射空間 930 中的壓力變為 10-4Pa(1〇-6T〇rr)。 第39圖顯示χγ載物台之其他實施樣態。由殼體98 所劃分成之真空處理室C,經由真空配管974、975與乾真 空泵953相連接。而差動排氣機構925的環狀溝927,則 經由連接在排氣口 928的真空配管970,與超高真空泵之 — — — — — — — — — — I·1111111 ^ « — — — — — — I— (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 122 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 123 312767 A7 五、發明說明(123 ) 渦輪分子泵951相連接。此外,鏡筒71内部,則經由與排 氣口 710相連接的真空配管971,與渦輪分子泵952相連 接。該渦輪分子泵951、952係藉由真空配管972、973與 乾真空果953相連接。(在本圖中,係以_台乾真空泵兼用 渦輪分子泵之粗抽吸泵與真空處理室之真空排氣用泵,但 也可配合供給XY載物台之靜壓軸承的高壓氣體流量、真 空處理室容積或内表面積 '真空配管内徑或長度,以其他 系統的乾真空泵進行排氣。) 高純度非活性氣體(N2氣體、Ar氣體等)經由撓性軟管 921、922而供給到χγ載物台93的靜壓軸承。由靜壓軸 承喷出的該等氣體分子,擴散於真空處理室中,並藉由乾 真空栗953,經排氣口 919、920a、920b進行排氣。此外, 侵入差動排氣機構或帶電束照射空間的氣體分子,由環狀 溝92 7或鏡筒前端部而受吸引,並通過排氣口 928及71〇 後,藉由滿輪分子泵951及952進行排氣,由渦輪分子果 排出後,再藉由乾真空泵953排氣。 如上所述,供給至靜壓轴承的高純度非活性氣體,集 中在乾真空泵後排出。 另一方面,乾真空泵953的排氣口,藉由配管976與 壓縮機954相連接,壓縮機954的排氣口,則藉由配管 977、978、979及調節器(!:€§111以01*)961、962而與撓性軟 管931、932相連接。因此,由乾真空泵953排出的高純声 非活性氣體’藉由壓縮機954再度加壓,並利用調節器 961、962調整為適當的壓力後,再供給至χγ台的靜壓轴 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) — — — — — — — — — — —Aw· ·1111111 ^ ·11111111 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1286776 A7 ----— R7______ 五、發明說明(124 ) 承0 如上所述’為了使供給至靜壓轴承的氣體儘量呈高純 度’並避免含有水分或油分,故對渦輪分子泵、乾泵以及 壓縮機’要求需具備水分或油份不會混入氣體流路的構 造。此外,在壓縮機排出側配管977的途中,設置低溫收 集器或過濾器(960)等,可有效將混入循環氣體中的水分或 油份等雜質予以收集,以避免供給至靜壓軸承。 如此一來’因可讓高純度非活性氣體循環以進行再利 用,因此可節約高純度非活性氣體,此外,因非活性氣體 不會滯留在設置有本裝置的房間内,故可避免發生非活性 氣體所引起之窒息等事故。 循環配管系中連接有高純度非活性氣體供給系963, 可在開始氣體循環時,讓高純度非活性氣體充滿包含真空 處理室C或真空配管970至975及加壓侧配管976至 之所有循環系,此外,因某種原因導致循環氣體流量減少 時,可供給不足部分。 藉由賦與乾真空泵953可進行大氣壓以上壓縮的功 能,可利用一台泵兼用乾真空泵953及壓縮機954。 亦可以離子泵或吸氣泵等取代渦輪分子泵,而使用於 鏡筒排氣的超高真空泵。但在使用該等儲存 、 甘八果時,該部 为則無法建構循環配管系。此外,當然也可使用隔膜 (diaphragm)式乾泵等,或其他方式的乾泵來取代乾真空 泵。 、工 第40圖顯示本實施形態之帶電束 农罝炙先學系及檢 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 χ 297公釐) 312767 -----------裝--------訂-----I---^W1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 124 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(125 測器之模式。光學系雖設置在鏡筒71内,但該光學系及檢 測器只是範例而已,也可配合需要使用其他光學系、檢測 器。▼電束裝置的光學系760’具備有:將帶電束照射在 載置於載物台50上的試料W的一次光學系72;及投入由 試料所釋出之二次電子之二次光學系74。一次光學系72, 具備有:釋出帶電束的電子搶721;藉由集束電子搶721 所放出之帶電束之二段靜電透鏡所形成的透鏡系722 ;偏 向器730,將帶電束偏向’使其光軸能與對象面呈垂直之 維納濾波器,亦即ExB分離器723 ;由二段靜電透鏡所形 成的透鏡系724’該等構件’如第40圖所示,以電子搶721 置在袁上方依序配置’且使帶電束之光轴相對於與試料w 表面呈垂直之直線呈傾斜。ExB偏向器723,具備有電極 723-1 及磁鐵 723-2。 二次光學系74係投入試料所釋出之二次電子的光學 系。具備有配置在一次光學系之ExB型偏向器723上方的 二段靜電透鏡所形成之透鏡系741。檢測器761,係檢出由 二次光學系74所供給之二次電子。上述光學系76〇及檢測 器761之各構成要素的構造及機能,與以往所使用者相 同,故省略其栢關詳細說明。 由電子搶721放出的帶電束,藉由電子搶的正方形開 口而整形,並藉由二段透鏡系722縮小後,以偏向器730 調整光轴’而在ExB偏向器723的偏向中心面上,形成一-邊為1·925πιπι的正方形成像。ExB偏向器723,在與試料 法線呈垂直的平面内,形成電場與磁場正交的構造,當電 -----------裝---------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)[286776 V. Invention description (m) is placed on a sample 具备 ^ Α 具备 具备 具备 具备 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但 但The helmet has a helmet and a J: structure, and the gist of the present embodiment is not..., ",, stomach", so it is omitted to simplify the explanation. The above-mentioned charged Dongpu Fan ^ ^ &amp; device can directly use the stage of the static pressure bearing that can be used in the atmosphere, the field φ soil can therefore be used for the charged beam device at the same cost and size. Taiwan, you can achieve the same high-precision load stage as the south precision stage used in exposure equipment. The above-described static pressure guiding device configuration or actuator (linear motor) is only one of the embodiments, and J /, the static pressure guiding device or the actuator which can be used for the atmosphere, can be applied. Fig. 38 is a view showing numerical examples of the size of the annular member of the differential exhaust mechanism and the size of the annular groove formed in the member. In this example, the annular groove has a dual structure of 927a and 927b, which are spaced apart in the radial direction. The flow rate of the pressurized gas supplied to the hydrostatic bearing is generally about 2 〇L/min (at atmospheric pressure). It is assumed that when the vacuum processing chamber c is exhausted by a dry pump having an inner diameter of 5 mm and a length of 2 m and a dry pump having an exhaust speed of 20,000 L/min, the pressure in the vacuum processing chamber is about 16 〇pa (about 1·2Τοιτ). At this time, if the size of the annular member 926 and the annular groove of the differential exhaust mechanism is set to be as shown in Fig. 38, the pressure in the charged beam irradiation space 930 can be changed to 10-4 Pa (1 〇). -6T〇rr). Figure 39 shows another embodiment of the χγ stage. The vacuum processing chamber C, which is divided by the casing 98, is connected to the dry vacuum pump 953 via vacuum piping 974, 975. The annular groove 927 of the differential exhaust mechanism 925 is connected via a vacuum pipe 970 connected to the exhaust port 928, with an ultra-high vacuum pump — I. 1111111 ^ « — — — — — — I— (Please read the notes on the back and then fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperatives Print this paper scale Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) 122 312767 1286776 Economy Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing 123 312767 A7 V. Invention description (123) Turbomolecular pump 951 is connected. Further, inside the lens barrel 71, it is connected to the turbo molecular pump 952 via a vacuum pipe 971 connected to the exhaust port 710. The turbomolecular pumps 951, 952 are connected to the dry vacuum fruit 953 by vacuum piping 972, 973. (In this figure, the vacuum pump is used as the vacuum pump for the turbo pump and the vacuum pump for the vacuum chamber, but it can also be used for the high-pressure gas flow of the hydrostatic bearing supplied to the XY stage. The vacuum processing chamber volume or internal surface area 'vacuum pipe inner diameter or length is exhausted by a dry vacuum pump of another system.) High-purity inert gas (N2 gas, Ar gas, etc.) is supplied to the flexible hoses 921 and 922. The hydrostatic bearing of the χγ stage 93. The gas molecules ejected by the hydrostatic bearing are diffused into the vacuum processing chamber and exhausted through the exhaust ports 919, 920a, 920b by the dry vacuum pump 953. Further, the gas molecules that have entered the differential exhaust mechanism or the charged beam irradiation space are attracted by the annular groove 927 or the tip end portion of the barrel, and pass through the exhaust ports 928 and 71, and are then passed through the full-wheel molecular pump 951. And 952 is exhausted, and is exhausted by the turbo molecule, and then exhausted by the dry vacuum pump 953. As described above, the high-purity inert gas supplied to the hydrostatic bearing is concentrated and discharged after the dry vacuum pump. On the other hand, the exhaust port of the dry vacuum pump 953 is connected to the compressor 954 via a pipe 976, and the exhaust port of the compressor 954 is connected by pipes 977, 978, 979 and a regulator (!: § 111 01*) 961 and 962 are connected to the flexible hoses 931 and 932. Therefore, the high-purity inert inactive gas discharged from the dry vacuum pump 953 is again pressurized by the compressor 954, and is adjusted to an appropriate pressure by the regulators 961 and 962, and then supplied to the static pressure shaft of the χγ table. National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 public) — — — — — — — — — — — AW· ·1111111 ^ ·11111111 (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Employee consumption cooperative printing 1286776 A7 ----- R7______ V. Invention description (124) According to the above, 'In order to make the gas supplied to the hydrostatic bearing as high as possible' and avoid containing water or oil, the turbine Molecular pumps, dry pumps, and compressors require a structure in which moisture or oil does not mix into the gas flow path. Further, in the middle of the compressor discharge side pipe 977, a low temperature collector or a filter (960) or the like is provided, and impurities such as moisture or oil mixed in the circulating gas can be efficiently collected to avoid supply to the hydrostatic bearing. In this way, since high-purity inert gas can be recycled for recycling, high-purity inert gas can be saved, and since the inert gas is not retained in the room in which the device is installed, the occurrence of non-availability can be avoided. Accidents such as suffocation caused by reactive gases. A high-purity inert gas supply system 963 is connected to the circulation piping system, and the high-purity inert gas can be filled in all the cycles including the vacuum processing chamber C or the vacuum piping 970 to 975 and the pressure side piping 976 at the start of the gas circulation. In addition, when the flow rate of the circulating gas is reduced for some reason, the insufficient portion can be supplied. By applying the dry vacuum pump 953, it is possible to perform compression at atmospheric pressure or higher, and a single pump can be used as both a dry vacuum pump 953 and a compressor 954. It is also possible to replace the turbomolecular pump with an ion pump or a getter pump, and to use an ultra-high vacuum pump for the barrel discharge. However, when using these storage and Gan Baguo, the Ministry could not construct a circulation piping system. In addition, it is of course also possible to use a diaphragm type dry pump or the like, or another type of dry pump instead of a dry vacuum pump. Figure 40 shows that the charged beam farmer's first school and the paper size of this embodiment apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇χ 297 mm) 312767 --------- --装--------Book-----I---^W1 (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) 124 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 V DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (125 mode of the detector. Although the optical system is provided in the lens barrel 71, the optical system and the detector are merely examples, and other optical systems and detectors may be used in combination with the optical system of the laser beam device. 760' includes a primary optical system 72 that irradiates a charged beam onto a sample W placed on the stage 50, and a secondary optical system 74 that inputs secondary electrons released from the sample. The primary optical system 72, The invention comprises: an electron grab 721 for discharging a charged beam; a lens system 722 formed by a two-stage electrostatic lens of a charged beam released by the bundle electron 721; and a deflector 730 biasing the charged beam toward 'the optical axis can be The object surface is a vertical Wiener filter, that is, ExB separator 723; a lens formed by a two-stage electrostatic lens The members 724' are arranged as shown in Fig. 40, with the electronic robes 721 placed above the Yuan in order, and the optical axis of the charged beam is inclined with respect to a line perpendicular to the surface of the sample w. ExB deflector 723 The electrode 723-1 and the magnet 723-2 are provided. The secondary optical system 74 is an optical system that emits secondary electrons emitted from the sample, and has two-stage static electricity disposed above the ExB type deflector 723 of the primary optical system. The lens system 741 formed by the lens. The detector 761 detects secondary electrons supplied from the secondary optical system 74. The structure and function of each component of the optical system 76 and the detector 761 are conventionally used. The same is omitted, so the detailed description of the cymbal is omitted. The charged beam discharged by the electron grab 721 is shaped by the square opening of the electron grab, and is reduced by the two-stage lens system 722, and the optical axis is adjusted by the deflector 730. On the deflecting center plane of the ExB deflector 723, a square image with a side of 1.925 ππι is formed. The ExB deflector 723 forms a structure in which an electric field and a magnetic field are orthogonal in a plane perpendicular to the normal of the sample. -----------Install--------- Order --------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page)

1286776 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(l26 ) 場、磁場、電子能量之關係斿 剛你付合預定條件時,讓電子直射, 其他時候,則憑藉該等雷揚 ^ % +琢及電場能量的相互關係 偏向所定方向。在第40圖中,脾水占兩 P T將來自電子搶的帶電束設定 為可垂直入射至試料W,而蔣, 而將由喊料放出的二次電子設定 為可直射檢測器761的方向。雜± ^乃 Π藉由ExB偏光器而偏向的成 形光束,於透鏡系724中缩小兔]β 2 糨小為1 /5,並投影至試料W。 具有試料W所釋出之圖幸爭禮次 口茶衫像貝矾的二次電子,在透鏡系 724與741中放大,並在檢測哭 俄测器761中形成二次電子影像。 該四段放大透鏡’因透鏡系724形成對稱小透鏡,且透鏡 系741也同樣形成對稱小透鏡,因此構成一種無崎變透 鏡。 根據本實施例,可獲得下列效果。 (1)使用具有與*用於大氣中的靜壓轴承式載物台 相同構造的載物台(不具備差動排氣機構的靜虔袖承支撐 載物台以穩定地對載物台上的試料進行帶電束處理。 ⑺可將對帶電束照射區域真空度所造成之影響控制 到最低限度,以穩定帶電束對試料的處理。 (3) 可以低廉的價格,提供高精密度之載物台定位性 且帶電束照射區域真空度穩定的檢查設備。 (4) 可以低廉的價格,提供高精密度之載物台定位性 且帶電束照射區域真空度穩定的曝光裝置。 (5) 藉由高精密度之載物台定位性能,且帶電束照射 區域真S度敎的設備來製造半導體,可形成微細的半導 體電路。 能 能 Μ氏張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 X 297公髮 312767 裝--------訂— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 峰 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製1286776 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Employees Consumption Cooperatives Printing V. Inventions (l26) The relationship between field, magnetic field, and electronic energy. When you pay the predetermined conditions, let the electrons shine directly. At other times, rely on these Ray Yang. The relationship between ^ % + 琢 and electric field energy is biased toward the given direction. In Fig. 40, the spleen water accounts for two P T to set the charged beam from the electron grab to be vertically incident to the sample W, and to set the secondary electron emitted by the shouting to the direction of the direct detector 761. The impurity beam is deflected by the ExB polarizer, and the lens is reduced by 1/5 in the lens system 724 and projected onto the sample W. The image of the sample released by the sample W is a secondary electron of the bellows like Bellow, magnified in the lens systems 724 and 741, and a secondary electron image is formed in the detection crying detector 761. The four-stage magnifying lens 'is formed by the lens system 724 as a symmetrical small lens, and the lens system 741 also forms a symmetrical small lens, thus constituting a smectic lens. According to the present embodiment, the following effects can be obtained. (1) Use a stage having the same structure as that used for a hydrostatic bearing type in the atmosphere (a stationary cuff support stage without a differential exhaust mechanism to stably mount the stage) The sample is subjected to charged beam treatment. (7) The influence of the vacuum degree of the charged beam irradiation area can be minimized to stabilize the treatment of the charged beam to the sample. (3) The high-precision load can be provided at a low price. An inspection device that is positional and has a stable vacuum in the area where the beam is irradiated. (4) An exposure device that provides high-precision stage positioning and stable vacuum in the charged beam irradiation area at a low price. The high-precision stage positioning performance, and the device with the S-beam in the area of the charged beam to manufacture the semiconductor, can form a fine semiconductor circuit. It can be applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇) X 297 public hair 312767 Pack -------- set — (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) Peak 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing

A7 五、發明說明(127 檢查設備之轡形你丨 第41圖顯示本發明變形例之缺陷檢查設備之概略構 成。 Μ缺^檢查設備,係上述之映射投影型檢查設備,由 以下構件構成·可釋出一次電子線的電子槍721 ;將所釋 出之-次電子線偏向、成形的靜電透鏡722;在電場£及 磁場Β正父位置,以與半導體晶圓w呈大致垂直接觸方 式,偏向所成形之一次電子線的ΕχΒ偏向器723 ;將所偏 向之一次電子線成像於晶圓w之上的物鏡724丨設置在未 圖不,可進行真空排氣的試料室内,並可在載置晶圓W的 狀態下,進行水平面移動的載物台5〇;藉由一次電子線的 照射,以指定之倍率,將晶圓冒所釋出之二次電子線及/ 或反射電子線映射投影成像的映射投影系靜電透鏡741 ; 將成像之圖像,當作晶圓之二次電子影像來檢出之檢測器 770;以及可控制設備全體,並根據檢測器77〇所檢出之二 次電子影像,進行檢出晶圓w缺陷之處理的控制部1〇16。 另外,上述二次電子影像中,除二次電子外,也包含散射 電子或反射電子之助益,在此稱之為二次電子影像。 此外,物鏡724與晶圓W之間,係隔著可藉由電場等 偏向一次電子線之晶圓w的入射角度的偏向電極1〇11。 該偏向電極ioii與可控制該偏向電極之電場的偏向控制 器1〇12相連接。該偏向控制器1012與控制部1〇16相連 接,可控制該偏向電極,使對應控制部1〇16之指令的電 場,可於偏向電極1011中產生。另外,偏向控制器1〇12 -----------裝---------訂—------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 A7 五、發明說明(128 ) 可構成一種可控制供給到偏向雷技 J堝向電極1011的電壓的電壓控 制裝置。 檢測器頂,只要可將藉由靜電透鏡741成像的二次 電子影像變換為可進行後處理的信號,任何構成均無妨。 如第46圖所詳述,檢測器77〇中可包含:多通道板771 . 營光面772;中繼光學系773;由多數CCD元件構成之攝 像感應器56。多通道板771在其板内具有多數通道,由靜 電透鏡741所成像之二次電子通過該通道時,會產生更多 的電子。亦即,將二次電子增幅。螢光面772,則藉由發 出增幅之二次電子所產生之螢光,將二次電子變換為光。 中繼透鏡773 1將該螢光引導至CCD攝像感應器774,而 CCD攝像感應器774,則將晶圓W表面上的二次電子強度 分佈,變換為各元件的電訊號,亦即數位影像資料,而輸 出至控制部1016。 控制部1016’如第41圖所示,可由一般使用之個人 電腦等構成。該電腦具備有:根據所指定之程式執行各種 控制、演算處理的控制部本體1014 ;用以顯示本體ι〇14 處理結果的CRT1015 ;及處理器用以輸入指令之鍵盤或滑 鼠等之輸入部1018。當然,也可利用缺陷檢查設備專甩的 硬體,或工作站等來構成控制部1016。 控制部本體1014,係由未圖示之CPU、RAM、ROM、 硬碟、錄影機基板等各種控制基板所構成。RAM或硬碟等 記憶體上,分佈有:用以記憶由檢測器770所接收之電訊 號’亦即晶圓W之二次電手影像的數位影像資料的二次電 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------— 丨 I 裝----!訂·------— ^_wi (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 -—— _B7 __ 五、發明說明(129 ) 一~ ^ 子影像記憶區域1008。此外,該硬碟上,則有:可預先★己 憶無缺陷之晶圓基準影像資料的基準影像記憶部ι〇ΐ3。此 外,硬碟上除了有用以控制缺陷檢查設備全體的控制程式 外,還儲藏有·自記憶區域1 〇〇8讀出二次電子影像資料, 且根據該影像資料,依照所指定計算方法,自動檢出晶圓 w缺陷的缺陷檢出程式1009。該缺陷檢出程式1〇〇9,如 後所詳述,具有:可將基準影像儲存部丨〇丨3所讀取之基準 影像,與實際檢出之二次電子線影像相配合,以自動檢出 缺陷部分,且判斷出有缺陷時,即對處理器顯示警告之功 能。此時,亦可將二次影像1〇17顯示於CRT 1〇15的顯示 部。 接著,以第43圖乃至第45圖的流程圖為例,以說明 該實施例所闡述之缺陷檢查設備之作用。 首先,如第43圖的主程序的流程所示,將作為檢查對 象的晶圓W安裝在载物台50之上(步驟13〇〇)。其形態上, 也可如前所述,分別將儲存於裝載機中的多數晶圓自動地 安裝到載物台50上。 其次,各自取得在晶圓W表面的XY平面上呈部分重 疊並相互位移的複數被檢查區域之影像(步驟n〇4)。該等 用以進行影像取得的複數被檢查區域係指:如第47圖所 示’例如’晶圓檢查表面1034上,以參照號碼1〇32a、 l〇32b、...10321.所標示之矩形區域,而這些區域,以部 分重疊方式錯開於晶圓檢查圖案1〇3〇的周圍。如第42圖 所示,可取得16個被檢查區域影像1032(被檢查影像)。在 • ml — — — — — — -------1 I ^ ----I--- (靖先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 本紙張尺度適國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 129 312767 1286776 員 工 消 費 社 印 製 A7 五、發明說明(B〇 2 ’第42 _示影像中的矩形位數相當於—像錄比像 素更大的區塊單位亦可),其中被塗黑的位數相當於晶圓% 上的圖案影像部分。該步驟13〇4之詳細内容,於後以第 44圖的流程圖加以敘述。 其次’將在步驟麗所取得之複數被檢查區域之影像 貪科’與記憶於記憶部1G13的基準影像資料相互比較對照 (第43圖之步驟13〇8),以判斷自上述複數被檢查區域所網 羅之晶圓檢查面是否具有缺陷。該製程,係實行影像㈣ 之間的匹配處理’其詳細内容,於後以第45圖之流程圖詳 述。 、、τ&lt;由步驟1 308的比較結果,判斷出自上述複數被檢查 區域所網羅之晶圓檢查面具有缺陷時(步驟Η。肯定判 斷),對處理器顯示缺陷存在之警告(步驟1318)。其警告方 法有:例如,於CRT1015顯示部巾,顯示通知缺陷存在的 ^在此同時,亦可顯示表示缺陷存在的圖案的擴大影 像1〇17。可將具缺陷的晶圓直接由試料室31中取出,而 無缺陷晶圓則另外儲存於其他保管處(步驟1319)。 、漫由步驟1308的比較處理結果,判斷出晶圓w無缺 fe時(步驟1312否定判斷),對成為檢查對象的晶圓w,進 行妁斷、以判疋是否還存有必須接受檢查的區域(步驟 1314)尚存有必須檢查之區域時(步驟j 314肯定判斷), 貝J驅動載物台50,以移動晶圓,使應接受檢查之其他區域 可進入一次電子照射區域内(步驟1316)。之後,再回到步 雜1320 ’對其他檢查區域重複相同處理。 I ^----------------. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度_ 標準(CNS)A4規格— X 297公釐) 312767 I286776 A7 五、發明說明(⑶) 判斷為沒有必須檢查之區域時(步驟1314否定判斷), i在移除缺陷晶圓的製程後(步驟1319),判斷成為現在檢 查對象的晶圓w是否為最後晶圓,亦即,判斷未圖示之裝 載機中疋否還存有未檢查之晶圓(步驟似)。非最後晶圓時 (步驟1320否定判斷),將完成檢查之晶圓保存於所指定儲 減位置,另-方面’則將未檢查之新的晶圓安裝於載物台 50之上(步驟1322)。之後,再回到步驟132〇,對其他檢查 區域重複相同處理。當晶圓為最終晶圓時(步驟132〇肯定 判斷)’將完成檢查之晶圓保存於所指定儲藏位置,並結束 所有製程。 其次,依照第44圖的流程圖,說明步驟13〇4的處理 流程。 在第44圖中,首先,將影像號碼丨設為初期值ι(步驟 1330)。該影像號碼,係依順序賦予各複數被檢查區域影像 的識別號碼。接著,在所設定之影像號碼丨的被檢查區域 中決定影像位置(Xi,Yi)(步驟1332)。該影像位置,定義 為用以劃定被檢查區域的該區域内的特定位置,例如該區 域内的中心位置。在該時點上,因i = 1,而成為影像位置 (Xi,1),此乃相當於第47圖所示被檢查區域1〇32a的中 心位置。所有的被檢查影像區域的影像位置均事先決定, 並記憶於控制部1016的硬碟上,而在步驟1332中讀出。 接著’由偏向控制器1012對偏向電極切^施加電場 (第44圖之步驟1334),使通過第41圖的偏向電極1〇ιι 的一次電子線,可照射到在步驟1 332中所決定的影像位置 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 x 297公釐) 312767 --------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 132 312767 1286776 五、發明說明(132) (xi,Yi)的被檢查影像區域。 然後,由電子搶72 1放出電子線,並通過靜電透鏡 722、ExB偏向器723物鏡724及偏向電極1〇11,照射至 所安裝的晶圓表面上(步驟1336)。此時,一次電子線藉由 偏向電極ion所形成電場進行偏向,以照射晶圓表面1〇34 上的影像位置(Xi,Yi)的被檢查影像區域全體。當影像號 碼i=l時,被檢查區域為l〇32a。 由一次電子線所照射之被檢查區域放出二次電子及/ 或反射電子(以下簡稱為「二次電子」)。於是,所產生之 二次電子線則藉由擴大投影系之靜電透鏡741,依照所指 定倍率,於檢測器770中成像。檢測器77〇,檢出成像^ 二次電子線’並變換輸出為各檢出元件之電訊號,亦即數 位影像資料(步驟1338)。所檢出之影像號碼丨的數位影像 資料,則被轉送至二次電子影像記憶區域8(步驟134〇)。 接著,將影像號碼i只增量(increinentA丨(步驟 U42),並判斷所增量之影像號碼(i+1)是否超過預定值 iMAX(步驟1344)。該“係必須取得的被檢查影像之數 量’在第42圖所示上述例中為「16」。 當影像號碼i未超過預定值 睦,卜 疋值WAX時(步驟1344否定判 斷),再度回到步驟1332,針對所择蕃*炎你上 T所增里之影像號碼(i+Ι)再 次決定影像位置(Xi + 1,Yi+l)。該影 〜像位置,以所指定距離 (△ Χι ’ △ YJ ’由前述之子程序所決备 T成疋的影像位置(X!,Y ) 移動至X方向及/或γ方向。笫 r 41圖的例子顯示,被檢省 區域,變成由(Xi,YJ只朝γ方向 ~ 口移動的位置(X2,Y2), 表紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格⑵ο χ 297 •I I n i ϋ n ϋ —mm n · 1 I ϋ n n ϋ n 一:or I ϋ n n I n I n I (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(133) 亦即虛線所不矩形區域l〇32b。而(△ ,△Yi)(i = l, (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 2,..」ΜΑΧ)的值,可根據:晶圓檢查面1034的圖案1030 在實際經驗上從檢測器770的視野偏差程度、被檢查區域 的數量及面積等,作適當的設定。 然後’在iMAX 個被檢查區域依序反覆進行步驟1332 乃至1342的處理。這些被檢查區域,如第47圖所示,在 晶圓檢查面1034上,以部分重疊方式分隔配置,以在k 次移動位置(Xk,Yk)中形成被檢查影像區域1〇32k。如此, 可如第42圖所示,在影像記憶區域1〇〇8中取得16個被檢 查影像資料。所取得的複數被檢查區域影像1〇32(被檢查 影像)’如第42断所示,係包含部分或全部的晶圓檢查面 1034上的圖案1〇3〇的影像1030a。 當影像號碼i超過預定值iMAx時(步驟1344肯定判 斷)’則返回s亥子程序’並移動至第37圖的主程序比較製 程(步驟308)。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 另外’在步驟1340中被記憶傳送的影像資料,係由檢 測器770所檢出之各像素的二次電子的強度值(所謂的完 整貧料)所形成,因為是在後段比較製程(第3 7圖之步驟 1308)中進行與基準影像的匹配運算,因此,可在實施各種 運算處理的狀態下,儲存至記憶區域1〇〇8。該運算處理中 包含有:例如,可將影像資料的大小及/或濃度,設定為與 基準衫像資料的大小及/或濃度一致的正規劃處理,或將所 定像素數以下的獨立像素群當作雜訊而予以去除的處理 等此外,除了單純的完整資料,在不會降低高精細圖案 本紙張尺度適用中國㈣票準(CNS)A4規格⑽⑽公楚 133 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(134 的檢出精讀度的範圍内,也可將所抽出之檢出圖案特徵的 特徵矩陣變換為壓縮資料。該特徵矩陣中,包含有mxn特 徵矩陣等可將MxN像素所形成的二次元被檢查區域,分 割為mxn(m&lt;M,ii&gt;N)區塊,並將各區塊所包含之像素之二 -人電子強度值的總和(或將其總和值除以被檢查區域全體 之總像素數所得之正規化值)作為各矩陣成分。在該情況 下’也以相同表現將基準影像資料予以記憶。本發明實施 形態所稱之影像資料,係指完整資料,其中包含利用任意 算法而特徵抽出的影像資料。 接著’利用第45圖的流程圖,說明步驟13〇8的處理 流程。 首先,由控制部1016的CPU,將基準影像資料從基 準影像記憶部1013(第41圖)讀出至ram等工作記憶體上 (步驟1350)。該基準影像,在第42圖中,係以參照號碼 1036標不。將影像號碼i重設為丨(步驟1352),將影像號 碼1的被檢查影像資料,從記憶區域! 〇〇8讀出至工作記憶 體(步驟1354)。 將讀出之基準影像資料,與影像i之資料相匹配,以 求算兩者之間的距離值Di(步驟1356)。該距離值Di代表 基準影像與被檢查影像i之間的類似度,且該距離值Di 愈大表示基準影像與被檢查影像i之間的差異愈大。只要 是可代表類似度的量,可採用任意數值作為該距離值Di。 例如,由影像資料MxN像素形成時,可將各像素之二次電 子強度(或特徵量)視為MxN次元空間的各位置矢量成分, -----------· I-------^-----1---. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) b紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4 g (21G X 297公髮) 134 312767 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1286776 A7 -------- B7 五、發明說明(135 ) 以演算存在於該MxN次元空間的基準影像矢量及影像i 矢量間的歐基理得距離或相關係數。當然,也可運算歐基 理得距離以外的距離,例如,所謂的市街地距離等。此外, 當像素數很大時,其運算量會隨之擴大,因此亦可如上所 述,運算以mxn特徵矢量表示的影像資料之間的距離值。 接著’判斷所算出得距離值Di是否小於所指定的閾值 Th(步驟1358)。該閾值Th,可視為判斷基準影像與被檢查 衫像之間為完全^一致時的基準而試驗性求出。 當距離值Di較所指定的閾值Th為小時(步驟1358肯 定判斷即判斷該晶圓W的該檢查面1〇34「無缺陷」(步 驟1360),並重複本子程序。亦即,只要被檢查影像中, 有一個與基準影像大致呈一致者時,即判斷為「無缺陷」。 如此,因為無須進行與所有被檢查影像之間的匹配處理, 因此可達到高速判斷。第42圖所顯示之圖例,說明第三行 第三列的被檢查影像與基準影像之間無位置偏差而呈大致 一致狀態。 當距離值Di在所心疋的閾值Th之上時(步驟1358否 定判斷),將影像號碼1只增量為1(步驟1362),並判斷所 增量之影像號碼(i+Ι)是否超過預定值ίΜΑχ(步驟1364)。 當影像號碼i未超過預定值、心時(步驟1364否定判 斷),則重新回到步驟1354,並針對增量之影像號碼(i+i), 讀出影像資料,以重複進行相同處理。 當影像號碼1超過預定值ιΜΑχ時(步驟1364肯定判 斷)’則判斷該晶圓w的檢查面1034有r缺陷」(步驟 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------裝----------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 135 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(136 ) 1366),並重新回到該子鋥庠。 亦即,當被檢查影像整體與 基準影像未呈一致時,即判斷為「有缺陷」。 ” 以上為載物台裝置之各種實施形態,但本發明並不限 於上述各例,只要不超出本發明之要旨範園,即可任意進 行適度變更。 例如,例令雖以半導體晶圓w做為被檢查試料,但本 發明之被檢查試料並不限於半導體晶圓w,只要是可藉由 電子線檢出缺陷者,均可選擇騎檢查試料。例如,^可 將晶圓曝光用圖案所形成的光罩等作為檢查對象。 本發明也適用於使用電子以外的帶電粒子線,以進行 缺陷檢查的设備,同時也適用於可取得用以檢查試料缺陷 的影像的任何設備。 偏向電極1011,不但可以放置在物鏡724與晶圓w 之間,也可放置在可變更一次電子線照射區域的任何位 置。例如’可放置在· ExB偏向器723與物鏡724之間, 或電子槍721與ExB偏向器723之間。此外,可藉由控制 ExB偏向器723所產生的電場,以控制偏向方向。亦即, 可讓ExB偏向器723兼用偏向電極1〇11的功能。 此外,在上述實施形態中,進行影像之間的匹配時, 係採用像素間匹配或特徵矢量間的匹配的任一項,實際上 也可將二者合併。例如,先以運算量少的特徵矢量進行高 速匹配,再以更詳細的像素資料,針對其結果、類似度高 的被檢查影像進行匹配,藉由該二階段處理,可同時達成 高速化與精確度之處理。 丨 I I I I I - I I I — I I I t — — — — — — — I· . (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)A7 V. OBJECT DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (127. FIG. 41 shows a schematic configuration of a defect inspection apparatus according to a modification of the present invention. The inspection apparatus is the above-mentioned map projection type inspection apparatus, and is composed of the following components. An electron gun 721 capable of releasing a primary electron beam; an electrostatic lens 722 that deflects and deforms the released secondary electron line; and a position perpendicular to the semiconductor wafer w in a position where the electric field and the magnetic field are positively oriented, a pupil deflector 723 for forming a primary electron beam; an objective lens 724 that images the deflected primary electron beam on the wafer w is placed in a sample chamber that can be vacuum-exhausted, and can be placed In the state of the wafer W, the stage 5 is moved by the horizontal plane; by the irradiation of the primary electron beam, the secondary electron beam and/or the reflected electron beam projected by the wafer is projected at a specified magnification. The imaged projection projection is an electrostatic lens 741; the imaged image is detected as a secondary electronic image of the wafer, and the detector 770 is detected; and the entire device can be controlled and detected according to the detector 77. Electricity The image is a control unit 1〇16 that detects the defect of the wafer w. Further, the secondary electron image includes, in addition to the secondary electrons, the benefit of scattered electrons or reflected electrons. In addition, the objective lens 724 and the wafer W are separated from each other by a deflection electrode 1〇11 which can be deflected toward the incident angle of the wafer w of the primary electron beam by an electric field or the like. The deflection electrode ioii can control the deflection. The deflection of the electric field of the electrode is connected to the controller 1〇12. The deflection controller 1012 is connected to the control unit 1〇16, and can control the deflection electrode so that the electric field corresponding to the command of the control unit 1〇16 can be applied to the deflection electrode 1011. In addition, the bias controller 1〇12 ----------- loaded --------- set --------- (please read the back of the precautions before Fill in this page) 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Print A7 V. Invention Description (128) A voltage control device that can control the voltage supplied to the deflection electrode J11 to the electrode 1011 can be constructed. Secondary electron image that can be imaged by electrostatic lens 741 For any signal that can be post-processed, any configuration may be omitted. As detailed in Fig. 46, the detector 77A may include: a multi-channel plate 771. A camping surface 772; a relay optical system 773; The imaging sensor 56 is constructed. The multi-channel plate 771 has a plurality of channels in its plate, and when the secondary electrons imaged by the electrostatic lens 741 pass through the channel, more electrons are generated. That is, the secondary electrons are amplified. The fluorescent surface 772 converts the secondary electrons into light by emitting fluorescent light generated by the amplified secondary electrons. The relay lens 773 1 guides the fluorescent light to the CCD imaging sensor 774, and the CCD imaging sensor 774, the secondary electron intensity distribution on the surface of the wafer W is converted into the electrical signal of each component, that is, the digital image data, and output to the control unit 1016. As shown in Fig. 41, the control unit 1016' can be constituted by a general-purpose personal computer or the like. The computer includes a control unit body 1014 that performs various control and calculation processes according to the specified program, a CRT 1015 for displaying the processing result of the main body ι 14 , and an input unit 1018 for inputting a command keyboard or mouse. . Of course, it is also possible to constitute the control unit 1016 by using hardware or a workstation or the like dedicated to the defect inspection device. The control unit main body 1014 is composed of various control boards such as a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, a hard disk, and a video recorder board (not shown). On the memory such as RAM or hard disk, the secondary paper size for storing the digital image data of the electric signal received by the detector 770, that is, the secondary electric hand image of the wafer W, is distributed to the Chinese country. Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -------- 丨I Pack----! Order·------—^_wi (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Print A7 -—— _B7 __ V. Invention Description (129) 1~ ^ Sub-image memory area 1008. Further, on the hard disk, there is a reference image memory unit ι3 which can pre-remember the defect-free wafer reference image data. In addition, on the hard disk, in addition to the control program for controlling the entire defect inspection device, the second electronic image data is stored from the memory area 1 〇〇 8 and automatically calculated according to the specified calculation method according to the image data. A defect detection program 1009 that detects a wafer w defect. The defect detection program 1〇〇9, as described in detail later, has a reference image that can be read by the reference image storage unit 3 and an actual detected secondary electron beam image to automatically When the defective part is detected and a defect is judged, the function of displaying a warning to the processor is displayed. At this time, the secondary image 1 〇 17 can also be displayed on the display portion of the CRT 1 〇 15. Next, the flowchart of Fig. 43 to Fig. 45 will be taken as an example to explain the function of the defect inspection apparatus explained in the embodiment. First, as shown in the flow of the main routine of Fig. 43, the wafer W as the inspection object is mounted on the stage 50 (step 13A). In the form, as described above, a plurality of wafers stored in the loader are automatically mounted to the stage 50, respectively. Next, images of a plurality of inspection regions which are partially overlapped and displaced from each other on the XY plane of the surface of the wafer W are obtained (step n〇4). The plurality of inspected areas for performing image acquisition means that, as shown in FIG. 47, for example, the wafer inspection surface 1034 is indicated by reference numerals 1〇32a, l〇32b, ...10321. Rectangular areas, which are staggered in a partially overlapping manner around the wafer inspection pattern 1〇3〇. As shown in Fig. 42, 16 images of the inspection area 1032 (image to be inspected) can be obtained. In • ml — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Specifications (210 X 297 mm) 129 312767 1286776 Employees' Consortium Printed A7 V. Invention Description (B〇2 '42nd _The number of rectangles in the image is equivalent to - the block size larger than the pixel size The number of blackened digits corresponds to the portion of the pattern image on the wafer %. The details of step 13〇4 are described later in the flowchart of Fig. 44. Next, 'will be obtained in step Li The video image of the plurality of inspected areas is compared with the reference image data stored in the memory unit 1G13 (steps 13 and 8 of FIG. 43) to determine whether the wafer inspection surface collected from the plurality of inspection areas is There is a defect. The process is to perform the matching process between the images (4), the details of which are detailed later in the flowchart of Fig. 45. , τ &lt; from the comparison result of step 1 308, it is judged that the above plural is checked When the wafer inspection surface of the area is flawed (step A warning is given to the processor to display a defect (step 1318). The warning method is: for example, displaying a scarf on the CRT 1015, indicating that the defect is present, and at the same time, indicating that the defect exists. The enlarged image of the pattern is 1〇17. The defective wafer can be directly taken out from the sample chamber 31, and the non-defective wafer is additionally stored in another storage location (step 1319). The result of the comparison processing in step 1308 is When it is determined that the wafer w is not missing (the determination is negative in step 1312), the wafer w to be inspected is cut off to determine whether or not there is an area in which inspection is necessary (step 1314). At the time of the region (definitely determined in step j 314), the shell J drives the stage 50 to move the wafer so that other areas that should be inspected can enter the primary electron irradiation area (step 1316). Thereafter, return to step 1320. ' Repeat the same process for other inspection areas. I ^----------------. (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Paper Size _ Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications - X 297 mm) 312767 I2 86776 A7 V. Description of Invention ((3)) When it is judged that there is no area to be inspected (step 1314 negative judgment), i after the process of removing the defective wafer (step 1319), it is judged whether or not the wafer w which is the object to be inspected is The last wafer, that is, whether or not the unchecked wafer is still present in the loader (not shown) is judged. When the final wafer is not final (step 1320 is negative), the wafer to be inspected is stored in the designated storage and subtraction position, and the other unpatched wafer is mounted on the stage 50 (step 1322). ). Thereafter, returning to step 132, the same processing is repeated for the other inspection areas. When the wafer is the final wafer (step 132, affirmative judgment), the wafer to be inspected is stored in the designated storage location, and all processes are terminated. Next, the processing flow of the step 13〇4 will be described in accordance with the flowchart of Fig. 44. In Fig. 44, first, the image number 丨 is set to the initial value ι (step 1330). The image number is assigned to the identification number of each of the plurality of inspection area images in order. Next, the image position (Xi, Yi) is determined in the area to be inspected of the set image number ( (step 1332). The image position is defined as a specific position within the area in which the area to be inspected is delineated, such as a central position within the area. At this point of time, since i = 1, it becomes the image position (Xi, 1), which corresponds to the center position of the inspection area 1〇32a shown in Fig. 47. The image positions of all the image areas to be inspected are determined in advance and are memorized on the hard disk of the control unit 1016, and are read out in step 1332. Next, 'the electric field is applied to the deflecting electrode by the deflecting controller 1012 (step 1334 of FIG. 44), so that the primary electron line passing through the deflecting electrode 1〇1 of FIG. 41 can be irradiated to the one determined in step 1332. Image Position This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇x 297 mm) 312767 --------^--------- (Please read the notes on the back first. Fill in this page) 1 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 132 312767 1286776 V. Invention Description (132) (xi, Yi) The image area to be inspected. Then, the electron beam is discharged from the electrons 72, and is irradiated onto the surface of the mounted wafer through the electrostatic lens 722, the ExB deflector 723 objective lens 724, and the deflecting electrode 1〇11 (step 1336). At this time, the primary electron beam is deflected by the electric field formed by the deflection electrode ion to illuminate the entire image area to be inspected at the image position (Xi, Yi) on the wafer surface 1〇34. When the image number i=l, the checked area is l〇32a. Secondary electrons and/or reflected electrons (hereinafter referred to as "secondary electrons") are emitted from the inspection region irradiated by the primary electron beam. Thus, the generated secondary electron beam is imaged in the detector 770 in accordance with the specified magnification by expanding the electrostatic lens 741 of the projection system. The detector 77 〇 detects the image ^ secondary electron beam ' and converts the output to the electrical signal of each detected component, that is, the digital image data (step 1338). The digital image data of the detected image number 丨 is transferred to the secondary electronic image memory area 8 (step 134A). Next, the image number i is incremented only (increinentA) (step U42), and it is determined whether the incremented image number (i+1) exceeds a predetermined value iMAX (step 1344). The number ' is 16 in the above example shown in Fig. 42. When the image number i does not exceed the predetermined value 睦, the value is WAX (step 1344 negative judgment), and returns to step 1332 again for the selected The image number (i+Ι) you added to T is again determined by the image position (Xi + 1, Yi+l). The shadow ~ image position is at the specified distance (△ Χι ' △ YJ ' from the aforementioned subroutine The image position (X!, Y) of the backup T is moved to the X direction and/or the γ direction. The example of the 笫r 41 image shows that the area to be inspected becomes (Xi, YJ only moves toward the γ direction ~ port) The position (X2, Y2), the table paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2) ο 297 • II ni ϋ n ϋ — mm n · 1 I ϋ nn ϋ n One: or I ϋ nn I n I n I (Please read the phonetic transcription on the back? Please fill out this page again) 1286776 A7 B7 V. Invention description (133) The area l 〇 32b. And ( △ , △ Yi) (i = l, (please read the back of the note before filling this page) 2,.." ΜΑΧ) value can be based on: wafer inspection surface 1034 pattern 1030 Actually, the degree of field of view deviation of the detector 770, the number and area of the area to be inspected, and the like are appropriately set. Then, the processes of step 1332 or 1342 are sequentially repeated in the iMAX areas to be inspected. These are checked. The area, as shown in Fig. 47, is arranged on the wafer inspection surface 1034 in a partially overlapping manner to form the image area to be inspected 1 〇 32k in the k-th moving position (Xk, Yk). As shown in Fig. 42, 16 pieces of image data to be inspected are acquired in the image memory area 1 to 8. The obtained image of the plurality of inspected areas 1 to 32 (inspected image) is shown as the 42nd line, and the part or The image 1030a of the pattern 1〇3〇 on the entire wafer inspection surface 1034. When the image number i exceeds the predetermined value iMAx (step 1344 affirmatively judged) 'returns to the s subroutine' and moves to the main program of Fig. 37 Process (step 308). The property bureau employee consumption cooperative prints another image data that is memorized and transmitted in step 1340, which is formed by the intensity value of the secondary electrons of each pixel detected by the detector 770 (so-called complete lean material) because In the subsequent comparison process (step 1308 in FIG. 7), the matching operation with the reference image is performed. Therefore, it can be stored in the memory area 1 to 8 in a state where various arithmetic processing is performed. The arithmetic processing includes, for example, setting the size and/or density of the image data to a positive planning process that matches the size and/or density of the reference blouse data, or an independent pixel group having a predetermined number of pixels or less. In addition to purely complete information, in addition to simple complete information, the paper will not be reduced in high-definition patterns. (4) Tickets (CNS) A4 specifications (10) (10) Gong Chu 133 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau staff consumption In the range of the detection intelligibility of 134, the feature matrix of the extracted pattern features can be converted into compressed data. The feature matrix includes mxn feature matrix, etc. The quadratic inspected region formed by the MxN pixel is divided into mxn (m &lt; M, ii &gt; N) blocks, and the sum of the two-human electron intensity values of the pixels included in each block (or the sum thereof) The normalized value obtained by dividing the total number of pixels in the entire area to be inspected is used as each matrix component. In this case, the reference image data is also memorized in the same manner. The image data referred to in the form refers to the complete data, which includes the image data extracted by the arbitrary algorithm. Then, the processing flow of the step 13〇8 is explained using the flowchart of FIG. 45. First, the control unit 1016 The CPU reads the reference video data from the reference video storage unit 1013 (Fig. 41) to a working memory such as a ram (step 1350). The reference video is indicated by reference numeral 1036 in Fig. 42. The image number i is reset to 丨 (step 1352), and the image data to be inspected of the image number 1 is read from the memory area ! 〇〇 8 to the working memory (step 1354). The read reference image data is read and The data of the image i is matched to calculate the distance value Di between the two (step 1356). The distance value Di represents the similarity between the reference image and the image to be inspected i, and the larger the distance value Di is the reference The larger the difference between the image and the image to be inspected i, the arbitrary value can be used as the distance value Di. For example, when the image data MxN pixel is formed, the secondary electron of each pixel can be used. The degree (or feature quantity) is regarded as the position vector component of the MxN dimensional space, -----------· I-------^-----1---. Read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) b. The paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 g (21G X 297). 134 312767 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1286776 A7 ------ -- B7 V. Invention Description (135) Calculate the Euclid distance or correlation coefficient between the reference image vector and the image i vector existing in the MxN dimensional space. Of course, the distance other than the Euclid distance can also be calculated. For example, the so-called city street distance and the like. Further, when the number of pixels is large, the amount of calculation thereof is enlarged, and therefore, the distance value between the image data represented by the mxn feature vector can be calculated as described above. Next, it is judged whether or not the calculated distance value Di is smaller than the specified threshold Th (step 1358). The threshold value Th can be regarded as a criterion obtained by judging that the reference image and the image to be inspected are completely matched. When the distance value Di is smaller than the specified threshold Th (step 1358 affirmatively, it is determined that the inspection surface 1 〇 34 of the wafer W is "no defect" (step 1360), and the subroutine is repeated. That is, as long as it is checked When one of the images is substantially identical to the reference image, it is judged as "no defect." Thus, since it is not necessary to perform matching processing with all of the images to be inspected, high-speed judgment can be achieved. The legend shows that there is no positional deviation between the image to be inspected in the third row and the third column and the reference image is substantially consistent. When the distance value Di is above the threshold Th of the heart (step 1358 negative judgment), the image is imaged. The number 1 is incremented by 1 (step 1362), and it is judged whether the incremented image number (i+Ι) exceeds a predetermined value (step 1364). When the image number i does not exceed the predetermined value and the heart (step 1364 is negative) If yes, return to step 1354 and read the image data for the incremental image number (i+i) to repeat the same process. When the image number 1 exceeds the predetermined value ιΜΑχ (step 1364 is definitely determined) 'The judgment is that the inspection surface 1034 of the wafer w has an r defect" (the step of this paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------------ ---------Book--------- (Please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) 135 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 V. Invention Description (136) 1366), and returning to the sub-port. That is, when the entire image to be inspected does not match the reference image, it is judged as "defective"." The above is the various embodiments of the stage device. However, the present invention is not limited to the above examples, and may be arbitrarily changed as long as it does not exceed the gist of the present invention. For example, although the semiconductor wafer w is used as the sample to be inspected, the present invention is inspected. The sample is not limited to the semiconductor wafer w, and any sample that can be detected by an electronic wire can be selected to ride the test sample. For example, a photomask formed by the wafer exposure pattern can be used as an inspection object. Also suitable for use with charged particle lines other than electrons for defect inspection The device is also applicable to any device that can obtain images for checking sample defects. The deflecting electrode 1011 can be placed not only between the objective lens 724 and the wafer w, but also at any area where the electron beam irradiation area can be changed. The position, for example, can be placed between the ExB deflector 723 and the objective lens 724, or between the electron gun 721 and the ExB deflector 723. In addition, the biasing direction can be controlled by controlling the electric field generated by the ExB deflector 723. In other words, in the above-described embodiment, when the matching between the images is performed, the matching between the pixels or the matching between the feature vectors is employed. The two can also be combined. For example, high-speed matching is performed with a feature vector with a small amount of computation, and then the image with high similarity is matched with more detailed pixel data, and the two-stage processing can simultaneously achieve high speed and precision. Degree processing.丨 I I I I I - I I I — I I I t — — — — — — — I· . (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page)

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 312767 1286776 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 f 合 作 社 印 製 A7 五、發明說明(137 ) 在上述實施形態中,雖利用一次電子線照射區域的位 置偏移,對應被檢查影像的位置偏移,但亦可在匹配處理 前或中途,將在影像資料上進行之檢索最佳匹配區域之處 理(例如檢出相關係數高的區域,並將該些區域相互匹配) 與本發明合併。藉此,可利用本發明之一次電子線照射區 域位置偏移,對應被檢查影像之較大位置偏移,同時可利 用後段的數位影像處理,吸收較小之位置偏移,以可提升 缺陷檢出的精密度。 在缺陷檢查用電子線裝置方面,雖有第4][圖所示構 成,但電子光學系等,可任意進行適當變更。舉例而言, 第41圖所示缺陷檢查設備之電子線照射機構(721、722、 723),係以垂直方式由上方對晶圓w表面入射一次電子 線’但也可省略ExB偏向器723,以傾斜方式,將一次電 子線入射到晶圓W表面。 此外’第43圖的流程圖過程,並不限定於此。例如, 對於在步驟13 12中判斷為有缺陷的試料,雖不進行其他區 域的缺陷檢查,但亦可變更處理流程,以便網羅全區域以 進行缺陷檢出。此外,若能夠擴大一次電子線照射區域, 以一次照射來涵蓋試料之全檢查區域,則可省略步驟1314 及 1316 〇 如上所詳述,藉由本實施例之缺陷檢查設備,可分別 取得在試料上部分重疊,且互相位移的複數被檢查區域影 像,而且由於是藉由比較該些被檢查區域影像與基準影像 來檢查試料缺陷,因此可獲得以下良好效果:亦即可防止 312767 — — — — — — — — — — —Awl * — — — — — — — ^ ·111111! (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee elimination f Cooperative printing A7 V. Invention description (137) In the above embodiment, although one electron is used The positional deviation of the line irradiation area corresponds to the positional deviation of the image to be inspected, but it is also possible to search for the best matching area on the image data before or during the matching process (for example, detecting a region with a high correlation coefficient) And matching the regions to each other) is combined with the present invention. Thereby, the positional deviation of the primary electron beam irradiation area of the present invention can be utilized, corresponding to the large positional shift of the image to be inspected, and the digital image processing of the latter stage can be utilized to absorb the small positional shift, thereby improving the defect detection. The precision of the out. In the electronic device of the defect inspection, the fourth embodiment [the configuration shown in the figure, the electro-optical system or the like can be arbitrarily changed as appropriate. For example, the electron beam irradiation mechanism (721, 722, 723) of the defect inspection apparatus shown in FIG. 41 is such that the electron beam is incident on the surface of the wafer w from above in a vertical manner, but the ExB deflector 723 may be omitted. The electron beam is incident on the surface of the wafer W in an inclined manner. Further, the flowchart of the Fig. 43 is not limited to this. For example, in the sample determined to be defective in step 1312, the defect inspection in other areas is not performed, but the processing flow may be changed so that the entire area is covered for defect detection. Further, if the electron beam irradiation region can be enlarged once, and the entire inspection region of the sample is covered by one irradiation, steps 1314 and 1316 can be omitted. As described above, the defect inspection device of the present embodiment can be separately obtained on the sample. The image of the plurality of inspected areas that are partially overlapped and displaced from each other, and since the sample defects are inspected by comparing the image of the inspected area with the reference image, the following good effects can be obtained: 312767 — — — — — — — — — — — Awl * — — — — — — — ^ · 111111! (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

1286776 A7 -----B7___ 五、發明說明(138 ) 由被檢查區域影像與基準影像的位置偏移所引起的缺陷檢 查精確度的降低。 根據本發明之裝置製造方法,由於使用上述之缺陷檢 查設備進行試料的缺陷檢查,因此可獲得提昇產品的良率 並防止缺陷產品出貨的優良效果。 .靈土..線裝_置之其他眚施形態 在考慮該映射投影方式的課題解決方法上,可利用複 數一次電子線,將前述複數電子線一面朝二次元(χ_γ方向) 進行掃瞄’一面照射試料表面的觀察區域,而二次電子光 學系有採用映射投影方式。該方式,不但具有前述映射投 影方式的優點,同時可藉由掃瞄複數電子線,來解決該映 射方式所擁有之以下課題:(1)為進行電子線一次照射,而 谷易在試料表面產生充電,(2)由本方式所獲得的電子線電 流有其界限(1·6&quot;Α左右),因此,會妨礙檢查速度的提昇。 亦即,因電子線照射點移動,容易產生電荷流失,並減少 充電。此外,可藉由增加複數電子線的線數,增加電流值。 實施例中,在使用四條電子線的情況下,一條電子線的電 流為500ηΑ(電子線徑為1〇 &quot; m),故合計可獲得2从Α電 流。可輕易將電子線的數量增加到〗6條左右,此時,原理 上可獲得8 // Α的電流。在複數電子線的掃瞄上,只要複 數電子線之照射量可平均照射到照射區域即可,因此並不 限疋於使用刖述之光栅掃瞒(raster scan),亦可以是李沙育 圖形(Lissajou’s figure)等其他形狀的掃瞄形式。因此,載 物台的掃瞄方向,無須與複數電子線的掃瞄方向呈 — — — — — —— — — — —AVI ·1111111 «— — — — — — I— (請先閱讀背面之注音S事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 A7 五、發明說明(i39 ) 電子線瀝、 本實施例係利用熱電子線作 . τ 卞綠源作為電子線源。電子放出 I發射體)材為LaB6。只要Β古點 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 且说$虹t a 疋同嘁點(兩溫下的蒸氣壓低), .Λ% ^ 使用其他材料。為了獲得複數電 子線,可使用兩種方法。一 禋疋由一發射體(具有一個突 起)中拉出一條電子線,再葬 ^ χ 丹藉由通過開有多數孔之薄板(孔 徑板獲得多數電子線的方法· ^ _ 刃万法,另一種方法是,在一發射 體上形成多數突起,並又 ,.m ^處直接拉出複數電子線。不論 使用哪一種方法,均是利用 ^ ^ 用電子線谷易從突起先端放出的 特質。在其他方式的電子線泝 深源方面,亦可使用熱電場放出 型的電子線。 熱電子線源係一種藉由將電子放出材予以加熱而放出 電子的方式,而所謂的熱電解放出電子線源,係藉由對電 子放出材施加高電場,以放出電子,再藉由將電子線放出 部加熱而穩定電子放出的方式。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第48Α圖’係其他實施形態中的電子線裝置的概略 圖。另··方面’第48BW,係顯示利用複數—次電子線掃 瞒試料時之狀態的概略俯視圖。可在空間帶電限制條件下 進行動作的電子搶721,可形成如第48β圖之符號7ιι所 不多光束。多光束711,係由配置在圓周上的八個圓形光 束,即一次電子線711a所構成。 由電子槍721所產生的複數一次電子線7Ua,係利用 透鏡722-1以及722-2而集束,並藉由電極7234及磁鐵 723-2所形成之ExB分離器723,以直角方式入射到試料 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公髮) 139 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(140 ) 藉由包含該等要素711、722-^ 722-2、723及透鏡724-1 及物鏡724·2的一次光學系,在試料w上集束的複數一次 電磁線711a所形成的多光束711,係藉由安裝在透鏡722_2 下游側的二段偏向器(未圖示。包含在一次光學系。)在試 料W上進行掃猫。 試料W的掃瞄,以物鏡724_2的主面作為偏向中心, 而朝X方向進行。如第48B圖所示,多光束711的各個一 次電子線7 11 a,呈相互間隔方式配置在圓周上,當其投影 在與掃瞄方向之X軸正交的γ軸上時,將相互鄰接之一次 電子線711 a間的距離(以各個一次電子線的中心來測量)設 計為等距離。此時,相互鄰接之一次電子線711&amp;,可相互 隔離、連接;或部分重疊。 如第48B圖所示,藉由將構成多光束711的各個一次 電子線711a,以相互間隔的方式配置,使各個一次電子線 7 11 a之電流密度限值界,亦即在試料w中不會產生帶電 之界限的電流密度值,可維持在與使用單一圓形光束時之 相同狀況,藉此,可防止S/N比的下降。此外,因各個一 次電子線7 11 a相互分隔,其空間電荷效果亦小。 另一方面,多光束7 i i,可以一次之掃瞄對試料w進 行涵蓋視野713範圍且密度相同之掃瞄。藉此,可以高通 過量形成影像,並縮短檢查時間。在第48B圖中,以符號 711表示位於掃瞄起點的多光束,符號7Ua則表示位於掃 瞄終點之多光束。 -----------裝---------.訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 試料w載置於試料台(未圖示)。該試料台,在沿X方1286776 A7 -----B7___ V. INSTRUCTIONS (138) The accuracy of defect detection caused by the positional deviation of the image of the inspection area and the reference image is reduced. According to the apparatus manufacturing method of the present invention, since the defect inspection of the sample is performed by using the above-described defect inspection apparatus, it is possible to obtain an excellent effect of improving the yield of the product and preventing the shipment of the defective product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The observation area on the surface of the sample is irradiated on one side, and the secondary electron optical system adopts a mapping projection method. This method not only has the advantages of the above-described mapping projection method, but also can solve the following problems of the mapping method by scanning a plurality of electronic lines: (1) for one-time irradiation of the electron beam, and the valley is generated on the surface of the sample. Charging, (2) The electron beam current obtained by this method has its limit (1·6&quot;Α), and thus hinders the improvement of the inspection speed. That is, as the electron beam irradiation point moves, charge loss is easily generated and charging is reduced. In addition, the current value can be increased by increasing the number of lines of the complex electron lines. In the embodiment, when four electron lines are used, the current of one electron line is 500 Α (the electron diameter is 1 〇 &quot; m), so that a total of 2 Α current can be obtained. It is easy to increase the number of electronic wires to about six, and in this case, a current of 8 // Α can be obtained in principle. In the scanning of the complex electron lines, as long as the irradiation amount of the plurality of electron lines can be uniformly irradiated to the irradiation area, it is not limited to the use of the raster scan, or the Lissajou's figure. Figure) and other forms of scanning. Therefore, the scanning direction of the stage does not need to be in the scanning direction of the multiple electronic lines——————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— S (Refill this page) 1286776 A7 V. Inventive Note (i39) Electronic wire leaching, this embodiment uses a hot electron wire as the τ 卞 green source as an electron source. The electron emission I emitter is made of LaB6. As long as you have an old point (please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) and say that the rainbow is a bit (the vapor pressure is low at two temperatures), .Λ% ^ Use other materials. In order to obtain a plurality of electronic lines, two methods can be used. An electron beam is pulled from an emitter (having a protrusion), and the burial is passed through a thin plate with a large number of holes (the aperture plate obtains a majority of the electron lines) ^ ^ _ _ _ _ _ One method is to form a plurality of protrusions on an emitter, and to pull out the plurality of electron lines directly at .m^. No matter which method is used, the characteristics of the electrons are easily released from the apex of the protrusions. In other ways, the electronic line traceable source can also use a hot electric field discharge type electron line. The hot electron line source is a way to discharge electrons by heating the electron discharge material, and the so-called thermoelectric liberation electron line The source is a method of applying a high electric field to the electron discharge material to emit electrons, and then stabilizing the electron emission by heating the electron beam discharge portion. The Ministry of Economy, Intellectual Property Office, Staff Consumer Cooperatives, Printing, Section 48, 'Other Implementations Fig. 48BW is a schematic plan view showing a state in which a sample is detected by a complex-secondary electron line sweep. The electronic grab 721 operating under the electric limiting condition can form a beam of light as indicated by the symbol 7 π of the 48th figure. The multi-beam 711 is composed of eight circular beams arranged on the circumference, that is, the primary electron line 711a. The plurality of primary electron beams 7Ua generated by the electron gun 721 are bundled by the lenses 722-1 and 722-2, and are incident on the sample at right angles by the ExB separator 723 formed by the electrodes 7234 and the magnet 723-2. The paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 cc) 139 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Print A7 V. Invention Description (140) By including these elements 711, 722-^ The primary optical system of 722-2, 723, lens 724-1 and objective lens 724·2, the multi-beam 711 formed by the plurality of primary electromagnetic wires 711a bundled on the sample w is by the second segment mounted on the downstream side of the lens 722_2 The deflector (not shown. It is included in the primary optical system) sweeps the cat on the sample W. The scan of the sample W is performed in the X direction with the main surface of the objective lens 724_2 as the center of the deflection, as shown in Fig. 48B. , multi-beam 711 Each of the primary electron beams 7 11 a is disposed on the circumference in a spaced relationship with each other, and when projected on the γ-axis orthogonal to the X-axis of the scanning direction, the distance between the adjacent first electron beams 711 a ( The center of each primary electron line is measured to be equidistant. At this time, the adjacent electronic wires 711 &amp; can be isolated, connected, or partially overlapped. As shown in Fig. 48B, by forming a multi-beam 711 Each of the primary electron beams 711a is disposed at a distance from each other such that the current density limit of each of the primary electron beams 711 a, that is, the current density value at which the charge limit is not generated in the sample w, can be maintained The same situation is achieved when a single circular beam is used, whereby the drop in the S/N ratio can be prevented. In addition, since the respective electron lines 7 11 a are separated from each other, the space charge effect is also small. On the other hand, the multi-beam 7 i i can scan the sample w at one time and cover the field of view 713 with the same density. Thereby, it is possible to form an image with a high-pass excess and shorten the inspection time. In Fig. 48B, the multi-beam at the scanning start point is indicated by symbol 711, and the symbol 7Ua represents the multi-beam at the end of the scanning. -----------Install---------.Book--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill in this page) Sample w placed Sample table (not shown). The sample table is along the X side

[286776[286776

五、發明說明(141) 向進行掃瞄時(例如:以200 # 111的幅度進行掃瞄),會沿著 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 與掃瞄方向X正交之方向γ而連續移動。藉此,以進行光 柵掃瞄。此外還裝設有用以移動試料台之驅動設備(未圖 示)。 掃瞄時,由試料W產生並朝各方向放出之二次電子, 利用透鏡724-2朝光轴方向加速,其結果,將使由各點且 朝各方向放出的二次電子分別受到集束,並利用透鏡 724_1、741-1、741-2擴大影像間的間隔。通過包含上述透 鏡724]、724-2 ' 741]、7仏2之二次光學系而形成的二 次電子線712,投影至檢測器761之受光面,以形成視野 之擴大影像。 包含於光學系的檢測器761,以MCp(微通道板)將二 次電子線予以增倍,並利用閃燦器變換為光信號後,在利 用CCD檢測器變換|電信號。#纟來自ccd的電信號, 可形成試料w之二次元影像。各個一次電子線7Ha,至 少擁有CCD像素之二像素以上的尺寸。 藉由在空間電荷限制條件下,讓電子搶721進行動 作,使一次電子線711a之散粒(sh〇t)雜音,比在溫度條件 限制下動作時還減少約丨位數。因此,由於二次電子信號 之散粒雜音同樣可減少1位數,故可獲得具良好S/N^ 信號。 $據本實施例之電子線裝置,可藉由將不會在試料中 產生帶電的-次電子線的電流密度界限值,維持在與使用 單一圓形光束時相jg ’不僅可防止謹比的下降,並可利 本紙張尺度適用中國國家規格⑵ 反, 141 312767 I1IIII1 — — — ·1111111 ^·I------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 A7 五、發明說明(142 ) 用高通過量形成影像,以短縮檢查時間。 此外’本實施例中之設備製造方法,可藉由使用該電 子線裝置,在各晶圓處理過程結束後進行晶圓的評估來提 升其良率。 ^第49A圖係顯示第48A圖之實施形態之電子線裝置的 詳'、、田内谷圖。由電子搶721所釋出的四條電子線7ΐι⑺卜 1 711_2、711_3、711_4),以口徨調節器να」加以整形, 利用二段透鏡722-1、722_2於維納濾波器723之偏向中心 /成l〇/zmx 12//m之橢圓狀影像,並朝圖的紙面垂直 方向藉由偏向器730進行光柵掃瞄,而四條電子線全體, 則以平均覆i lmmx 〇 25mm @矩型區域的方式成像。藉 由EXB723偏向之複數電子線,利用na閘門而連接相交, 再以透鏡724縮小至1/5,並在試料贾上覆蓋綱p % 鋒,使之與試料面呈垂直以進行照射、投影(稱之為克拉 月)”有由試料所釋出之圖案影像(試料影像F)之資訊 的四條二次電子線712,利用透鏡724、74η、74ι·2而放 大,並以四條電子線712所合成之矩型影像(放大投影像 成像於MCP767上。由該二次電子線712所形成之放大 投影像F’,以MCP767增#糸1甘从 增九為1萬倍,藉由螢光部767變 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 (請先閱讀背面之注杳心事項再填寫本頁) 二為光’並利用TDI_CCD762變換為與試料連續移動速度 二月之電㈣’而以連續影像形式自影像顯示部765中取 传,並輸出至CRT上等。 電:線照射部’必須維持試料表面的平均’減少照射 句現象,並以電子線照射成矩形或橢圓形。此外’為提 張尺度適用中_家標準(CN—21G x 297公愛一 142 312767 1286776V. INSTRUCTIONS (141) When scanning is performed (for example, scanning at a range of 200 # 111), the direction γ orthogonal to the scanning direction X is printed along the employee's consumption cooperative of the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Move continuously. Thereby, a raster scan is performed. In addition, a drive unit (not shown) for moving the sample stage is mounted. At the time of scanning, the secondary electrons generated by the sample W and emitted in the respective directions are accelerated in the optical axis direction by the lens 724-2, and as a result, the secondary electrons emitted from the respective points and in the respective directions are respectively bundled. The apertures between the images are enlarged by the lenses 724_1, 741-1, and 741-2. The secondary electron beam 712 formed by the secondary optics including the lenses 724], 724-2' 741, and 7仏2 is projected onto the light receiving surface of the detector 761 to form an enlarged image of the field of view. The detector 761 included in the optical system multiplies the secondary electron line by MCp (microchannel plate), converts it into an optical signal by a flasher, and converts the electric signal by using a CCD detector. #纟 The electrical signal from ccd can form a secondary image of sample w. Each of the primary electron beams 7Ha has a size of at least two pixels of the CCD pixel. By causing the electron robes 721 to operate under the space charge restriction condition, the smashing noise of the primary electron beam 711a is reduced by about the number of ticks when operating under the temperature condition limit. Therefore, since the loose noise of the secondary electronic signal can also be reduced by one digit, a good S/N^ signal can be obtained. According to the electronic wire device of the present embodiment, the current density threshold value of the charged-sub-electron wire which does not generate the sample in the sample can be maintained not only in the phase of the use of a single circular beam, but also in the phase Decrease, and can be used in China's national specifications (2). Reverse, 141 312767 I1IIII1 — — — · 1111111 ^·I------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1286776 A7 V. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (142) An image is formed with a high throughput to shorten the inspection time. Further, the apparatus manufacturing method in the present embodiment can improve the yield by performing wafer evaluation after the end of each wafer processing process by using the electron beam device. Fig. 49A is a view showing the details of the electronic wire device of the embodiment of Fig. 48A, and the map of the field. The four electronic wires 7ΐι(7)b 1 711_2, 711_3, 711_4) released by the electronic grab 721 are shaped by the mouth 徨 adjuster να", and the two-stage lenses 722-1, 722_2 are used at the center of the Wiener filter 723. An elliptical image of l〇/zmx 12//m is scanned by the deflector 730 in the vertical direction of the drawing, and the entire four electron lines are covered by an average of i lmmx 〇 25 mm @ rectangular area Way imaging. By means of the multiple electronic wires biased by EXB723, the junctions are connected by the na gate, and then the lens 724 is reduced to 1/5, and the p% front is covered on the sample to make it perpendicular to the sample surface for illumination and projection ( The four secondary electron lines 712, which have information on the pattern image (sample image F) released from the sample, are enlarged by the lenses 724, 74n, 74ι·2, and are surrounded by four electron lines 712. The synthesized rectangular image (the enlarged projection image is imaged on the MCP767. The enlarged projection image F' formed by the secondary electron beam 712 is increased by 10,000 times with the MCP767, and the fluorescent portion is increased by 10,000 times. Printed by the 767 Food Change Bureau employee consumption cooperative (please read the note on the back and fill in this page). Second, light and use TDI_CCD762 to convert to the continuous movement speed of the sample in February (four)' and in the form of continuous image The image display unit 765 picks up the image and outputs it to the CRT, etc. The electric line: the line illuminating unit 'must maintain the average of the surface of the sample' to reduce the illuminating sentence phenomenon, and irradiate the electron beam into a rectangular or elliptical shape. Applicable _ home Quasi (CN-21G x 297 Kimiyoshi a 1,423,127,671,286,776

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 升通過量,必須以較大電流對電子線照射區域進行電子照 射。以往的電子線照射不均約為土 i0%左右,故其影像對 比不均的情況較為明顯,此外,電子線照射電流於照射領 域中,約為500Na左右,因此可獲得較高的通過量。此外, 相較於掃瞄型電子線顯微鏡(SEM),因本發明係對廣域影 像觀察區域進行一次電子線照射,故可避免因充電而產生 之成像障礙問題。 以第49B圖說明本實施例之一次電子線照射方法。一 次電子線711由四條電子線711-1、711_2、711_3、711-4 所構成’其光束呈2从mx 2.4 // m之橢圓形,以平均一條 對應200 /Z mx U.5/Z m的矩形領域的方式進行光柵掃瞄, 使其可在不重疊的狀態下,照射整體達2〇〇// mx 5〇&quot; m之 範圍的矩型區域。711-1之光束以有限之時間到達711_15 之後’在幾乎不耗損任何時間的情況下,回到偏離電子束 光點(beam spot)徑分(1〇从m)711-1的正下方(2〇2方向),然 後’與前述相同,再次以有限之時間移動至與71 id至 7 11-1’相平行之711-1,的正下方(711_2,方向),重覆該動 作’並在掃瞒如圖之虛線所示矩型照射區域的1/4(2〇〇以m X 12 _ 5 // m)後’回到起始點7 11 _ 1,以高速重覆該動作。其 他之電子線711_2至711-4,也比照電子線711-1,以相同 之速度重覆掃瞒’並以高速平均照射圖中之矩型照射區域 (200 &quot; mx 12·5 &quot; m)。如可平均照射,則不限於進行前述之 光柵掃瞒。例如亦可以李沙育圖形進行掃瞄。因此,載物 台之移動方向並不一定為圖所示方向A。亦即,無需與掃 -----------裝---------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國豕標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公餐) 143 312767 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(糾) 瞄方向(圖之橫方向之高速掃瞄方向)呈垂直。在本實施例 中了在電子線照射不均程度約為± 3 %的情況下進行照 射。照射電流’可在一條電子線約為25〇nA的條件下於 整體試料表面,以四條電子束獲得l‘〇AA(以往的2倍)。 藉由增加電子線的條數,可增加電流,並獲得高通過量。 此外,相較於以往,其照射點較小(面積約為1/80),此外, 又因移動之故’可將充電控制在以往的1/20以下。 雖未顯示於圖中,但本設備中,除透鏡之外,還具備 有:限制視野閘門;擁有用以調整電子線轴之四極或四極 以上極數之偏向器(校準器);像閃矯正器(stigmator);用以 調整電子速形狀之複數四重極透鏡(四極子透鏡)等電子線 之照明、成像所需之設備β 裝置製造方i 以下,參考弟50圖及第51圖,說明本發明之半導體 裝置之製造方法之實施例。 第50圖表示本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法一實施 例之流程圖《該實施例之製程包含以下主要製程。 (Ό製造晶圓之晶圓製程(或準備晶圓之晶圓準備製 程)(步驟1400)。 (2) 製造使用於礤光之光罩之光罩製程(或準備光罩之 光罩準備製程)(步驟1401) 〇 (3) 對晶圓進行必要之加工處理之晶片處理程序製程 (步驟 1402)。 (4) 可將形成於晶圓上之晶片--切開,並使之可進〜 丨 — -丨 — 丨丨丨 —I ---------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐 144 312767 ^86776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(⑷) 動作之晶片組裝製程(步驟1403)。 (5)用以檢查完成之晶片之晶片檢查製程(步驟 1401) 〇 另外,上述各主製程尚包括幾個子製程。 在上述主製程中,對於半導體裝置的性能擁有決定性 影響的係: (3)中的晶圓處理製程。在該製程中將所設計之電路圖 依序堆疊於晶圓上,並形成多數作為記憶體或Mpu之動 作曰曰片。該晶圓處理製程係包含以下各製程。 (A) 用以形成作為絕緣層之誘電體薄膜或配線部,或形 成電極部之金屬薄膜等之薄膜形成製程(使用cvd或濺射 等)。 (B) 用以將該薄膜層或晶圓基板氧化之氧化製程。 (C) 為了對薄膜層或晶圓基板進行選擇性加工,而使用 光罩(光栅)以形成光阻圖案之縮影步驟製程。 (D) 依照光阻圖案加工薄膜層或基板之蝕刻製程。 (E) 離子/雜質注入擴散製程。 (F) 光阻劑剝離製程。 (G) 檢查所加工之晶圓之製程。 此外,晶圓處理製程,僅對必要之層數反覆進行處 理,以製造依照設計動作之半導體裝置。 第51A圖顯示構成第50圖之晶圓處理製程之核心 之縮影步驟製程之流程圖。該縮影步驟製程包含以下各製 程: 312767 — II-----i^w· 1111111 ^'1 —----I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1286776 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 312767 A7 ___B7_____________ 五、發明說明(146 ) (a) 在前段製程中形成電路圖案的晶圓上,敷設光阻劑 之光阻劑塗布製程(步驟1500)。 (b) 曝光光阻劑製程(步驟1501)。 (c) 用以讓所曝光之光阻劑顯像以獲得光阻圖案之顯 像製程(步驟1502)。 (d) 用以穩定所顯像之光阻圖案之退火製程(步驟 1503) 〇 關於上述半導體裝置製程、晶圓處理程序製程、縮影 步驟製程均為周知者,故在此不再詳述。 若在上述(G)的檢查製程中,使用與本發明相關之缺陷 檢查方法、缺陷檢查設備,即使是擁有微細圖案之半導體 裝置’亦可在通過量良好狀態下進行檢查,故可進行全數 檢查’提昇產品的良率,並防止瑕疫品的出貨。 檢查順戽 以下針對上述(G)之檢查製程中的檢查順序進行說 明 一般而言,使用有電子線之缺陷檢查設備價格十分高 昂’同時,其通過量亦較其他程序設備低,因此,目前係 使用於最需檢查之重要製程(例如:浸蝕、成膜或CMp(化 學機械研磨)平坦化處理等)之後。 經檢查之晶圓通過大氣搬送系及真空搬送系,定位 於超精密X-Y台後,利用靜電夾盤機構加以固定,之後, 依照(第51B圖)之順序進行缺陷檢查。首先利用光學顯微 鏡’配合實際需要確認各晶片之位置,或進行各場所之高 卜紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規_格(210 X 297公爱) — — — — — — — — — — iAwi ·1111111 ^ !1111111 ^^1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)The Ministry of Economic Affairs' Intellectual Property Office employees' consumption cooperatives print and increase the throughput, and must irradiate the electron beam irradiation area with a large current. Conventional electron beam irradiation unevenness is about i0% of soil, so that the image contrast is not uniform, and the electron beam irradiation current is about 500 Na in the irradiation field, so that a high throughput can be obtained. Further, compared with the scanning electron microscope (SEM), since the present invention performs electron beam irradiation on the wide-area image observation area, the problem of imaging failure due to charging can be avoided. A primary electron beam irradiation method of this embodiment will be described with reference to Fig. 49B. The primary electron line 711 is composed of four electronic lines 711-1, 711_2, 711_3, and 711-4 whose beam has an elliptical shape of 2 from mx 2.4 // m, with an average one corresponding to 200 /Z mx U.5/Z m The rectangular field is raster scanned so that it can illuminate a rectangular region of the entire range of 2 〇〇// mx 5 〇 &quot; m without overlapping. The beam of 711-1 reaches 711_15 in a limited time, and returns to the off-beam spot spot (1〇 from m) 711-1 immediately after almost no loss of time (2) 〇2 direction), then 'the same as before, again move to the bottom of 711-1, which is parallel to 71 id to 7 11-1', in a limited time (711_2, direction), repeat the action 'and The broom is 1/4 (2 〇〇 in m X 12 _ 5 // m) of the rectangular irradiation area shown by the dotted line, and then 'returns to the starting point 7 11 _ 1 to repeat the action at high speed. The other electronic wires 711_2 to 711-4 also overlap the electronic wire 711-1, repeating the broom at the same speed and illuminating the rectangular irradiation region in the figure at a high speed (200 &quot; mx 12·5 &quot; m ). If the illumination is average, it is not limited to performing the aforementioned raster broom. For example, it is also possible to scan the Lissajous figure. Therefore, the moving direction of the stage is not necessarily the direction A shown in the figure. That is, there is no need to scan-----------install---------order--------- (please read the phonetic on the back? This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public meal) 143 312767 1286776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 V. Invention description (correction) Direction (the horizontal direction of the figure) The high speed scanning direction is vertical. In the present embodiment, irradiation was performed with an electron beam unevenness of about ± 3 %. The irradiation current ' can be obtained on the surface of the entire sample under the condition that one electron line is about 25 〇 nA, and four 'electron beams are obtained as 1 '〇A (2 times in the past). By increasing the number of electron lines, the current can be increased and a high throughput can be obtained. Further, compared with the conventional one, the irradiation point is small (the area is about 1/80), and the charging can be controlled to be 1/20 or less of the conventional one due to the movement. Although not shown in the figure, in addition to the lens, the device further includes: a field-restricting gate; a deflector (calibrator) for adjusting the number of poles of four or more poles of the electronic bobbin; (stigmator); equipment required for illumination and imaging of electronic wires such as complex quadrupole lenses (quadrupole lenses) for adjusting the electronic velocity shape, i is manufactured below, with reference to the 50th and 51st drawings, An embodiment of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device of the present invention will be described. Fig. 50 is a flow chart showing an embodiment of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device of the present invention. The process of this embodiment includes the following main processes. (Ό wafer fabrication process for wafers (or wafer preparation process for preparing wafers) (step 1400). (2) Manufacture of reticle process for twilight reticle (or reticle preparation process for reticle) (Step 1401) 〇 (3) A wafer processing procedure for performing necessary processing on the wafer (Step 1402). (4) The wafer formed on the wafer can be cut and made available to 〜 — —丨 — 丨丨丨—I ---------Book --------- (Please read the phonetic on the back first? Then fill out this page) This paper scale applies to Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210x297 mm 144 312767 ^86776 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 V. Invention description ((4)) Action wafer assembly process (step 1403). (5) Used to check the completed wafer Wafer inspection process (step 1401) 〇 In addition, each of the above main processes includes several sub-processes. In the above main process, the system has a decisive influence on the performance of the semiconductor device: (3) the wafer processing process. The circuit diagram designed by Lieutenant is stacked on the wafer in sequence and formed into more The number is used as a memory or Mpu action film. The wafer processing process includes the following processes: (A) a film for forming an electric conductor film or wiring portion as an insulating layer, or a metal film forming an electrode portion. Forming a process (using cvd or sputtering, etc.) (B) An oxidation process for oxidizing the film layer or the wafer substrate. (C) Using a photomask for selective processing of the film layer or the wafer substrate ( The grating is formed by a microfabrication step of forming a photoresist pattern. (D) An etching process for processing a thin film layer or a substrate according to a photoresist pattern. (E) Ion/impurity implantation diffusion process. (F) Photoresist stripping process (G) Inspect the process of the processed wafer. In addition, the wafer processing process only processes the necessary layers to process the semiconductor device according to the design operation. Figure 51A shows the core of the wafer processing process that constitutes Figure 50. The process of the microfilm step process includes the following processes: 312767 — II-----i^w· 1111111 ^'1 —----I (Please read the notes on the back and fill in the form) Page) 1286776 Economy Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 312767 A7 ___B7_____________ V. INSTRUCTIONS (146) (a) Apply a photoresist photoresist coating process on the wafer forming the circuit pattern in the previous stage process (step 1500). The exposure photoresist process (step 1501). (c) a developing process for developing the exposed photoresist to obtain a photoresist pattern (step 1502). (d) for stabilizing the imaged light The annealing process of the resist pattern (step 1503) 〇 The above-mentioned semiconductor device process, wafer processing process, and microfilm process are well known, and therefore will not be described in detail herein. In the inspection process of the above (G), the defect inspection method and the defect inspection device related to the present invention are used, and even the semiconductor device having the fine pattern can be inspected in a good throughput state, so that the full inspection can be performed. 'Improve the yield of products and prevent the shipment of plague products. Check the following for the inspection sequence in the inspection process of (G) above. Generally speaking, the defect inspection equipment using electronic wires is very expensive. At the same time, the throughput is lower than other programming equipment. Therefore, the current system is Used after the most important process to be inspected (eg, etching, film formation or CMp (Chemical Mechanical Polishing) flattening, etc.). The inspected wafer is positioned on the ultra-precision X-Y stage by an atmospheric transfer system and a vacuum transfer system, and then fixed by an electrostatic chuck mechanism, and then the defects are inspected in the order of (Fig. 51B). First, use the optical microscope to determine the position of each wafer in accordance with the actual needs, or to apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 regulations (210 X 297 public) to the high paper size of each place — — — — — — — — — — iAwi ·1111111 ^ !1111111 ^^1 (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page)

1286776 五、發明說明(147 度檢出而加以記憶。除此之外,光學顯微鏡可取得發現缺 陷處之光學顯微鏡像,並使用於與電子線像的比較上。之 後,配合晶圓之種類(任一製程之後,或晶圓之尺寸為2〇cm 或3〇Cm等),將處理程式之資訊輸入於設備並在進行以 下檢查場所的指定、電子光學系的設定、及檢查條件的設 定後,一邊進行影像取得一邊進行即時缺陷檢查。電路間 的比較、晶粒比較等,可利用具備演算功能之高速資訊處 理系統進行缺陷檢查,並視實際之需要將結果輸出於crt 等,或記憶於記憶體。缺陷包括微粒缺陷、形狀異常(圖案 缺陷)以及電缺陷(配線或貫通體等斷線或導通不良)等,亦 可以及時方式自動區別缺陷種類、缺陷之大小或致命缺陷 之分類(無法使用晶片之重大缺陷等)。可藉由檢出對比異 狀以達成電性缺陷之檢出。例如導電不良 電子線照射(亀v左右),形成一般之正帶電,並;^比用 下降,故可與正常之場所區別。該種情況下的電子線照射 機構係指:在-般檢查用之電子照射機構之外,為了凸顯 電位差所形成之對比而裝設之低電位(能源)電子線產生機 =熱電子產生、UV/光電子)。在將檢查用電子線照射檢杳 對象領域之前,產生並照射該低電位(能源)電子線。昭射 檢查㈣子線本身為可正帶電之映射投影方式時’依照型 態不同’並不需另設不同之低電位電子線產生機構。此外, 對於晶圓等試科之基準電位,可藉由施以正電位或負電位 (發生於流動容易度隨元件的順方向或逆方向而變化時)而 產生之不同對比來檢測出缺陷。除此之外’亦可利用在線 ^紙張尺度適用中_家標準(CNS)A4 g格⑵Q χ挪公^· _1286776 V. Description of the invention (remembered by 147 degrees of detection. In addition, the optical microscope can obtain an optical microscope image of the defect and compare it with the image of the electron line. Then, match the type of wafer ( After any process, or the size of the wafer is 2〇cm or 3〇Cm, etc., the information of the processing program is input to the device and the following inspection site designation, electro-optical system setting, and inspection condition setting are performed. Simultaneous defect inspection while performing image acquisition. Comparison between circuits, die comparison, etc., can be performed by using a high-speed information processing system with calculation function, and output the result to crt or the like as needed, or Memory. Defects include particle defects, shape defects (pattern defects), and electrical defects (wiring or poor conduction such as wiring or through-holes), etc., and can automatically distinguish the types of defects, the size of defects, or the classification of fatal defects in a timely manner. Use of major defects in the wafer, etc.) can be detected by comparing the abnormalities to achieve the detection of electrical defects. Poor electron beam irradiation (about 亀v), forming a normal positive charge, and ^ is lower than the use, it can be distinguished from the normal place. In this case, the electron beam irradiation mechanism refers to: the electronic used for general inspection In addition to the illumination mechanism, a low potential (energy) electron beam generator (thermal electron generation, UV/photoelectron) installed to highlight the contrast formed by the potential difference. The low-potential (energy) electron beam is generated and irradiated before the inspection electron beam is irradiated to the inspection target area. The X-ray inspection (4) When the sub-line itself is a map projection method that can be positively charged, 'depending on the type' does not require a different low-potential electron line generating mechanism. Further, for a reference potential of a test such as a wafer, a defect can be detected by applying a positive potential or a negative potential (which occurs when the ease of flow changes in the forward or reverse direction of the element). In addition to this, you can also use the online paper scale. _ Home Standard (CNS) A4 g (2) Q χ 公 ^ ^

Ait/ 312767 --------^ --------- (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 礞. 1286776 A7 B7 五、發明說明(148 )寬檢測裝置或校準精確度檢測上 (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 312767Ait/ 312767 --------^ --------- (Please read the phonetic on the back first? Then fill out this page) 礞. 1286776 A7 B7 V. Invention description (148) Wide detection device Or calibration accuracy test (please read the phonetic note on the back? Please fill out this page again) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed This paper scale applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 312767

Claims (1)

1286776 年牙月丨a 第90115554號專利申請案 申請專利範圍修正本 (95年8月18曰) •一種檢查設備,其特徵在於具備: 將帶電粒子照射於被檢查試料之光束產生裝置,· 可在將前述帶電粒子減速的同時,將帶電粒子昭射 於前述被檢查試料而產生的二次帶電粒子予以加速 減速電場型物鏡; 檢出前述二次帶電粒子之檢測器; 藉由電場與磁場正交的位場,將前述二次帶電粒子 偏向至前述檢測器方向的ΕχΒ偏向器; 配置於前述減速電場型物鏡與前述被檢查試料之 間’對前述帶電粒子之照射絲呈大致軸對稱形狀,並 可控制位於前述被檢查試料之前述帶電粒子照射面之 電場強度的電極。 I2.如申請專利範圍第i項之檢查設備,其中,依據前述被 檢查試料的種類,對用以控制前述電場強度而供給至前 述電極的電壓進行控制。 •如申喷專利範圍第1項之檢查設備,其中,前述被檢查 试料係半導體晶圓,而為了控制前述電場強度而供給至 前述電極的電壓,依據前述半導體晶圓是否具有貫通體 而進行控制。 4·如申凊專利範圍第丨項至第3項中任一項之檢查設備, 其中’前述檢查設備係在半導體裝置製造途中或製造後 312767修正本 本紙張國國家標準(CNS) M規格⑽公紫) 1286776 H3 用來檢查被檢查試料之半導體晶圓的缺陷。 5,一種檢查試料缺陷的檢查設備,其特徵在於包含有.可 將-次帶電粒子照射在前述試料的帶電粒子照射機構; 藉由前述一次帶電粒子之照射將由試料放出的二 次帶電粒子以映射投影而成像之映射投影機構; 將藉由前述映射投影機構而成像之影像當作前述 試料的電子影像並予以檢出之檢測機構;及 根據前述檢測機構所檢出之電子影像,判斷前述試 料缺陷之缺陷判斷機構; 至少在前述檢測機構檢出電子影像的期間内,將具 有較前述一次帶電粒子能量為低的電子供給至前述試 料。 &quot; 6· —種檢查試料缺陷的檢查設備,其特徵在於包含有·· 可將一次帶電粒子照射在前述試料的帶電粒子照 射機構; ^ 經濟部中央標準局員工福利委員會印製 藉由前述一次帶電粒子之照射,將由前述試料釋出 的二次帶電粒子予以映射投影而成像之映射投影機構; 將藉由前述映射投影機構而成像之影像,當作前述 試料之電子影像並予以檢出之檢測機構; 根據前述檢測機構所檢出之電子影像,判斷前述試 料缺陷之缺陷判斷機構,·及 可將UV光電子供給至前述試料之UV光電子供給 機構。 • 一種檢查試料缺陷的檢查方法,其特徵在於包含有·· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) 2 312767修正本 1286776Japanese Patent Application No. 90115554 (Patent No. 90115554) (Aug. 18, 1995) • An inspection apparatus comprising: a light beam generating device that irradiates charged particles to an object to be inspected, While decelerating the charged particles, the secondary charged particles generated by the charged particles being projected on the sample to be inspected are subjected to an accelerated deceleration electric field type objective lens; the detector for detecting the secondary charged particles; and the electric field and the magnetic field are positive a field in which the secondary charged particles are deflected toward the detector direction; and disposed between the decelerating electric field type objective lens and the sample to be inspected, 'the axis of the charged particle is substantially axisymmetric, The electrode located at the electric field intensity of the charged particle irradiation surface of the sample to be inspected may be controlled. The inspection apparatus of claim i, wherein the voltage supplied to the electrode for controlling the electric field intensity is controlled in accordance with the type of the sample to be inspected. The inspection apparatus according to the first aspect of the patent application, wherein the sample to be inspected is a semiconductor wafer, and a voltage supplied to the electrode for controlling the electric field intensity is performed according to whether the semiconductor wafer has a through-body. control. 4. The inspection apparatus according to any one of the third to third aspects of the invention, wherein the foregoing inspection apparatus is for correcting the national standard (CNS) of the paper country (10) during the manufacture of the semiconductor device or after the manufacture of the semiconductor device 312767. Violet) 1286776 H3 Used to check the defects of the semiconductor wafer of the sample being inspected. 5. An inspection apparatus for inspecting a sample defect, comprising: a charged particle irradiation mechanism capable of irradiating the -sub-charged particles to the sample; and mapping the secondary charged particles discharged from the sample by the irradiation of the primary charged particles a projection projection mechanism for imaging and imaging; a detection mechanism that images the image formed by the mapping projection mechanism as an electronic image of the sample and detects the image; and determines the sample defect according to the electronic image detected by the detection mechanism The defect determining means supplies electrons having a lower energy than the primary charged particles to the sample at least during the detection of the electronic image by the detecting means. &quot; 6 - An inspection apparatus for inspecting sample defects, comprising: a charged particle irradiation mechanism capable of irradiating primary charged particles to the sample; ^ Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards Staff Welfare Committee of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A projection projection mechanism for imaging and projecting secondary charged particles released from the sample by imaging the charged particles; and imaging the image formed by the mapping projection mechanism as an electronic image of the sample and detecting the detected image A mechanism for determining a defect of the sample defect based on an electronic image detected by the detecting means, and a UV photoelectron supply mechanism capable of supplying UV photoelectrons to the sample. • A method for inspecting sample defects, which is characterized by the inclusion of the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210Χ297 mm) 2 312767 Revision 1286776 1286776 H3 f空狀態下將該試料移動至任意位置,以將帶電粒子束 照射到試料面的裝置,其特徵在於: 該xy載物台裝設有:由靜壓轴承所支撐的非接觸 支揮機構;及由差㈣氣所㈣的真空密封機構, 於該試料面上的帶電粒子束所照射之部位與該χγ _ 載物台靜壓軸承支持部之間,設有使電導變小的分隔· 拉 · 71W 9 在帶電粒子束照射區域與靜壓軸承支持部之間,會 產生壓力差。 θ _ 11·如申請專利範圍第1〇項之帶電粒子束裝置,其中,前 述分隔牆係内建有差動排氣構造。 12·如申請專利範圍第1〇項或第n項之帶電粒子束裝置, 其中’前述分隔牆係具有冷陷波功能。 13·如申請專利範圍第10項或第11項之帶電粒子東裝置, 其中,前述分隔牆係分別設置在帶電粒子束照射位置附 近及靜壓軸承附近二處。 _ 14·如申响專利範圍第ι〇項或第丨丨項之帶電粒子束裝置, 經濟部中央標準局員工福利委員會印製 其中,供給至前述χγ載物台的靜壓軸承的氣體係氮氣 或惰性氣體。 15·如申請專利範圍第1〇項或第u項之帶電粒子束裝置, 其中,施以表面處理,俾使前述χγ載物台之至少與靜 壓軸承相對的構件表面所釋出的氣體減少。 16·—種晶圓缺陷檢查設備,係使用申請專利範圍第lQ項 或第11項的裝置,以檢查半導體晶圓表面之缺陷。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 4 312767修正本 1286776 H3 17.一種曝光設備,係使用申請專利範圍第ίο項或第u項 、事置以在半導體晶圓表面或光拇描繪半導體裝置之 電路圖案。 18·如申明專利範圍第1〇項或第“項之裝置,其中,前述 設備係用來製造半導體。 19’種帶電粒子束裝置,係將帶電粒子束照射在載置於 載物σ上的試料之裝置,其特徵在於:該XY載物 口係收谷在设體内,且藉由靜壓軸承以非接觸方式支撐 於殼體, 對收容該載物台之殼體施以真空排氣, 在該▼電粒子束裝置之該試料面上照射帶電粒子 束之。卩分的周圍,設置有在試料面上之帶電粒子照射區 域中進行排氣的差動排氣機構。 20·如申請專利範圍第19項之帶電粒子束裝置,其中,供 給至前述ΧΥ載物台的靜壓轴承的氣體係氮氣或惰性氣 體’該氮氣或惰性氣體由收納該載物台的殼體排出後被 加壓,並再次供給至前述靜壓軸承。 經濟部中央標準局員工福利委員會印製 2 1 · —種晶圓檢查設備,係使用申請專利範圍第i 9項或第 20項所記載之裝置,以檢查半導體晶圓表面之缺陷。 22·—種曝光設備,係使用申請專利範圍第19項或第2〇項 的裝置,在半導體晶圓表面或光柵上描繪半導體裝置之 電路圖案。 23·如申請專利範圍第19項或第2〇項之裝置,其中,前述 設備係用來製造半導體。 本紙張尺度相巾_家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公董) 5 312767修正本1286776 H3 f The apparatus for moving the sample to an arbitrary position to irradiate the charged particle beam to the sample surface, wherein the xy stage is provided with a non-contact support supported by the hydrostatic bearing. a mechanism; and a vacuum sealing mechanism of the difference (4) gas (4), between the portion irradiated by the charged particle beam on the sample surface and the support portion of the χγ_stage hydrostatic bearing, the separation of the conductance is reduced • Pull 71W 9 A pressure difference is generated between the charged particle beam irradiation area and the hydrostatic bearing support. The charged particle beam device of the first aspect of the invention, wherein the partition wall has a differential exhaust structure built therein. 12. The charged particle beam device of claim 1 or item n, wherein the aforementioned partition wall has a cold trap function. 13. The charged particle east device of claim 10 or 11, wherein the partition wall is disposed adjacent to the charged particle beam irradiation position and the vicinity of the hydrostatic bearing. _ 14·If the charged particle beam device of the Scope or the third item of the patent scope is applied, the employee of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs shall print the gas system nitrogen supplied to the hydrostatic bearing of the χγ stage. Or inert gas. The charged particle beam device of claim 1 or claim 5, wherein the surface treatment is performed to reduce the gas released from the surface of the member opposite to the hydrostatic bearing of the χγ stage. . 16—The wafer defect inspection equipment uses the device of the patent application scope item 1Q or 11 to inspect the defects on the surface of the semiconductor wafer. This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). 4 312767 Revision 1286776 H3 17. An exposure apparatus that uses the patent application scope or item u, and is placed on the surface of a semiconductor wafer. Or the optical thumb depicts the circuit pattern of the semiconductor device. 18. The device of claim 1, wherein the device is used to manufacture a semiconductor. The 19' charged particle beam device irradiates a charged particle beam on a carrier σ. The sample device is characterized in that: the XY carrier port is in the inside of the body, and is supported by the housing in a non-contact manner by a hydrostatic bearing, and vacuum is exhausted to the housing that houses the stage. The charged particle beam is irradiated onto the sample surface of the ▼ electro-particle beam device. A differential exhaust mechanism for exhausting the charged particle irradiation region on the sample surface is provided around the enthalpy. The charged particle beam device of claim 19, wherein the gas system supplied to the hydrostatic bearing of the crucible stage has a nitrogen gas or an inert gas. The nitrogen gas or the inert gas is discharged from a casing accommodating the stage. Pressure and re-supply to the above-mentioned hydrostatic bearing. The Central Bureau of Standards and Staff Welfare Committee of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed 2 1 · a type of wafer inspection equipment, using the device described in the scope of application of the patent scope i 9 or 20 Check Defects on the surface of a semiconductor wafer. 22—A type of exposure apparatus that uses a device of claim 19 or 2 to depict a circuit pattern of a semiconductor device on a semiconductor wafer surface or a grating. The device of the 19th or the 2nd item, wherein the device is used for manufacturing a semiconductor. The paper size towel (Home Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public) 5 312767 revision
TW90115554A 2000-06-27 2001-06-27 Inspecting device using electron beam and method for making semiconductor devices with such inspection device TWI286776B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2000193104 2000-06-27
JP2000229101 2000-07-28
JP2000335934 2000-11-02
JP2001011218 2001-01-19
JP2001031901 2001-02-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TWI286776B true TWI286776B (en) 2007-09-11

Family

ID=39459390

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW90115554A TWI286776B (en) 2000-06-27 2001-06-27 Inspecting device using electron beam and method for making semiconductor devices with such inspection device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI286776B (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI415161B (en) * 2009-03-31 2013-11-11 Hermes Microvision Inc Charged-particle beam imaging system and method of raster scanning a sample on a continuously moving stage for charged- particle beam imaging said sample
US12230469B2 (en) 2019-07-02 2025-02-18 Asml Netherlands B.V. Apparatus for and method of local control of a charged particle beam

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI415161B (en) * 2009-03-31 2013-11-11 Hermes Microvision Inc Charged-particle beam imaging system and method of raster scanning a sample on a continuously moving stage for charged- particle beam imaging said sample
US12230469B2 (en) 2019-07-02 2025-02-18 Asml Netherlands B.V. Apparatus for and method of local control of a charged particle beam
TWI883304B (en) * 2019-07-02 2025-05-11 荷蘭商Asml荷蘭公司 System for imaging a charged particle beam

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI294632B (en) Inspecting device using an electron ebam and method for making semiconductor devices with such inspection device
TWI589865B (en) Photoelectron generation apparatus, primary optical system and inspection apparatus
KR102145469B1 (en) Inspection apparatus
TWI415162B (en) Mapping projection type electron beam apparatus and defects inspection system using such apparatus
US7157703B2 (en) Electron beam system
TWI491873B (en) Inspection method, inspection device and electronic wire device
TW445561B (en) Detection of defects in patterned substrates
WO2002013227A1 (en) Sheet beam test apparatus
JPWO2002013227A1 (en) Sheet beam type inspection device
TW539845B (en) Sheet beam-type inspection device
JP2003173756A (en) Electron beam device and manufacturing method of device using the same
TWI288424B (en) Inspection apparatus and inspection method
JP2005197121A (en) Electron beam device
TWI286776B (en) Inspecting device using electron beam and method for making semiconductor devices with such inspection device
JP2007206050A (en) Substrate inspection method, substrate inspection device, and electron beam unit
JP3890015B2 (en) Inspection apparatus using charged particle beam and device manufacturing method using the inspection apparatus
JP4224089B2 (en) Imaging apparatus, defect inspection apparatus, defect inspection method, and electron beam inspection apparatus
JP2008193119A (en) Inspection system by charged particle beam and method of manufacturing devices using system
JP4221428B2 (en) Inspection apparatus using charged particle beam and device manufacturing method using the inspection apparatus
JP2006153871A (en) Substrate inspection method, substrate inspecting device, and electron beam system
JPWO2002040980A1 (en) Substrate inspection method, substrate inspection device, and electron beam device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees